General Explanations

of the

Administration’s Fiscal Year 2016

Revenue Proposals

Department of the Treasury

February 2015

General Explanations

of the

Administration’s Fiscal Year 2016

Revenue Proposals

Department of the Treasury

February 2015

This document is available online at:

http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/tax-policy/Pages/general_explanation.aspx

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE BALANCED BUDGET AND EMERGENCY 

DEFICIT CONTROL ACT (BBEDCA) BASELINE ..........................................1

Permanently Extend Increased Refundability of the Child Tax Credit............................... 2

Permanently Extend Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) for Larger Families and 

Married Couples..................................................................................................... 4

Permanently Extend the American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC)................................. 7

RESERVE FOR BUSINESS TAX REFORM THAT IS REVENUE 

NEUTRAL IN THE LONG RUN...........................................................................9

REFORM THE U.S. INTERNATIONAL TAX SYSTEM................................................. 10

Restrict Deductions for Excessive Interest of Members of Financial Reporting 

Groups................................................................................................................... 10

Provide Tax Incentives for Locating Jobs and Business Activity in the United States 

and Remove Tax Deductions for Shipping Jobs Overseas.................................... 13

Repeal Delay in the Implementation of Worldwide Interest Allocation ........................... 15

Extend the Exception under Subpart F for Active Financing Income .............................. 17

Extend the Look-Through Treatment of Payments between Related Controlled 

Foreign Corporations (CFCs).............................................................................. 18

Impose a 19-percent Minimum Tax on Foreign Income................................................... 19

Impose a 14-Percent One-Time Tax on Previously Untaxed Foreign Income................. 23

Limit Shifting of Income Through Intangible Property Transfers.................................... 24

Disallow the Deduction for Excess Non-Taxed Reinsurance Premiums Paid to 

Affiliates................................................................................................................ 25

Modify Tax Rules for Dual Capacity Taxpayers............................................................... 26

Tax Gain from the Sale of a Partnership Interest on Look-Through Basis...................... 28

Modify Sections 338(h)(16) and 902 To Limit Credits When Non-Double Taxation 

Exists..................................................................................................................... 30

Close Loopholes Under Subpart F ................................................................................... 32

Restrict the Use of Hybrid Arrangements that Create Stateless Income .......................... 35

Limit the Ability of Domestic Entities to Expatriate ......................................................... 37

SIMPLIFICATION AND TAX RELIEF FOR SMALL BUSINESS ................................ 39

Expand and Permanently Extend Increased Expensing for Small Business..................... 39

Expand Simplified Accounting for Small Business and Establish a Uniform 

Definition of Small Business for Accounting Methods ......................................... 41

Eliminate Capital Gains Taxation on Investments in Small Business Stock .................... 43

Increase the Limitations for Deductible New Business Expenditures and Consolidate 

Provisions for Start-Up and Organizational Expenditures.................................. 45

Expand and Simplify the Tax Credit Provided to Qualified Small Employers for NonElective Contributions to Employee Health Insurance......................................... 47

INCENTIVES FOR MANUFACTURING, RESEARCH, AND CLEAN ENERGY....... 49

Enhance and Make Permanent Research Incentives........................................................ 49
ii

Extend and Modify Certain Employment Tax Credits, Including Incentives for Hiring 

Veterans ................................................................................................................ 51

Modify and Permanently Extend Renewable Electricity Production Tax Credit and 

Investment Tax Credit........................................................................................... 54

Modify and Permanently Extend the Deduction for Energy-Efficient Commercial 

Building Property.................................................................................................. 56

Provide a Carbon Dioxide Investment and Sequestration Tax Credit ............................. 58

Provide Additional Tax Credits for Investment in Qualified Property Used in a 

Qualifying Advanced Energy Manufacturing Project .......................................... 60

Provide New Manufacturing Communities Tax Credit .................................................... 62

Extend the Tax Credit for Second Generation Biofuel Production .................................. 63

INCENTIVES TO PROMOTE REGIONAL GROWTH................................................... 64

Modify and Permanently Extend the New Markets Tax Credit (NMTC).......................... 64

Reform and Expand the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC)................................ 65

INCENTIVES FOR INVESTMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE ........................................ 72

Provide America Fast Forward Bonds and Expand Eligible Uses .................................. 72

Allow Current Refundings of State and Local Governmental Bonds ............................... 75

Repeal the $150 Million Non-hospital Bond Limitation on Qualified Section 

501(c)(3) Bonds .................................................................................................... 77

Increase National Limitation Amount for Qualified Highway or Surface Freight 

Transfer Facility Bonds........................................................................................ 78

Provide a New Category of Qualified Private Activity Bonds for Infrastructure 

Projects Referred to as “Qualified Public Infrastructure Bonds” ....................... 79

Modify Qualified Private Activity Bonds for Public Educational Facilities .................... 81

Modify Treatment of Banks Investing in Tax-Exempt Bonds............................................ 83

Repeal Tax-Exempt Bond Financing of Professional Sports Facilities............................ 85

Allow More Flexible Research Arrangements for Purposes of Private Business Use 

Limits..................................................................................................................... 86

Modify Tax-Exempt Bonds for Indian Tribal Governments ............................................. 88

Exempt Foreign Pension Funds from the Application of the Foreign Investment in 

Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA).......................................................................... 91

ELIMINATE FOSSIL FUEL TAX PREFERENCES ........................................................ 92

Eliminate Fossil Fuel Tax Preferences............................................................................. 92

REFORM THE TREATMENT OF FINANCIAL AND INSURANCE INDUSTRY 

PRODUCTS............................................................................................................................. 99

Require that Derivative Contracts be Marked to Market with Resulting Gain or Loss 

Treated as Ordinary.............................................................................................. 99

Modify Rules that Apply to Sales of Life Insurance Contracts....................................... 102

Modify Proration Rules for Life Insurance Company General and Separate 

Accounts.............................................................................................................. 104

Expand Pro Rata Interest Expense Disallowance for Corporate-Owned Life 

Insurance............................................................................................................. 106

Conform Net Operating Loss Rules of Life Insurance Companies to Those of Other 

Corporations....................................................................................................... 108
iii

OTHER REVENUE CHANGES AND LOOPHOLE CLOSERS.................................... 109

Repeal Last-In, First-Out (LIFO) Method of Accounting for Inventories...................... 109

Repeal Lower-Of-Cost-or-Market (LCM) Inventory Accounting Method...................... 110

Modify Like-Kind Exchange Rules for Real Property and Collectibles......................... 111

Modify Depreciation Rules for Purchases of General Aviation Passenger Aircraft...... 112

Expand the Definition of Substantial Built-In Loss for Purposes of Partnership 

Loss Transfers..................................................................................................... 113

Extend Partnership Basis Limitation Rules to Nondeductible Expenditures.................. 114

Limit the Importation of Losses under Related Party Loss Limitation Rules................. 115

Deny Deduction for Punitive Damages .......................................................................... 116

Conform Corporate Ownership Standards..................................................................... 117

Tax Corporate Distributions As Dividends..................................................................... 119

Repeal Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) Tip Credit ................................... 122

Repeal the Excise Tax Credit for Distilled Spirits with Flavor and Wine Additives...... 123

BUDGET PROPOSALS......................................................................................125

TAX REFORM FOR FAMILIES AND INDIVIDUALS ................................................. 126

Reform Child Care Tax Incentives.................................................................................. 126

Simplify and Better Target Tax Benefits for Education.................................................. 128

Provide for Automatic Enrollment in IRAs, Including a Small Employer Tax 

Credit, Increase the Tax Credit for Small Employer Plan Start-Up Costs, 

and Provide an Additional Tax Credit for Small Employer Plans Newly 

Offering Auto-enrollment.................................................................................... 134

Expand Penalty-Free Withdrawals for Long-Term Unemployed................................... 138

Require Retirement Plans to Allow Long-Term Part-Time Workers to Participate....... 140

Facilitate Annuity Portability ......................................................................................... 142

Simplify Minimum Required Distribution (MRD) Rules................................................. 143

Allow All Inherited Plan and IRA Balances to be Rolled over Within 60 Days............. 145

Expand the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) for Workers without Qualifying 

Children .............................................................................................................. 147

Simplify the Rules for Claiming the Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) for Workers 

Without Qualifying Children............................................................................... 149

Provide a Second-Earner Tax Credit ............................................................................. 150

Extend Exclusion from Income for Cancellation of Certain Home Mortgage Debt....... 152

REFORMS TO CAPITAL GAINS TAXATION, UPPER-INCOME TAX BENEFITS,

AND THE TAXATION OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS............................................ 154

Reduce the Value of Certain Tax Expenditures.............................................................. 154

Reform the Taxation of Capital Income.......................................................................... 156

Implement the Buffett Rule by Imposing a New “Fair Share Tax” ................................ 158

Impose a Financial Fee .................................................................................................. 160

LOOPHOLE CLOSERS...................................................................................................... 161

Require Current Inclusion in Income of Accrued Market Discount and Limit the 

Accrual Amount for Distressed Debt .................................................................. 161

Require that the Cost Basis of Stock That is a Covered Security Must be Determined 

Using an Average Cost Basis Method ................................................................ 162
iv

Tax Carried (Profits) Interests as Ordinary Income ...................................................... 163

Require Non-Spouse Beneficiaries of Deceased IRA Owners and Retirement Plan 

Participants to Take Inherited Distributions Over No More than Five Years ... 165

Limit the Total Accrual of Tax-Favored Retirement Benefits......................................... 167

Conform Self-Employment Contributions Act (SECA) Taxes For Professional Service 

Businesses........................................................................................................... 170

Limit Roth Conversions to Pre-tax Dollars.................................................................... 173

Eliminate Deduction for Dividends on Stock of Publicly-Traded Corporations Held 

in Employee Stock Ownership Plans.................................................................. 174

Repeal Exclusion of Net Unrealized Appreciation in Employer Securities.................... 176

Disallow the Deduction for Charitable Contributions that are a Prerequisite for 

Purchasing Tickets to College Sporting Events.................................................. 177

INCENTIVES FOR JOB CREATION, CLEAN ENERGY, AND 

MANUFACTURING............................................................................................................ 178

Designate Promise Zones ............................................................................................... 178

Provide a Tax Credit for the Production of Advanced Technology Vehicles................. 182

Provide a Tax Credit for Medium- and Heavy-Duty Alternative-Fuel Commercial 

Vehicles............................................................................................................... 184

Modify and Extend the Tax Credit for the Construction of Energy-Efficient New 

Homes ................................................................................................................. 185

Reduce Excise Taxes on Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) to Bring Into Parity with 

Diesel .................................................................................................................. 187

Enhance and Modify the Conservation Easement Deduction......................................... 188

MODIFY ESTATE AND GIFT TAX PROVISIONS ....................................................... 193

Restore the Estate, Gift, and Generation-Skipping Transfer (GST) Tax Parameters 

in Effect in 2009.................................................................................................. 193

Require Consistency in Value for Transfer and Income Tax Purposes.......................... 195

Modify Transfer Tax Rules for Grantor Retained Annuity Trusts (GRATs) and Other 

Grantor Trusts .................................................................................................... 197

Limit Duration of Generation-Skipping Transfer (GST) Tax Exemption ....................... 200

Extend the Lien on Estate Tax Deferrals where Estate Consists Largely of Interest 

in Closely Held Business..................................................................................... 202

Modify Generation-skipping Transfer (GST) Tax Treatment of Health and 

Education Exclusion Trusts (HEETs)................................................................. 203

Simplify Gift Tax Exclusion for Annual Gifts ................................................................. 204

Expand Applicability of Definition of Executor.............................................................. 206

OTHER REVENUE RAISERS ........................................................................................... 207

Increase and Modify Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund Financing ...................................... 207

Reinstate Superfund Taxes.............................................................................................. 209

Increase Tobacco Taxes and Index for Inflation ............................................................ 211

Make Unemployment Insurance Surtax Permanent ....................................................... 212

Expand Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) Base.................................................. 213

REDUCE THE TAX GAP AND MAKE REFORMS ....................................................... 214

Expand Information Reporting ........................................................................................... 214

Improve Information Reporting for Certain Businesses and Contractors ..................... 214
v

Provide an Exception to the Limitation on Disclosing Tax Return Information to 

Expand TIN Matching Beyond Forms Where Payments are Subject to 

Backup Withholding............................................................................................ 217

Provide for Reciprocal Reporting of Information in Connection with the 

Implementation of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act............................ 219

Improve Mortgage Interest Deduction Reporting........................................................... 221

Require Form W-2 Reporting for Employer Contributions to Defined Contribution 

Plans ................................................................................................................... 222

Improve Compliance by Businesses................................................................................... 223

Increase Certainty with Respect to Worker Classification............................................. 223

Increase Information Sharing to Administer Excise Taxes............................................. 226

Provide Authority to Readily Share Information about Beneficial Ownership 

Information of U.S. Companies with Law Enforcement ..................................... 227

Strengthen Tax Administration........................................................................................... 230

Impose Liability on Shareholders to Collect Unpaid Income Taxes of Applicable 

Corporations....................................................................................................... 230

Increase Levy Authority for Payments to Medicare Providers with Delinquent Tax 

Debt..................................................................................................................... 232

Implement a Program Integrity Statutory Cap Adjustment for Tax Administration ...... 233

Streamline Audit and Adjustment Procedures for Large Partnerships.......................... 234

Revise Offer-in-Compromise Application Rules............................................................. 237

Expand IRS Access to Information in the National Directory of New Hires for Tax 

Administration Purposes..................................................................................... 238

Make Repeated Willful Failure to File a Tax Return a Felony ...................................... 239

Facilitate Tax Compliance with Local Jurisdictions...................................................... 240

Extend Statute of Limitations for Assessment for Overstated Basis and State 

Adjustments......................................................................................................... 241

Improve Investigative Disclosure Statute ....................................................................... 243

Allow the IRS to Absorb Credit and Debit Card Processing Fees for Certain Tax 

Payments............................................................................................................. 244

Provide the IRS with Greater Flexibility to Address Correctable Errors...................... 245

Enhance Electronic Filing of Returns............................................................................. 247

Improve the Whistleblower Program.............................................................................. 250

Index All Civil Tax Penalties For Inflation..................................................................... 252

Extend IRS Authority to Require Truncated Social Security Numbers (SSN) on Form 

W-2...................................................................................................................... 253

Combat Tax-Related Identity Theft................................................................................. 255

Allow States to Send Notices of Intent to Offset Federal Tax Refunds to Collect State 

Tax Obligations by Regular First-Class Mail Instead of Certified Mail............ 256

Rationalize Tax Return Filing Due Dates So They Are Staggered................................. 257

Increase Oversight and Due Diligence of Paid Tax Return Preparers.......................... 259

Enhance Administrability of the Appraiser Penalty ....................................................... 262

SIMPLIFY THE TAX SYSTEM......................................................................................... 263

Modify Adoption Credit to Allow Tribal Determination of Special Needs..................... 263

Repeal Non-Qualified Preferred Stock (NQPS) Designation......................................... 264
vi

Repeal Preferential Dividend Rule for Publicly Traded and Publicly Offered Real 

Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)........................................................................ 265

Reform Excise Tax Based on Investment Income of Private Foundations..................... 267

Remove Bonding Requirements for Certain Taxpayers Subject to Federal Excise 

Taxes on Distilled Spirits, Wine, and Beer......................................................... 268

Simplify Arbitrage Investment Restrictions .................................................................... 270

Simplify Single-Family Housing Mortgage Bond Targeting Requirements................... 272

Streamline Private Business Limits on Governmental Bonds......................................... 273

Repeal Technical Terminations of Partnerships............................................................. 274

Repeal Anti-Churning Rules of Section 197 ................................................................... 275

Repeal Special Estimated Tax Payment Provision for Certain Insurance Companies.. 276

Repeal the Telephone Excise Tax ................................................................................... 278

Increase the Standard Mileage Rate for Automobile Use by Volunteers ....................... 279

Consolidate Contribution Limitations for Charitable Deductions and Extend 

the Carryforward Period for Excess Charitable Contribution Deduction 

Amounts............................................................................................................... 280

Exclude from Gross Income Subsidies from Public Utilities for Purchase of Water 

Runoff Management............................................................................................ 281

Provide Relief for Certain Accidental Dual Citizens...................................................... 282

USER FEE............................................................................................................................. 284

Reform Inland Waterways Funding................................................................................ 284

OTHER INITIATIVES........................................................................................................ 285

Allow Offset of Federal Income Tax Refunds to Collect Delinquent State Income 

Taxes for Out-of-State Residents ........................................................................ 285

Authorize the Limited Sharing of Business Tax Return Information to Improve the 

Accuracy of Important Measures of the Economy.............................................. 286

Eliminate Certain Reviews Conducted by the U.S. Treasury Inspector General for 

Tax Administration (TIGTA)............................................................................... 288

Modify Indexing to Prevent Deflationary Adjustments................................................... 289

TABLES OF REVENUE ESTIMATES .......................................................... 291

Table 1: Revenue Estimates of Adjustments to the Balanced Budget and Emergency 

Deficit Control Act (BBEDCA) Baseline............................................................ 291

Table 2: Revenue Estimates of Reserve for Business Tax Reform that is Revenue 

Neutral in the Long Run...................................................................................... 292

Table 3: Revenue Estimates of FY 2016 Budget Proposals............................................ 296
vii

NOTES

The Administration’s proposals are not intended to create any inferences regarding current law.

Within the General Explanations of the Administration’s Fiscal Year 2016 Revenue Proposals, 

unless otherwise stated:

• “Code” refers to the Internal Revenue Code

• “Section” refers to the respective section of the Internal Revenue Code

• “Secretary” refers to the Secretary of the Treasury

• “Budget” refers to the Fiscal Year 2016 Budget of the U.S. Government

• “IRS” refers to the Internal Revenue Service

• “TIN” refers to Taxpayer Identification Number

• “AGI” refers to Adjusted Gross Income

• “IRA” refers to Individual Retirement Account or Annuity

1

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE BALANCED BUDGET AND 

EMERGENCY DEFICIT CONTROL ACT (BBEDCA) 

BASELINE

The BBEDCA baseline, which is commonly used in budgeting and is defined in the statute, 

reflects, with some exceptions, the projected receipts level under current law. However, while 

the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) made most of the 2001 and 2003 tax cuts 

and Alternative Minimum Tax relief permanent, it extended the American Opportunity Tax 

Credit (AOTC), Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) expansions, and Child Tax Credit (CTC) 

expansions only through 2017. The Budget uses an adjusted baseline that permanently continues 

the AOTC and the EITC and CTC expansions extended through 2017 under ATRA.
2

PERMANENTLY EXTEND INCREASED REFUNDABILITY OF THE CHILD TAX 

CREDIT

Current Law

An individual may claim a $1,000 tax credit for each qualifying child. A qualifying child must 

meet the following four tests:

1. Relationship – The child generally must be the taxpayer’s son, daughter, grandchild, 

sibling, niece, nephew, or foster child.

2. Residence – The child must live with the taxpayer in the same principal place of abode 

for over half the year.

3. Support – The child must not have provided more than half of his or her own support for 

the year.

4. Age – The child must be under the age of 17.

For purposes of the child tax credit, a qualifying child must be a citizen, national, or resident of 

the United States. The child tax credit is phased out at a rate of $50 for each $1,000 of modified 

AGI over $75,000 for unmarried taxpayers, $110,000 for married individuals filing joint returns, 

and $55,000 for married individuals filing separate returns.

The child tax credit is partially refundable, meaning that it is available to workers who have no

individual income tax liability. Under the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act 

of 2001 (EGTRRA) and as made permanent by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 

(ATRA), individuals could receive a refundable amount (the additional child credit) equal to the 

lesser of the child tax credit remaining after offsetting income tax liability and 15 percent of 

earned income in excess of $10,000 (indexed for inflation after 2001). Taxpayers with three or 

more children may determine the additional child tax credit using an alternative formula based 

on the extent to which a taxpayer’s social security taxes exceed the taxpayer’s Earned Income 

Tax Credit (EITC). The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 reduced the earned 

income threshold to $3,000 in tax years 2009 and 2010. The Tax Relief, Unemployment 

Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010 extended this provision through 2012. 

ATRA extended this further through 2017. After 2017, the earned income threshold will 

increase to $10,000 (indexed for inflation after 2001).

Reasons for Change

Making the child tax credit partially refundable and reducing the earned income threshold makes 

additional tax relief available to the most vulnerable working families. Because the wages of

low-income families have failed to keep up with inflation, continued indexing of the earned 

income threshold will result in a decreasing number of low-income families able to take 

advantage of the credit each year and smaller credits for the families who receive the credit. 
3

Proposal

The adjusted baseline for the Budget makes permanent the reduction of the earned income 

threshold to $3,000. The earned income threshold would not be indexed for inflation.

This change would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
4

PERMANENTLY EXTEND EARNED INCOME TAX CREDIT (EITC) FOR LARGER 

FAMILIES AND MARRIED COUPLES

Current Law

Low- and moderate-income workers may be eligible for a refundable EITC. Eligibility for the 

EITC is based on the presence and number of qualifying children in the worker’s household, 

AGI, earned income, investment income, filing status, age, and immigration and work status in 

the United States. The amount of the EITC is based on the number of qualifying children in the 

worker’s household, AGI, earned income, and filing status. 

The EITC has a phase-in range (where each additional dollar of earned income results in a larger 

credit), a maximum range (where additional dollars of earned income or AGI have no effect on 

the size of the credit), and a phase-out range (where each additional dollar of the larger of earned 

income or AGI results in a smaller total credit). 

The EITC provides additional benefits for families with more qualifying children and for married 

couples filing joint returns. In particular, the EITC phases in at a faster rate for workers with 

more qualifying children, resulting in a larger maximum credit and a longer phase-out range. 

Furthermore, the income level at which the EITC begins to phase out occurs at a higher amount 

for married couples than for unmarried workers with the same number of children, thereby 

increasing the range of income over which married couples are eligible for the maximum credit.

Prior to tax year 2009, the credit reached its maximum at two or more qualifying children and the 

EITC began to phase out for married couples at income levels $3,000 (indexed for inflation after 

2008) higher than for unmarried workers. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 

2009 (ARRA) increased the phase-in rate for families with three or more qualifying children 

from 40 percent to 45 percent and increased the beginning of the phase-out range for married 

couples to $5,000 above the level for unmarried filers (indexed for inflation after 2009) through 

2010. The Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010 

extended these provisions through 2012. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) 

made permanent the first $3,000 increase in the beginning of the phase-out range and extended 

the remaining $2,000 increase and the third child benefits through 2017. After 2017, workers 

with three or more qualifying children will receive the same EITC as similarly situated workers 

with two qualifying children, and the phase-out range for married couples will begin at $3,000 

(indexed for inflation after 2008) above the level for unmarried workers.

The end of the phase-in range and the beginning of the phase-out range are indexed for inflation. 

Hence, the maximum amount of the credit and the end of the phase-out range are effectively 

indexed. The following chart summarizes the EITC parameters for 2015. 
5

EITC Parameters for 2015

Childless

Taxpayers

Taxpayers with Qualifying Children

One Child Two Children Three or More

Phase-in rate 7.65% 34.00% 40.00% 45.00%

Minimum 

earnings for 

maximum credit

$6,580 $9,880 $13,870 $13,870

Maximum credit $503 $3,359 $5,548 $6,242

Phase-out rate 7.65% 15.98% 21.06% 21.06%

Phase-out begins $8,240

($13,750 joint)

$18,110

($23,630 joint)

$18,110

($23,630 joint)

$18,110

($23,630 joint)

Phase-out ends $14,820

($20,330 joint)

$39,131

($44,651 joint)

$44,454

($49,974 joint)

$47,747

($53,267 joint)

To be eligible for the EITC, workers must have no more than $3,400 of investment income. 

(This amount is indexed for inflation.)

Reasons for Change

Families with more children face larger expenses related to raising their children than families 

with fewer children and tend to have higher poverty rates. The steeper phase-in rate and larger 

maximum credit for workers with three or more qualifying children helps workers with larger 

families meet their expenses while maintaining work incentives. 

For married couples filing a joint return, the EITC is calculated based on joint earnings. 

Increasing the income level at which the EITC begins to phase out provides tax relief for 

working families, including those with two earners. 

Proposal

The adjusted baseline for the Budget makes permanent the expansion of the EITC enacted as part 

of ARRA and temporarily extended by ATRA. 

Permanently extend EITC marriage penalty relief

The phase-out range for married couples would begin at income levels $5,000 higher than those 

for unmarried filers (indexed for inflation after 2009).

Permanently extend EITC for larger families

The phase-in rate of the EITC for workers with three or more qualifying children would be 

maintained at 45 percent. 
6

This change would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
7

PERMANENTLY EXTEND THE AMERICAN OPPORTUNITY TAX CREDIT (AOTC)

Current Law

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 extended the AOTC through tax year 2017. The 

AOTC was enacted for tax years 2009 and 2010 as part of the American Recovery and 

Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) and extended to tax years 2011 and 2012 by the Tax Relief, 

Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010. Taxpayers may claim 

an AOTC for 100 percent of the first $2,000 plus 25 percent of the next $2,000 of qualified 

tuition and related expenses (for a maximum credit of $2,500) per student. The AOTC phases 

out for taxpayers with AGI between $80,000 and $90,000 ($160,000 and $180,000 for joint 

filers). These amounts are not indexed for inflation.

Prior to the ARRA, an individual taxpayer could claim a nonrefundable Hope Scholarship credit 

for 100 percent of the first $1,300 and 50 percent of the next $1,300 in qualified tuition and 

related expenses (for a maximum credit of $1,950) per student. These amounts are indexed for 

inflation; the amounts that would have been in effect for 2015 are shown. The Hope Scholarship 

credit was available only for the first two years of postsecondary education. To qualify for either 

the AOTC or Hope credit, the student must be enrolled at least half-time.

Taxpayers may also claim a nonrefundable Lifetime Learning Credit for 20 percent of up to 

$10,000 in qualified tuition and related expenses (for a maximum credit of $2,000, which is not 

indexed for inflation) per taxpayer. 

In 2015, both the Hope credit and the Lifetime Learning Credit phase out between $55,000 and 

$65,000 of AGI ($110,000 and $130,000 if married filing jointly, indexed for inflation). In 

contrast, the AOTC is available to families with higher incomes.

Taxpayers may claim only one education benefit per student on their tax return. 

Reasons for Change

The AOTC makes college more affordable for millions of middle-income families and for the 

first time makes college tax incentives partially refundable. 

Under prior law, some low-income families (those without sufficient income tax liability) could 

not benefit from the Hope Scholarship credit or the Lifetime Learning Credit because they were 

not refundable. In 2014, the maximum available credit covered about 75 percent of tuition and 

fees at the average two-year public institution, or about 27 percent of tuition and fees for an instate student attending the average four-year public institution. 

Unlike the Hope Scholarship credit that applies for only the first two years of college, the AOTC 

is available for the first four years of college. This may increase the likelihood that students will 

stay in school and complete their degrees. More years of schooling translates into higher future 

incomes (on average) for students and a more educated workforce for the country.
8

The higher phase-out thresholds under the AOTC give targeted tax relief to an even greater 

number of middle-income families facing the high costs of college. 

Proposal

The adjusted baseline for the Budget makes the AOTC a permanent replacement for the Hope 

Scholarship credit.

This change would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
9

RESERVE FOR BUSINESS TAX REFORM THAT IS 

REVENUE NEUTRAL IN THE LONG RUN

The number of special deductions, credits, and other tax preferences provided to businesses in 

the Internal Revenue Code has expanded significantly since the last comprehensive tax reform 

effort nearly three decades ago. Such tax preferences help well-connected special interests, but 

do little for economic growth. To be successful in an increasingly competitive global economy, 

the Nation cannot afford to maintain a tax code burdened with such tax breaks; instead, the tax 

code needs to ensure that the United States is the most attractive place for entrepreneurship and 

business growth. Therefore, in the Budget, the President is calling on the Congress to 

immediately begin work on business tax reform that achieves the following five goals: (1) cut the 

corporate tax rate and pay for it by making structural reforms and eliminating loopholes and 

subsidies; (2) strengthen American manufacturing and innovation; (3) strengthen the 

international tax system; (4) simplify and cut taxes for small businesses; and (5) avoid adding to 

deficits in the short-term or the long-term. 

Consistent with these goals, the Budget includes a detailed set of business proposals that close 

loopholes and provide incentives for growth in a fiscally responsible manner. 

The Administration proposes that these policies be enacted as part of business tax reform that is 

revenue neutral over the long run. As a result, the net savings from these proposals, which are 

described below, are not reflected in the budget estimates of receipts and are generally not 

counted toward meeting the Administration’s deficit reduction goals. However, as part of 

transitioning to a reformed international tax system, the President's plan would impose a onetime transition toll charge of 14 percent on the $1 to $2 trillion of untaxed foreign earnings that 

U.S. companies have accumulated overseas. The Budget proposes to use the one-time savings 

from this toll charge to pay for investment in transportation infrastructure. 
10

REFORM THE U.S. INTERNATIONAL TAX SYSTEM

RESTRICT DEDUCTIONS FOR EXCESSIVE INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF 

FINANCIAL REPORTING GROUPS

Current Law

Business interest payments generally are deductible from taxable income while dividend 

payments are not deductible. An exception to this general rule is section 163(j), which denies 

U.S. tax deductions for excess interest paid by a corporation to a related party when (1) the 

corporation’s debt-equity ratio exceeds 1.5, and (2) net interest expense, meaning interest 

expense less interest income, exceeds 50 percent of the corporation’s adjusted taxable income 

(computed by adding back to taxable income net interest expense, depreciation, amortization, 

depletion, and any net operating loss deduction, and any deduction for domestic production 

activities under section 199). Disallowed interest expense may be carried forward 

indefinitely for deduction in a subsequent year. In addition, the corporation’s excess 

limitation for a tax year (i.e., the amount by which 50 percent of adjusted taxable income 

exceeds net interest expense) may be carried forward to the three subsequent tax years. 

Reasons for Change

The fungibility of money makes it easy for multinational groups to substitute debt for equity in a 

controlled entity in order to shift profits to lower-tax jurisdictions. Although section 163(j) 

places a cap on the amount of interest expense a corporation can deduct relative to its U.S. 

earnings, section 163(j) does not consider the leverage of a multinational group’s U.S. operations 

relative to the leverage of the group’s worldwide operations. Therefore, under current law, 

multinational groups are able to inappropriately reduce their U.S. tax on income earned from 

U.S. operations by over-leveraging their U.S. operations relative to those located in lower-tax 

jurisdictions. The Administration has included a separate proposal to address this concern for 

U.S.-parented groups as part of the Budget, Impose a 19-Percent Minimum Tax on Foreign 

Income. Nonetheless, opportunities remain for foreign-parented multinationals to disproportionately 

leverage the operations of a U.S. subgroup. 

Proposal

The proposal generally would apply to an entity that is a member of a group that prepares 

consolidated financial statements (“financial reporting group”) in accordance with U.S. 

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRS), or other method authorized by the Secretary under regulations. Under the proposal, a 

member’s deduction for interest expense generally would be limited if the member has net 

interest expense for tax purposes and the member’s net interest expense for financial reporting 

purposes (computed on a separate company basis) exceeds the member’s proportionate share of 

the net interest expense reported on the financial reporting group’s consolidated financial 

statements (excess financial statement net interest expense). A member’s proportionate share of 

the financial reporting group’s net interest expense would be determined based on the member’s 

proportionate share of the group’s earnings (computed by adding back net interest expense, 
11

taxes, depreciation, and amortization) reflected in the group’s financial statements. When a 

member has excess financial statement net interest expense, the member will have excess net 

interest expense for tax purposes for which a deduction is disallowed in the same proportion that 

the member's net interest expense for financial reporting purposes is excess financial statement 

net interest expense. Alternatively, if a member’s net interest expense for financial reporting 

purposes is less than the member’s proportionate share of the net interest expense reported on the 

group’s consolidated financial statements, such excess limitation would be converted into a 

proportionate amount of excess limitation for tax purposes and carried forward as set forth 

below.

If a member fails to substantiate the member’s proportionate share of the group’s net interest 

expense, or a member so elects, the member’s interest deduction would be limited to the 

member’s interest income plus 10 percent of the member’s adjusted taxable income (as defined 

under section 163(j)). Regardless of whether a taxpayer computes the interest limitation under 

the proportionate share approach or using the ten-percent alternative, disallowed interest would 

be carried forward indefinitely and any excess limitation for a tax year would be carried forward 

to the three subsequent tax years. A member of a financial reporting group that is subject to the 

proposal would be exempt from the application of section 163(j). 

U.S. subgroups would be treated as a single member of a financial reporting group for purposes 

of applying the proposal. For this purpose, a U.S. subgroup is defined as any U.S. entity that is 

not owned directly or indirectly by another U.S. entity, and all members (domestic or foreign) 

that are owned directly or indirectly by such entity. If a U.S. member of a U.S. subgroup owns 

stock of one or more foreign corporations, this proposal would apply before the Administration’s 

minimum tax proposal. Under the minimum tax proposal, a deduction for interest expense that is 

allocated and apportioned to foreign earnings on which the minimum tax is paid would be 

deductible at the applicable minimum tax rate, and no deduction would be permitted for interest 

expense allocated and apportioned to foreign earnings for which no U.S. tax is paid. 

Accordingly, based on the ordering rule set forth above, the U.S. subgroup’s interest expense that 

remains deductible after the application of this proposal would then be subject to the limitations 

on deductibility set forth in the Administration’s minimum tax proposal. 

The proposal would not apply to financial services entities, and such entities would be excluded 

from the financial reporting group for purposes of applying the proposal to other members of the 

financial reporting group. The proposal also would not apply to financial reporting groups that 

would otherwise report less than $5 million of net interest expense, in the aggregate, on one or 

more U.S. income tax returns for a taxable year. Entities that are exempt from this proposal 

would remain subject to section 163(j).

The Secretary would be granted authority to issue any regulations necessary to carry out the 

purposes of the proposal, including coordinating the application of the proposal with other 

interest deductibility rules, defining financial services entities, permitting financial reporting 

groups to apply the proportionate share approach using the group’s net interest expense for tax 

purposes rather than net interest expense reported in the group’s financial statements, providing 

for the treatment of pass-through entities, and providing adjustments to the application of the 

proposal to address differences in functional currency of members. In addition, if a financial 
12

reporting group does not prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP or IFRS, it is expected 

that regulations generally would allow the use of financial statements prepared under other 

countries’ generally accepted accounting principles in appropriate circumstances. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
13

PROVIDE TAX INCENTIVES FOR LOCATING JOBS AND BUSINESS ACTIVITY IN 

THE UNITED STATES AND REMOVE TAX DEDUCTIONS FOR SHIPPING JOBS 

OVERSEAS

Current Law

Under current law, there are limited tax incentives for U.S. employers to bring offshore jobs and 

investments into the United States. In addition, costs incurred to outsource U.S. jobs generally 

are deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Reasons for Change

On January 11, 2012, the White House released a report that details the emerging trend of 

“insourcing” and how companies are increasingly choosing to invest in the United States. 

Updating the figures in that report shows that real private fixed nonresidential investment has 

grown by about 32 percent (between 2009 and the third quarter of 2014). Since the beginning of 

2010, manufacturing employment has risen by about 755,000 (between 2010 and the end of 

2014), while manufacturing production has increased by approximately 3.23 percent on an 

annualized basis. In addition, continued productivity growth has made the United States more 

competitive in attracting businesses to invest and create jobs by reducing the relative cost of 

doing business compared to other countries. 

Further progress is possible. The Administration would like to make the United States more 

competitive in attracting businesses by creating a tax incentive to bring offshore jobs and 

investments back into the United States. In addition, the Administration would like to reduce the 

tax benefits that exist under current law for expenses incurred to move U.S. jobs offshore. 

Proposal

The proposal would create a new general business credit against income tax equal to 20 percent 

of the eligible expenses paid or incurred in connection with insourcing a U.S. trade or business. 

For this purpose, insourcing a U.S. trade or business means reducing or eliminating a trade or 

business (or line of business) currently conducted outside the U.S. and starting up, expanding, or 

otherwise moving the same trade or business within the United States, to the extent that this 

action results in an increase in U.S. jobs. While the creditable costs may be incurred by the 

foreign subsidiary of the U.S.-based multinational company, the tax credit would be claimed by 

the U.S. parent company. A similar benefit would be extended to non-mirror code possessions 

(Puerto Rico and American Samoa) through compensating payments from the U.S. Treasury. 

In addition, to reduce tax benefits associated with U.S. companies’ moving jobs offshore, the 

proposal would disallow deductions for expenses paid or incurred in connection with outsourcing 

a U.S. trade or business. For this purpose, outsourcing a U.S. trade or business means reducing 

or eliminating a trade or business or line of business currently conducted inside the United States 

and starting up, expanding, or otherwise moving the same trade or business outside the United 

States, to the extent that this action results in a loss of U.S. jobs. In determining the subpart F 

income of a controlled foreign corporation, no reduction would be allowed for any expenses 
14

associated with moving a U.S. trade or business outside the United States.

For purposes of the proposal, expenses paid or incurred in connection with insourcing or 

outsourcing a U.S. trade or business are limited solely to expenses associated with the relocation 

of the trade or business and do not include capital expenditures or costs for severance pay and 

other assistance to displaced workers. The Secretary may prescribe rules to implement the 

provision, including rules to determine covered expenses. 

The proposal would be effective for expenses paid or incurred after the date of enactment.
15

REPEAL DELAY IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF WORLDWIDE INTEREST 

ALLOCATION

Current Law

To compute the foreign tax credit limitation, a taxpayer must determine its taxable income from 

foreign sources by allocating and apportioning deductions between items of U.S.-source gross 

income, on the one hand, and items of foreign-source gross income, on the other hand.

The rules for allocating and apportioning interest expense between U.S. and foreign-source gross 

income are based on the theory that money is fungible and, therefore, that interest expense is 

properly attributable to all investments of a taxpayer. These rules generally require allocating 

and apportioning interest expense on the basis of assets, by treating all members of an affiliated 

group of U.S. corporations as a single corporation. Because the definition of affiliated group 

only includes the U.S. members of a worldwide group of companies, the U.S. members are 

required to allocate their interest expense to their U.S. and foreign investments without taking 

into account any third party interest expense incurred by foreign members of the worldwide 

group. This inconsistent treatment of the domestic and foreign members of a worldwide group 

results in more U.S. interest expense being allocated to foreign-source gross income than would 

be warranted by the fungibility principle to the extent that the foreign members of the worldwide 

group have third party interest expense. 

The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (AJCA) modified the interest expense allocation rules 

described above by providing a one-time election (the worldwide affiliated group election) under 

which the taxable income of the domestic members of an affiliated group from sources outside 

the United States generally would be determined by allocating and apportioning interest expense 

of the domestic members of a “worldwide affiliated group” on a worldwide-group basis (i.e., as 

if all members of the worldwide affiliated group were a single corporation). Specifically, under 

the election, the taxable income of the domestic members of a worldwide affiliated group from 

sources outside the United States would be determined by allocating and apportioning the thirdparty interest expense of the domestic members to foreign-source gross income in an amount 

equal to the excess (if any) of (1) the worldwide affiliated group’s worldwide third-party interest

expense multiplied by the ratio that the foreign assets of the worldwide affiliated group bears to 

the total assets of the worldwide affiliated group, over (2) the third-party interest expense 

incurred by foreign members of the group to the extent such interest would be allocated to 

foreign sources if the principles of worldwide interest allocation were applied separately to the 

foreign members of the group.

For purposes of the election, the worldwide affiliated group includes all U.S. corporations in an 

affiliated group as well as all controlled foreign corporations that would be members of such 

affiliated group if the group included all corporations (including foreign corporations and 

insurance companies) in which at least 80 percent of the vote and value of the stock is owned in 

the aggregate, either directly or indirectly by one or more other corporations included in the 

affiliated group. 
16

The AJCA made the worldwide interest allocation election available for taxable years beginning 

after December 31, 2008. Subsequent legislation has deferred the availability of the election 

until taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020.

Reasons for Change 

The Administration has included a separate proposal, Impose a 19-Percent Minimum Tax on 

Foreign Income, which would impose a per-country minimum tax on foreign income. Under 

that proposal, a taxpayer must allocate and apportion interest expense among foreign-source 

gross income subject to tax at the full U.S. statutory rate, foreign-source gross income subject to 

various rates of U.S. tax under the minimum tax, and foreign-source gross income on which no 

U.S. tax is paid. Interest expense allocated and apportioned to foreign-source gross income 

subject to the minimum tax would be deductible only at the applicable minimum tax rate, while 

no deduction would be permitted for interest expense allocated and apportioned to foreign-source 

gross income on which no U.S. tax is paid.

Absent the worldwide affiliated group election, certain taxpayers would be required to allocate a 

disproportionate amount of their interest expense to these various categories of foreign-source 

gross income than is warranted under the fungibility principle. Accelerating the availability of 

the election will allow taxpayers to more accurately allocate and apportion interest expense for 

all purposes for which the allocation is relevant, including for implementing the per-country 

minimum tax, as well as determining the foreign tax credit limitation for foreign-source income 

such as royalties and interest that would continue to be subject to tax at the full U.S. statutory 

rate. 

Proposal 

The proposal would make the worldwide affiliated group election available for taxable years 

beginning after December 31, 2015.
17

EXTEND THE EXCEPTION UNDER SUBPART F FOR ACTIVE FINANCING 

INCOME 

Current Law

In general, U.S. multinational companies do not pay U.S. tax on the profits earned by their 

foreign subsidiaries until these profits are repatriated. The rules of subpart F (sections 951-964) 

provide a limited exception to this general rule of deferral, by requiring certain United States 

shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) to include in their income on a current 

basis certain narrowly defined categories of passive and other highly mobile income (subpart F 

income), regardless of whether the income is distributed by the CFC. 

One category of subpart F income is foreign personal holding company income, which generally 

includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties. There are several exceptions to the definition of 

foreign personal holding company income, including a temporary exception for certain income 

that is derived in the active conduct of a banking, financing, or similar business and a temporary 

exception for certain income that is derived in the active conduct of an insurance business. 

These two exceptions, collectively referred to as the “active financing exception,” provide that 

qualified banking or financing income of an eligible CFC and qualified insurance income of a 

qualifying CFC is not foreign personal holding company income or foreign base company 

services income. In addition, the active financing exception provides that certain income of a 

qualifying insurance company is not subpart F income. The active financing exception applies to 

taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after December 31, 1998, and before January 1, 

2015, and to taxable years of United States shareholders with or within which such taxable years 

of the foreign corporations end. 

Reasons for Change

The active financing exception recognizes that insurance, banking, financing, and similar 

businesses are active businesses that regularly generate income, such as interest and dividends, 

of a type that, absent the active financing exception, would be treated as passive for purposes of 

subpart F. Under this exception, those types of income are treated as “active” income and 

therefore not subject to current U.S. tax, with certain limitations. Permanent extension of this 

expiring provision will allow U.S.-based financial and insurance groups to continue their active 

international operations without being subject to subpart F, while the Administration’s proposal, 

Impose a 19-percent Minimum Tax on Foreign Income, would ensure that these businesses 

cannot reduce effective tax rates below the minimum rate of 19 percent. 

Proposal

The temporary active financing exception would be made permanent.
18

EXTEND THE LOOK-THROUGH TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS BETWEEN 

RELATED CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS (CFCS)

Current Law

In general, U.S. multinational companies do not pay U.S. tax on the profits earned by their 

foreign subsidiaries until these profits are repatriated. The rules of subpart F (sections 951-964) 

provide a limited exception to this general rule of deferral, by requiring certain United States 

shareholders of a CFC to include in their income on a current basis certain narrowly defined 

categories of passive and other highly mobile income (subpart F income), regardless of whether 

the income is distributed by the CFC. 

One category of subpart F income is foreign personal holding company income, which generally 

includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties. There are several exceptions to the definition of 

foreign personal holding company income, including a temporary exception for dividends, 

interest, rents, and royalties received or accrued by a CFC from a related CFC, to the extent such 

payments are attributable or properly allocable to income of the related CFC that is neither 

subpart F income nor income treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or 

business in the United States (the “look-through exception”). The look-through exception 

applies to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after December 31, 2005, and before 

January 1, 2015, and to taxable years of United States shareholders with or within which such 

taxable years of the foreign corporations end. 

Reasons for Change

Absent the look-through exception, a CFC that made certain payments attributable to active 

foreign earnings to a related CFC would incur subpart F income taxable at the full U.S. statutory 

rate. The Administration’s proposal, Impose a 19-percent Minimum Tax on Foreign Income, 

would provide a more appropriate policy response to concerns regarding foreign-to-foreign 

payments by ensuring that such payments could not be used to shift income into entities with

effective tax rates below the minimum tax rate of 19 percent. 

Proposal

The temporary subpart F “look-through” exception would be made permanent.
19

IMPOSE A 19-PERCENT MINIMUM TAX ON FOREIGN INCOME

Current Law

In general, U.S. multinational companies do not pay U.S. tax on the profits earned by their 

foreign subsidiaries until these profits are repatriated, at which time a credit for foreign income 

taxes paid is allowed in order to mitigate double taxation. Creditable foreign taxes include 

foreign income taxes paid by a foreign corporation if the U.S. company owns at least 10 percent 

of the voting stock of the foreign corporation. The rules of subpart F (sections 951 to 964) 

provide a limited exception to this general rule of deferral, by requiring certain United States 

shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) to include in their income on a current 

basis certain narrowly defined categories of passive and other highly mobile income (subpart F 

income). Additionally, under the “high-tax exception” of section 954(b)(4), an item of income 

that would otherwise be subpart F income is excluded from subpart F income if the taxpayer 

elects to establish that such item was subject to an effective rate of foreign income tax greater 

than 90 percent of the maximum U.S. corporate income tax rate. 

In order to prevent the inappropriate deferral of U.S. tax on CFC earnings and profits that do not 

give rise to subpart F income, sections 951(a) and 956 generally require United States 

shareholders of CFCs to include in their income on a current basis a portion of the CFC’s 

earnings and profits invested in certain United States property. Section 959 provides rules for 

excluding from the gross income of a United States shareholder earnings and profits distributed 

to the United States shareholder by a CFC to the extent the United States shareholder was 

previously subject to tax under subpart F on the distributed earnings and profits. 

A foreign tax credit is only available for an amount paid by a taxpayer to a foreign country to the 

extent the amount does not exceed the taxpayer’s liability under foreign law for tax. This 

condition is met if the amount is determined by the taxpayer in a manner that is consistent with a 

reasonable application of foreign law in such a way as to reduce, over time, the taxpayer’s 

reasonably expected liability for foreign tax, and if the taxpayer exhausts all effective and 

practical remedies to reduce its foreign tax liability.

The foreign tax credit is limited to an amount equal to the pre-credit U.S. tax on the taxpayer’s 

foreign-source income. This foreign tax credit limitation is applied separately to foreign-source 

income in separate categories, i.e., the passive basket and the general basket. Expenses such as 

overhead and interest are allocated and apportioned to foreign-source income for the purpose of 

calculating the foreign tax credit limitation and can therefore potentially reduce allowable 

credits. Active royalties paid to a United States person, which are generally deductible abroad 

and subject to low or no withholding taxes, and dividends attributable to highly taxed active 

income are both included in the general basket, meaning that excess credits from highly taxed 

dividends can shield lower-taxed royalties from residual U.S. tax. 

In addition, expenses that are attributable to investments in CFC stock, such as interest expense, 

may be currently deducted, even if U.S. taxation of the CFC’s income is deferred (although such 

deductions would reduce the foreign tax credit limitation). 
20

Reasons for Change

The opportunity to defer U.S. tax on CFC earnings, together with the ability to currently deduct 

expenses attributable to deferred earnings, provide U.S. multinationals with the incentive to 

locate production overseas and shift profits abroad, eroding the U.S. tax base. In addition, the 

current system discourages these companies from bringing low-tax foreign earnings back to the 

United States, because they would pay significant residual U.S. tax on the repatriated earnings 

after taking into account any foreign tax credits. At the same time, the current foreign tax credit 

system allows companies to utilize credits from high-tax foreign-source income such as 

dividends to reduce U.S. tax on low-tax foreign-source income such as royalties. Finally, it may 

be difficult for the IRS to verify that a taxpayer has exhausted practical remedies under foreign 

law to reduce its reasonably expected foreign tax liability over time in a manner consistent with a 

reasonable interpretation of foreign law.

Proposal

The Administration proposes to supplement the existing subpart F regime with a per-country 

minimum tax on the foreign earnings of entities taxed as domestic C corporations (U.S. 

corporations) and their CFCs. The minimum tax would apply to a U.S. corporation that is a 

United States shareholder of a CFC or that has foreign earnings from a branch or from the 

performance of services abroad. Under the proposal, the foreign earnings of a CFC or branch or 

from the performance of services would be subject to current U.S. taxation at a rate (not below 

zero) of 19 percent less 85 percent of the per-country foreign effective tax rate (the residual 

minimum tax rate). The foreign effective tax rate would be computed on an aggregate basis with 

respect to all foreign earnings and the associated foreign taxes assigned to a country (as 

described below) for the 60-month period that ends on the date on which the domestic 

corporation’s current taxable year ends, or in the case of CFC earnings, that ends on the date on 

which the CFC’s current taxable year ends. For this purpose, the foreign taxes taken into 

account are those taxes that, absent the proposal, would be eligible to be claimed as a foreign tax 

credit during the 60-month period. Furthermore, subject to rules applicable to hybrid 

arrangements (as described below), the foreign earnings taken into account for the 60-month 

period would be determined under U.S. tax principles but would include disregarded payments 

deductible elsewhere, such as disregarded intra-CFC interest or royalties, and would exclude 

dividends from related parties. 

The country to which foreign earnings and associated foreign taxes are assigned is based on tax 

residence under foreign law. For example, if a CFC is incorporated in Country X but a tax 

resident of Country Y under both the Country X and Country Y place of management tests for 

tax residence, the CFC’s earnings and associated foreign taxes would be assigned to Country Y

for purposes of computing the minimum tax. If instead Country Y used a place of incorporation 

test such that the CFC is stateless and is not subject to foreign tax anywhere, the CFC's earnings 

would be subject to the minimum tax at the full 19-percent rate. Earnings and taxes of a 

particular CFC may be allocated to multiple countries if it has earnings subject to tax in different 

countries. Where the same earnings of a CFC are subject to tax in multiple countries, the 

earnings and all of the foreign taxes associated with those earnings would be assigned to the 

highest-tax country. For example, if a CFC incorporated in high-tax Country Z has a permanent 
21

establishment in low-tax Country Q and both Country Z and Country Q tax the earnings of the 

permanent establishment, the earnings and both the County Z taxes and the Country Q taxes 

associated with those earnings would be assigned to Country Z. 

The minimum tax for a particular country would be computed by multiplying the applicable 

residual minimum tax rate by the minimum tax base for that country. A U.S. corporation’s 

tentative minimum tax base with respect to a country for a taxable year would be the total 

amount of foreign earnings for the taxable year assigned to that country for purposes of 

determining the effective tax rate for the country. 

The tentative minimum tax base would be reduced by an allowance for corporate equity (ACE). 

The ACE allowance would provide a risk-free return on equity invested in active assets, which 

generally would include assets that do not generate foreign personal holding company income 

(determined without regard to both the look-through rule of section 954(c)(6) and any election to 

disregard an entity as separate from its owner). Thus, the ACE allowance is intended to exempt 

from the minimum tax a return on the actual activities undertaken in a foreign country. 

In assigning earnings to countries, both for purposes of determining the foreign effective tax rate 

as well as for determining the tentative minimum tax base for a particular year, rules would be 

implemented to restrict the use of hybrid arrangements to shift earnings from a low-tax country 

to a high-tax country for U.S. tax purposes without triggering tax in the high-tax country. For 

example, no deduction would be recognized for a payment from a low-tax country to a high-tax 

country that would be treated as a dividend eligible for a participation exemption in the high-tax 

country. In addition, the earnings assigned to a low-tax country would be increased for a 

dividend payment from a high-tax country that is treated as deductible in the high-tax country.

The minimum tax would be imposed on current foreign earnings regardless of whether they are 

repatriated to the United States, and all foreign earnings could be repatriated without further U.S. 

tax. Thus, under the proposal, U.S. tax would be imposed on a CFC’s earnings either 

immediately (either under subpart F or the minimum tax) or not at all (if the income was subject 

to sufficient foreign tax or was exempt pursuant to the ACE allowance). Subpart F generally 

would continue to require a United States shareholder of a CFC to include in its gross income on 

a current basis, at the full U.S. tax rate (with foreign tax credits available as provided under 

current law), the shareholder’s share of the CFC’s subpart F income, but the subpart F high-tax 

exception would be made mandatory for United States shareholders that are U.S. corporations. 

Additionally, no U.S. tax would be imposed on the sale by a United States shareholder of stock 

of a CFC to the extent any gain reflects the undistributed earnings of the CFC, which generally 

would have already been subject to tax under the minimum tax, subpart F, or the 14-percent onetime tax under the Administration’s separate proposal, Impose a 14-Percent One-Time Tax on 

Previously Untaxed Income. In addition, to avoid creating a bias that would affect a United 

States shareholder’s decision whether to sell CFC stock or continue to own it (and therefore 

continue to be subject to U.S. taxation on the CFC’s earnings under the minimum tax and subpart 

F), any stock gain that is attributable to unrealized (and therefore untaxed) gain in the CFC’s 

assets would be subject to U.S. tax in the same manner as would apply to the future earnings 

from those assets. Accordingly, stock gain would be subject to the minimum tax or to tax at the 
22

full U.S. rate to the extent it reflects unrealized appreciation in assets that would generate 

earnings subject to the minimum tax or subpart F, respectively.

Foreign-source royalty and interest payments received by U.S. corporations would continue to be 

taxed at the full U.S. statutory rate but, in contrast with current law, could not be shielded by 

excess foreign tax credits associated with dividends from high-tax CFCs because the earnings of 

high-tax CFCs would be exempt from U.S. tax. A foreign branch of a U.S. corporation would be 

treated like a CFC. Accordingly, to the extent the foreign branch used the intangibles of its 

owner, the branch would be treated as making royalty payments to its owner that are recognized 

for U.S. tax purposes. Interest expense incurred by a U.S. corporation that is allocated and 

apportioned to foreign earnings on which the minimum tax is paid would be deductible at the 

residual minimum tax rate applicable to those earnings. No deduction would be permitted for 

interest expense allocated and apportioned to foreign earnings for which no U.S. income tax is 

paid. Rules regarding CFC investments in United States property and previously taxed earnings 

would be repealed for United States shareholders that are U.S. corporations.

The Secretary would be granted authority to issue regulations to carry out the purposes of the 

minimum tax, including regulations addressing the taxation of undistributed earnings when a 

U.S. corporation owns an interest in a foreign corporation that has a change in status as a CFC or 

non-CFC, and regulations to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of the minimum tax through 

outbound transfers of built-in-gain assets or CFC stock.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
23

IMPOSE A 14-PERCENT ONE-TIME TAX ON PREVIOUSLY UNTAXED FOREIGN 

INCOME

Current Law

In general, U.S. multinational companies do not pay U.S. tax on the profits earned by their 

foreign subsidiaries until these profits are repatriated. Under current law, the rules of subpart F 

(sections 951-964) provide a limited exception to this general rule of deferral, by requiring 

certain United States shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) to include in their 

income on a current basis certain narrowly defined categories of passive and other highly mobile 

income, regardless of whether the income is distributed to the shareholders. 

Reasons for Change

The opportunity under current law for U.S. multinationals to defer U.S. tax on earnings of their 

CFCs has given rise to the accumulation of substantial amounts of earnings in CFCs subject to 

low effective tax rates. Under the Administration’s proposal for companies to pay a minimum 

tax on overseas profits, no U.S. tax would be imposed on a CFC’s future payment of a dividend. 

Accordingly, a transition measure is necessary to provide that previously accumulated deferred 

earnings also are subject to U.S. tax.

Proposal

In connection with the transition to the minimum tax, this proposal would impose a one-time 14-

percent tax on earnings accumulated in CFCs and not previously subject to U.S. tax. A credit 

would be allowed for the amount of foreign taxes associated with such earnings multiplied by the 

ratio of the one-time tax rate to the maximum U.S. corporate tax rate for 2015. The accumulated 

income subject to the one-time tax could then be repatriated without any further U.S. tax. The 

proposal pays for outlays associated with: (1) new spending associated with the Administration’s 

surface transportation reauthorization proposal; and (2) shortfalls between revenue and surface 

transportation spending that exist under current law for the proposal period.

The proposal would be effective on the date of enactment and would apply to earnings 

accumulated for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2016. The tax would be payable 

ratably over five years.
24

LIMIT SHIFTING OF INCOME THROUGH INTANGIBLE PROPERTY TRANSFERS 

Current Law

The Secretary may distribute, apportion, or allocate gross income, deductions, credits, and other 

allowances between or among two or more organizations, trades, or businesses under common 

ownership or control whenever “necessary in order to prevent evasion of taxes or clearly to 

reflect the income of any of such organizations, trades, or businesses” (section 482). In the case 

of transfers of intangible property (as defined in section 936(h)(3)(B)), section 482 also provides 

that the income with respect to the transaction must be commensurate with the income 

attributable to the transferred intangible property. Further, under section 367(d), if a U.S. person 

transfers intangible property (as defined in section 936(h)(3)(B)) to a foreign corporation in a 

transaction that would otherwise be tax-free under section 351 or section 361, the U.S. person is 

treated as (i) having sold such property in exchange for payments which are contingent upon the 

productivity, use, or disposition of the property, and (ii) receiving amounts which reasonably 

reflect the amounts which would have been received annually in the form of such payments over 

the useful life of the property, or, in the case of a disposition following such transfer, at the time 

of the disposition. The amounts taken into account shall be commensurate with the income 

attributable to the intangible. Finally, under the regulations issued pursuant to section 367(e)(2), 

if a U.S. subsidiary corporation transfers intangible property (as defined in section 936(h)(3)(B)) 

to a foreign parent corporation in an otherwise tax-free liquidation described in section 332, the 

U.S. subsidiary must recognize gain upon the distribution of such property.

Reasons for Change

Controversy often arises concerning the value of intangible property transferred between related 

persons and the scope of the intangible property subject to sections 482 and 367. This lack of 

clarity may result in the inappropriate avoidance of U.S. tax and misuse of the rules applicable to 

transfers of intangible property to foreign persons.

Proposal

The proposal would provide that the definition of intangible property under section 936(h)(3)(B) 

(and therefore for purposes of sections 367 and 482) also includes workforce in place, goodwill, 

and going concern value, and any other item owned or controlled by a taxpayer that is not a 

tangible or financial asset and that has substantial value independent of the services of any 

individual. The proposal also would clarify that where multiple intangible properties are 

transferred, or where intangible property is transferred with other property or services, the 

Commissioner of the IRS may value the properties or services on an aggregate basis where that 

achieves a more reliable result. In addition, the proposal would clarify that the Commissioner of 

the IRS may value intangible property taking into consideration the prices or profits that the 

controlled taxpayer could have realized by choosing a realistic alternative to the controlled 

transaction undertaken. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015. 
25

DISALLOW THE DEDUCTION FOR EXCESS NON-TAXED REINSURANCE 

PREMIUMS PAID TO AFFILIATES

Current Law

Insurance companies generally are allowed a deduction for premiums paid for reinsurance. If the 

reinsurance transaction results in a transfer of reserves and reserve assets to the reinsurer, 

potential tax liability for earnings on those assets generally is shifted to the reinsurer as well. 

While insurance income of a controlled foreign corporation generally is subject to current 

U.S. taxation, insurance income of a foreign-owned foreign company that is not engaged in a 

trade or business in the United States is not subject to U.S. income tax. Reinsurance policies 

issued by foreign reinsurers with respect to U.S. risks generally are subject to an excise tax equal 

to one percent of the premiums paid, unless waived by treaty.

Reasons for Change

Reinsurance transactions with affiliates that are not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on 

insurance income can result in substantial U.S. tax advantages over similar transactions with 

entities that are subject to tax in the United States. The excise tax on reinsurance policies issued 

by foreign reinsurers is not always sufficient to offset this tax advantage. These tax advantages 

create an inappropriate incentive for foreign-owned domestic insurance companies to reinsure 

U.S. risks with foreign affiliates.

Proposal

The proposal would (1) deny an insurance company a deduction for premiums and other amounts 

paid to affiliated foreign companies with respect to reinsurance of property and casualty risks to 

the extent that the foreign reinsurer (or its parent company) is not subject to U.S. income tax with 

respect to the premiums received; and (2) would exclude from the insurance company’s income 

(in the same proportion in which the premium deduction was denied) any return premiums, 

ceding commissions, reinsurance recovered, or other amounts received with respect to 

reinsurance policies for which a premium deduction is wholly or partially denied.

A foreign corporation that is paid a premium from an affiliate that would otherwise be denied a 

deduction under this proposal would be permitted to elect to treat those premiums and the 

associated investment income as income effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or 

business in the United States and attributable to a permanent establishment for tax treaty 

purposes. For foreign tax credit purposes, reinsurance income treated as effectively connected 

under this rule would be treated as foreign source income and would be placed into a separate 

category within section 904.

The provision would be effective for policies issued in taxable years beginning after December 

31, 2015.
26

MODIFY TAX RULES FOR DUAL CAPACITY TAXPAYERS

Current Law

Section 901 provides that, subject to certain limitations, a taxpayer may choose to claim a credit 

against its U.S. income tax liability for income, war profits, and excess profits taxes paid or 

accrued during the taxable year to any foreign country or any possession of the United States.

To be a creditable tax, a foreign levy must be substantially equivalent to an income tax under 

United States tax principles, regardless of the label attached to the levy under foreign law. Under 

current Treasury regulations, a foreign levy is a tax if it is a compulsory payment under the 

authority of a foreign government to levy taxes and is not compensation for a specific economic 

benefit provided by the foreign country. Taxpayers that are subject to a foreign levy and that 

also receive a specific economic benefit from the levying country (dual capacity taxpayers) may 

not credit the portion of the foreign levy paid for the specific economic benefit. The current 

Treasury regulations provide that, if a foreign country has a generally-imposed income tax, the 

dual capacity taxpayer may treat as a creditable tax the portion of the levy that application of the 

generally imposed income tax would yield (provided that the levy otherwise constitutes an 

income tax or a tax paid in lieu of income tax). The balance of the levy is treated as 

compensation for the specific economic benefit. If the foreign country does not generally 

impose an income tax, the portion of the payment that does not exceed the applicable Federal tax 

rate applied to net income is treated as a creditable tax. A foreign tax is treated as generally 

imposed even if it applies only to persons who are not residents or nationals of that country.

There is no separate section 904 foreign tax credit limitation category for oil and gas income. 

However, under section 907, the amount of creditable foreign taxes imposed on foreign oil and 

gas income is limited in any year to the applicable U.S. tax on that income.

Reasons for Change

The purpose of the foreign tax credit is to mitigate double taxation of income by the United 

States and a foreign country. When a payment is made to a foreign country in exchange for a 

specific economic benefit, there is no double taxation. Current law recognizes the distinction 

between a payment of creditable taxes and a payment in exchange for a specific economic 

benefit but fails to achieve the appropriate split between the two when a single payment is made 

in a case where, for example, a foreign country imposes a levy only on oil and gas income, or 

imposes a higher levy on oil and gas income as compared to other income.

Proposal

The proposal would allow a dual capacity taxpayer to treat as a creditable tax the portion of a 

foreign levy that does not exceed the foreign levy that the taxpayer would pay if it were not a 

dual-capacity taxpayer. The proposal would replace the current regulatory provisions, including 

the safe harbor, that apply to determine the amount of a foreign levy paid by a dual-capacity 

taxpayer that qualifies as a creditable tax. The proposal also would convert the special foreign 

tax credit limitation rules of section 907 into a separate category within section 904 for foreign 
27

oil and gas income. The aspect of the proposal that would determine the amount of a foreign 

levy paid by a dual-capacity taxpayer that qualifies as a creditable tax would yield to United 

States treaty obligations to the extent that they explicitly allow a credit for taxes paid or accrued 

on certain oil or gas income.

The aspect of the proposal that would determine the amount of a foreign levy paid by a dualcapacity taxpayer that qualifies as a creditable tax would be effective for amounts that, if such

amounts were an amount of tax paid or accrued, would be considered paid or accrued in taxable 

years beginning after December 31, 2015. The aspect of the proposal that would convert the 

special foreign tax credit limitation rules of section 907 into a separate category within section 

904 would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
28

TAX GAIN FROM THE SALE OF A PARTNERSHIP INTEREST ON LOOKTHROUGH BASIS

Current Law

In general, the sale or exchange of a partnership interest is treated as the sale or exchange of a 

capital asset. Capital gains of a nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation generally are 

subject to Federal income tax only if the gains are or are treated as income that is effectively 

connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (Effectively Connected 

Income (ECI)). Section 875(1) provides that a nonresident alien individual or foreign 

corporation shall be considered as being engaged in a trade or business within the United States

if the partnership of which such individual or corporation is a member is so engaged. Revenue 

Ruling 91-32 holds that gain or loss of a nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation from 

the sale or exchange of a partnership interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade 

or business in the United States to the extent of the partner’s distributive share of unrealized gain 

or loss of the partnership that is attributable to property used or held for use in the partnership’s 

trade or business within the United States (ECI property). A partnership may elect under section 

754 to adjust the basis of its assets upon the transfer of an interest in the partnership to reflect the 

transferee partner’s basis in the partnership interest. 

Reasons for Change

Nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations may take a position contrary to the 

holding of Revenue Ruling 91-32, arguing that gain from the sale of a partnership interest is not 

subject to Federal income taxation because no Code provision explicitly provides that gain from 

the sale or exchange of a partnership interest by a nonresident alien individual or foreign 

corporation is treated as ECI. If the partnership has in effect an election under section 754, the 

partnership’s basis in its assets also is increased, thereby preventing that gain from being taxed in 

the future.

Proposal

The proposal would provide that gain or loss from the sale or exchange of a partnership interest 

is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States to the extent 

attributable to the transferor partner’s distributive share of the partnership’s unrealized gain or 

loss that is attributable to ECI property. The Secretary would be granted authority to specify the 

extent to which a distribution from the partnership is treated as a sale or exchange of an interest 

in the partnership and to coordinate the new provision with the nonrecognition provisions of the 

Code.

In addition, the transferee of a partnership interest would be required to withhold 10 percent of 

the amount realized on the sale or exchange of a partnership interest unless the transferor 

certified that the transferor was not a nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation. If a 

transferor provided a certificate from the IRS that established that the transferor’s Federal 

income tax liability with respect to the transfer was less than 10 percent of the amount realized, 

the transferee would withhold such lesser amount. If the transferee failed to withhold the correct 
29

amount, the partnership would be liable for the amount of underwithholding, and would satisfy 

the withholding obligation by withholding on future distributions that otherwise would have 

gone to the transferee partner.

The proposal would be effective for sales or exchanges after December 31, 2015.
30

MODIFY SECTIONS 338(h)(16) AND 902 TO LIMIT CREDITS WHEN NON-DOUBLE 

TAXATION EXISTS

Current Law

A corporation that makes a qualified stock purchase of a target corporation is permitted to elect 

under section 338 (section 338 election) to treat the stock acquisition as an asset acquisition, 

thereby stepping up the tax basis of the target corporation’s assets. For this purpose, a qualified 

stock purchase is any transaction or series of transactions in which the purchasing corporation 

acquires 80 percent of the stock of the target corporation. Section 338(h)(16) provides that 

(subject to certain exceptions) the deemed asset sale resulting from a section 338 election is not 

treated as occurring for purposes of determining the source or character of any item in order to

apply the foreign tax credit rules to the seller. Instead, for these purposes, the gain is generally 

treated by the seller as gain from the sale of the stock. Thus, section 338(h)(16) prevents a seller 

from increasing allowable foreign tax credits as a result of a section 338 election.

Section 901(m) denies a credit for certain foreign taxes paid or accrued after a covered asset 

acquisition (CAA). A CAA includes a section 338 election made with respect to a qualified 

stock purchase as well as other transactions that are treated as asset acquisitions for U.S. tax 

purposes but the acquisition of an interest in an entity for foreign tax purposes.

Sections 902 and 960 provide that a domestic corporation owning at least 10 percent of the 

voting stock of a foreign corporation is allowed a credit for foreign taxes paid by a foreign 

corporation if the domestic corporation receives a dividend distribution from the foreign 

corporation or an income inclusion under subpart F that is treated as a dividend for purposes of 

section 902. Regulations under section 367(b) provide rules for the allocation of earnings and 

profits and foreign taxes of a foreign corporation in transactions described in section 381.

Certain transactions result in a reduction, allocation, or elimination of a corporation’s earnings 

and profits other than by reason of a dividend or by reason of section 381 (generally providing 

that earnings and profits and other tax attributes of a target corporation carry over to an acquiring 

corporation in a tax-free restructuring transaction). For example, if a corporation redeems a 

portion of its stock and the redemption is treated as a sale or exchange, there is a reduction in the 

earnings and profits (if any) of the redeeming corporation (see section 312(n)(7)). As another 

example, certain section 355 distributions can result in the reduction of the distributing 

corporation’s earnings and profits (see section 312(h) and the regulations thereunder).

Reasons for Change

Section 338(h)(16) applies to a qualified stock purchase for which a section 338 election is made, 

but it does not apply to the other types of CAAs subject to the credit disallowance rules under 

section 901(m). These other types of CAAs present the same foreign tax credit concerns as those 

addressed by section 338(h)(16) in the case of a qualified stock purchase for which a section 338 

election is made.
31

The reduction, allocation, or elimination of a corporation’s earnings and profits in a transaction 

without a corresponding reduction in the corporation’s associated foreign taxes paid would result 

in a corporate shareholder of the corporation claiming an indirect credit under section 902 for 

foreign taxes paid with respect to earnings that will no longer fund a dividend distribution for 

U.S. tax purposes. 

Proposal

Extend section 338(h)(16) to certain asset acquisitions

The proposal would extend the application of section 338(h)(16) to any CAA, within the 

meaning of section 901(m). The Secretary would be granted authority to issue any regulations 

necessary to carry out the purposes of the proposal. 

Remove foreign taxes from a section 902 corporation’s foreign tax pool when earnings are 

eliminated

In addition, the proposal would reduce the amount of foreign taxes paid by a foreign corporation 

in the event a transaction results in the reduction, allocation, or elimination of a foreign 

corporation’s earnings and profits other than a reduction by reason of a dividend or a section 381 

transaction. The amount of foreign taxes that would be reduced in such a transaction would 

equal the amount of foreign taxes associated with such earnings and profits. 

The proposal would be effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2015.
32

CLOSE LOOPHOLES UNDER SUBPART F

Current Law 

If a foreign corporation is a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) for an uninterrupted period of 

30 days or more during a taxable year (“the 30-day rule”), every person who is a United States 

shareholder of the corporation, and who owns stock in the corporation on the last day in such 

corporation’s taxable year on which such corporation is a CFC, must currently include in its 

gross income its pro-rata share of the subpart F income earned by the CFC during that year. In 

addition, in order to prevent the inappropriate deferral of U.S. tax on CFC earnings and profits 

that do not give rise to subpart F income, a United States shareholder of a CFC is required to 

include in income on a current basis its pro rata share of the CFC’s earnings and profits invested 

in United States property.

A foreign corporation is a CFC if more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power or 

value of the corporation’s stock is owned by United States shareholders on any day during a 

taxable year of the corporation. A United States shareholder means, with respect to a foreign 

corporation, a U.S. person that owns directly or indirectly (within the meaning of section 958(a)), 

or is considered as owning under the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b), ten percent 

or more of the total combined voting power of the corporation’s stock. 

Section 958(b) applies the constructive ownership rules of section 318, with certain 

modifications. One of those modifications turns off downward attribution of stock from a 

foreign person to a U.S. person. As a result, if a foreign person is a partner in a U.S. partnership, 

a beneficiary in a U.S. trust, or a shareholder in a U.S. corporation, the partnership, trust, or 

corporation, as applicable, is not considered to own stock in a foreign corporation that such 

foreign person owns, directly or indirectly, for purposes of determining whether such 

partnership, trust, or corporation is a United States shareholder of the foreign corporation and, 

therefore, whether the foreign corporation is a CFC. For example, if a U.S. corporation is a 

wholly-owned subsidiary of a foreign parent corporation, and the U.S. corporation and the 

foreign parent corporation each directly own 50 percent (vote and value) of the stock of another 

foreign corporation, the U.S. corporation is considered to own only 50 percent (vote and value) 

of the stock of such other foreign corporation and is not considered to own the stock that is 

owned by the foreign parent corporation for purposes of determining whether the U.S. 

corporation is a United States shareholder of the foreign corporation. 

Subpart F income includes certain passive and other highly mobile income. Specifically, subpart 

F income includes, among other things, “foreign base company income,” which, in turn, includes 

foreign personal holding company income, foreign base company sales income, and foreign base 

company services income. Foreign personal holding company income generally includes rents 

and royalties other than those received from an unrelated person in the active conduct of a trade 

or business. Foreign base company sales income generally includes income earned in connection 

with a purchase and subsequent sale of personal property where such property is purchased from 

(or on behalf of), or sold to (or on behalf of), a related person, provided the property is 

manufactured outside of the CFC’s country of organization and sold for use or consumption 

outside that country. Foreign base company services income generally includes income earned 
33

in connection with the performance of certain services performed outside of the CFC’s country 

of organization for or on behalf of a related person. These categories of subpart F income are 

intended to ensure that tax is not deferred on income that is not generated by an active trade or 

business of the CFC. 

Digital transactions involving copyrighted articles can take the form of leases, sales, or services. 

For example, a transaction involving a transfer of a computer program (i.e., a copyrighted article) 

could be characterized as a sale or lease of the computer program, depending on the facts and 

circumstances concerning the benefits and burdens of ownership with respect to the computer 

program. A computer program hosted on a server also might be used in a transaction 

characterized as the provision of a service to a user who accesses the server from a remote 

location. 

Reasons for Change 

The existing categories of subpart F income, and the threshold requirements for applying subpart 

F, rely on technical distinctions that may be manipulated or circumvented contrary to subpart F’s 

policy of requiring current U.S. taxation of passive and other highly mobile income earned by 

foreign corporations controlled by U.S. taxpayers. For example, by choosing different forms for 

substantially similar transactions, taxpayers may be able to avoid the application of subpart F. In 

addition, taxpayers exploit the 30-day rule by intentionally generating significant subpart F 

income during short taxable years of less than 30 days (e.g., through a section 338(g) election in 

which the transaction is structured to occur within fewer than 30 days of the start of a CFC’s 

taxable year).

In addition, when a U.S.-parented group is acquired by a foreign corporation, the new foreign 

parent (or a non-CFC foreign affiliate of the foreign parent) may acquire a sufficient amount of 

the stock of one or more foreign subsidiaries of the former U.S.-parented group to cause such 

foreign subsidiaries to cease to be CFCs, so as to avoid the application of subpart F with respect 

to the continued ownership interest of the United States shareholders. For example, this result 

could be achieved, while also avoiding the recognition of income for U.S. income tax purposes, 

by having the new foreign parent issue a note or transfer property to a CFC in exchange for stock 

representing at least 50 percent of the voting power and value of the CFC. As a result, subpart F 

would no longer apply to the United States shareholders’ continued ownership interest in the 

former CFC, even though the worldwide group controls the entity and is therefore in a position 

to use it to shift passive and other highly mobile income from the former U.S. group.

Proposal 

The proposal would expand the categories of subpart F income in two ways:

Create a new category of subpart F income for transactions involving digital goods or services

First, the proposal would create a new category of subpart F income, foreign base company 

digital income, which generally would include income of a CFC from the lease or sale of a 

digital copyrighted article or from the provision of a digital service, in cases where the CFC uses 
34

intangible property developed by a related party (including property developed pursuant to a cost 

sharing arrangement) to produce the income and the CFC does not, through its own employees, 

make a substantial contribution to the development of the property or services that give rise to 

the income. An exception would apply where the CFC earns income directly from customers 

located in the CFC’s country of incorporation that use or consume the digital copyrighted article 

or digital service in such country.

Expand foreign base company sales income to include manufacturing services arrangements

Second, the proposal would expand the category of foreign base company sales income to 

include income of a CFC from the sale of property manufactured on behalf of the CFC by a 

related person. The existing exceptions to foreign base company sales income would continue to 

apply.

Additionally, the proposal would modify the thresholds for applying subpart F in two ways:

Amend CFC attribution rules

First, the proposal would amend the ownership attribution rules of section 958(b) so that certain 

stock of a foreign corporation owned by a foreign person is attributed to a related United States 

person for purposes of determining whether the related United States person is a United States 

shareholder of the foreign corporation and, therefore, whether the foreign corporation is a CFC. 

The pro rata share of a CFC’s subpart F income that a United States shareholder is required to 

include in gross income, however, would continue to be determined based on direct or indirect 

ownership of the CFC, without application of the ownership attribution rules of section 958(b). 

Eliminate the 30-day grace period before subpart F inclusions

Second, the proposal would eliminate the requirement for a foreign corporation to be a CFC for 

an uninterrupted period of at least 30 days in order for a United States shareholder to be required 

to include in its gross income currently subpart F income earned by the CFC. 

The proposals would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
35

RESTRICT THE USE OF HYBRID ARRANGEMENTS THAT CREATE STATELESS 

INCOME

Current Law

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, interest and royalty payments made or incurred in 

carrying on a trade or business are generally deductible under current law without regard to the 

tax treatment of such payments in other jurisdictions.

In general, U.S. multinational companies do not pay U.S. tax on the profits earned by their

foreign subsidiaries until these profits are repatriated. The rules of subpart F (sections 951-964) 

provide a limited exception to this general rule, by requiring United States shareholders of CFCs 

to include in their income on a current basis certain narrowly defined categories of income of the 

CFC (subpart F income), regardless of whether the income is distributed to the shareholders. 

Subpart F income includes passive items of income such as dividends, interest, rents and 

royalties.

One exception from subpart F income applies to certain dividend and interest income received 

from a related corporation created or organized and operating in the same country as the CFC 

receiving the income (the same-country exception in section 954(c)(3)). In addition, the samecountry exception provides that certain rents and royalties received from a related corporation for 

the use of property within the country under the laws of which the CFC receiving the income is 

created or organized are not included in subpart F income. A temporary provision (section 

954(c)(6)) provided another exception to subpart F income (the look-through exception) for 

certain dividends, interest, rents and royalties received from a related CFC to the extent such 

income is attributable or properly allocable to income of the related CFC that is neither subpart F 

income nor income effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the 

United States. The look-through exception expired on December 31, 2014.

Reasons for Change

There has been a proliferation of tax avoidance techniques involving a variety of cross-border 

hybrid arrangements, such as hybrid entities, hybrid instruments, and hybrid transfers (e.g., a 

sale-repurchase or “repo” transaction, in which the parties take inconsistent positions regarding 

the ownership of the same property). Taxpayers use such arrangements either to claim 

deductions in one jurisdiction without a corresponding inclusion anywhere else, resulting in 

“stateless” income, or to claim multiple deductions for the same payment in different 

jurisdictions.

In one such hybrid arrangement, a U.S. person holds an interest in a reverse hybrid, which is an 

entity that is a corporation for U.S. tax purposes but is a fiscally transparent entity (such as a 

partnership) or a branch under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction. Because the United States treats 

the reverse hybrid as a corporation, income earned by the reverse hybrid generally will not be 

subject to current U.S. tax. Moreover, even if the reverse hybrid is treated as a CFC, interest and 

royalty income earned by the reverse hybrid from certain foreign related persons (which 

otherwise would qualify as subpart F income) may nonetheless not be subject to current U.S. 
36

taxation as a result of either section 954(c)(3) or section 954(c)(6). Payments to the reverse 

hybrid, however, generally are also not subject to tax in the foreign jurisdiction in which it is 

established or organized, because the foreign jurisdiction views the reverse hybrid as a fiscally 

transparent entity and therefore treats that entity’s income as derived by its owners, including its 

U.S. owners. As a result of this hybrid treatment, income earned by the reverse hybrid generally 

would not be subject to tax currently in either the United States or the foreign jurisdiction.

Proposal

Restrict the use of hybrid arrangements that create stateless income 

The proposal would deny deductions for interest and royalty payments made to related parties 

under certain circumstances involving a hybrid arrangement, including if either (i) as a result of 

the hybrid arrangement, there is no corresponding inclusion to the recipient in the foreign 

jurisdiction or (ii) the hybrid arrangement would permit the taxpayer to claim an additional 

deduction for the same payment in another jurisdiction. 

The Secretary would be granted authority to issue any regulations necessary to carry out the 

purposes of this proposal, including regulations that would (1) deny deductions from certain 

conduit arrangements that involve a hybrid arrangement between at least two of the parties to the 

conduit arrangement; (2) deny interest or royalty deductions arising from certain hybrid 

arrangements involving unrelated parties in appropriate circumstances, such as structured 

transactions; and (3) deny all or a portion of a deduction claimed with respect to an interest or 

royalty payment that, as a result of the hybrid arrangement, is subject to inclusion in the 

recipient’s jurisdiction pursuant to a preferential regime that has the effect of reducing the 

generally applicable statutory rate by at least 25 percent.

Limit the application of exceptions under subpart F for certain transactions that use reverse 

hybrids to create stateless income 

Additionally, the proposal would provide that sections 954(c)(3) and 954(c)(6) would not apply 

to payments made to a foreign reverse hybrid owned directly by one or more U.S. persons when 

such amounts are received from foreign related persons that claim a deduction for foreign tax 

purposes with respect to the payment.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
37

LIMIT THE ABILITY OF DOMESTIC ENTITIES TO EXPATRIATE

Current Law

Section 7874 applies to certain transactions (known as “inversion transactions”) in which a U.S. 

corporation is replaced by a foreign corporation (“foreign acquiring corporation”) as the parent 

company of a worldwide affiliated group of companies in a transaction where (i) substantially all 

of the assets of a domestic corporation are acquired by a foreign acquiring corporation; (ii) the 

historical owners of the domestic corporation retain at least a 60-percent ownership interest in 

the foreign acquiring corporation; and (iii) the foreign acquiring corporation, together with the 

expanded affiliated group that includes the foreign acquiring corporation (EAG), does not 

conduct substantial business activities in the country in which it is created or organized. Similar 

provisions apply if a foreign acquiring corporation acquires substantially all of the property 

constituting a trade or business of a domestic partnership.

The tax consequences of an inversion transaction depend on the level of shareholder continuity. 

If the continuing ownership of historical shareholders of the domestic corporation in the foreign 

acquiring corporation is 80 percent or more (by vote or value), the new foreign parent 

corporation is treated as a domestic corporation for all U.S. tax purposes (the “80-percent test”). 

If the continuing shareholder ownership is at least 60 percent but less than 80 percent, the foreign 

status of the acquiring corporation is respected but certain other adverse tax consequences apply, 

including the inability to use tax attributes to reduce certain corporate-level income or gain 

(“inversion gain”) recognized by the expatriated group (the “60-percent test”). 

Reasons for Change

In order to reduce their U.S. taxes, domestic entities have with greater frequency been combining 

with smaller foreign entities such that the level of continued ownership of the historical 

shareholders of the domestic entity is less than 80 percent (although above the 60-percent 

threshold). The combination is typically structured so that the domestic entity and the foreign 

entity will be subsidiaries of a newly formed foreign parent company located in a low-tax 

jurisdiction. The domestic entities engaging in these transactions often emphasize that the 

transaction is expected to substantially reduce the U.S. tax liability of the multinational group 

with only minimal changes to its operations. Inversion transactions raise significant policy 

concerns because they facilitate the erosion of the U.S. tax base through deductible payments by 

the remaining U.S. members of the multinational group to the non-U.S. members and through 

aggressive transfer pricing for transactions between such U.S. and non-U.S. members. The 

inverted group also may reduce its U.S. taxes by causing its foreign subsidiaries to cease to 

qualify as controlled foreign corporations in order to avoid U.S. taxation under subpart F of the 

Code on passive and other highly mobile income that is shifted to the foreign subsidiaries.

The adverse tax consequences under current law of 60-percent inversion transactions have not 

deterred taxpayers from pursuing these transactions. There is no policy reason to respect an 

inverted structure when the owners of a domestic entity retain a controlling interest in the group, 

only minimal operational changes are expected, and there is potential for substantial erosion of 

the U.S. tax base. Furthermore, an inverted structure should not be respected when the structure 
38

results from the combination of a larger U.S. group with a smaller entity or group and, after the 

transaction, the EAG is primarily managed and controlled in the United States and does not have 

substantial business activities in the relevant foreign country, even if the shareholders of the 

domestic entity do not maintain control of the resulting multinational group.

Concerns about inversions have led to the enactment of statutory rules that require certain 

Federal agencies not to contract with multinational groups that have inverted. Federal agencies, 

however, generally do not have access to the identity of such groups. To the extent the IRS has

or is authorized to collect this information, the IRS would be restricted under section 6103 from 

sharing it with other Federal agencies. 

Proposal

To limit the ability of domestic entities to expatriate, the proposal would broaden the definition 

of an inversion transaction by reducing the 80-percent test to a greater than 50-percent test, and 

eliminating the 60-percent test. The proposal also would add a special rule whereby, regardless 

of the level of shareholder continuity, an inversion transaction would occur if (i) immediately 

prior to the acquisition, the fair market value of the stock of the domestic entity is greater than 

the fair market value of the stock of the foreign acquiring corporation, (ii) the EAG is primarily 

managed and controlled in the United States, and (iii) the EAG does not conduct substantial 

business activities in the country in which the foreign acquiring corporation is created or 

organized. Additionally, the proposal would expand the scope of acquisitions described in 

section 7874 so that an inversion transaction could occur if there is a direct or indirect acquisition 

of substantially all of the assets of a domestic corporation or domestic partnership, substantially 

all of the trade or business assets of a domestic corporation or domestic partnership, or 

substantially all of the U.S. trade or business assets of a foreign partnership.

In addition, the proposal would provide the IRS with authority to share tax return information 

with Federal agencies for the purpose of administering an agency’s anti-inversion rules. Federal 

agencies receiving this information would be subject to the safeguarding and recordkeeping 

requirements under section 6103.

The proposals that would limit the ability of domestic entities to expatriate would be effective for 

transactions that are completed after December 31, 2015. The proposal providing the IRS with 

the authority to share information with other Federal agencies to assist them in identifying 

companies that were involved in an inversion transaction would be effective January 1, 2016, 

without regard to when the inversion transaction occurred.
39

SIMPLIFICATION AND TAX RELIEF FOR SMALL BUSINESS

EXPAND AND PERMANENTLY EXTEND INCREASED EXPENSING FOR SMALL 

BUSINESS

Current Law

Section 179 provides that, in place of capitalization and depreciation, taxpayers may elect to 

deduct a limited amount of the cost of qualifying depreciable property placed in service during a 

taxable year. The deduction limit is reduced by the amount by which the cost of qualifying 

property placed in service during the taxable year exceeds a specified threshold amount. The 

maximum deduction amount and the beginning of the phase-out range have been adjusted 

several times in recent years. For qualifying property placed in service in taxable years 

beginning in 2007, the maximum deduction amount was $125,000, but this level was reduced by 

the amount that a taxpayer’s qualifying investment exceeded $500,000. For taxable years 2008 

and 2009, the maximum deduction was changed to $250,000, with the phase-out beginning at 

$800,000 of qualifying investment, and for 2010 and 2011, these amounts were changed to 

$500,000 and $2 million, respectively. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 continued 

the 2011 amounts through 2013, and the Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 extended them 

through 2014. For qualifying property placed in service in taxable years beginning after 2014, 

the limits revert to pre-2003 law, with $25,000 as the maximum deduction and $200,000 as the 

beginning of the phase-out range, with no indexing for inflation.

Qualifying property is defined generally as depreciable tangible personal property that is 

purchased for use in the active conduct of a trade or business. However, only $25,000 of the cost 

of any sport utility vehicle may be taken into account. For taxable years beginning after 2002 

and before 2015, off-the-shelf computer software is considered qualifying property. For taxable 

years 2010 through 2014, the definition of qualifying property also includes certain real property, 

such as leasehold improvement property, restaurant property, and retail improvement property, 

but the maximum amount of the cost of such real property that may be expensed is $250,000.

The amount allowed as a deduction for any taxable year cannot exceed the taxable income of the 

taxpayer (computed without regard to the section 179 deduction) that is derived from the active 

conduct of a trade or business for that taxable year. Deductions disallowed because of this 

limitation may be carried forward to the following taxable year, except that disallowed amounts 

allocated to real property investments may not be carried over to a taxable year beginning after 

2014.

A section 179 election is currently revocable by the taxpayer with respect to any property, but 

such revocation, once made, is irrevocable. However, an election made with respect to a taxable 

year beginning after 2014 will not be revocable, except with the consent of the Secretary.

Reasons for Change

Making permanent the section 179 limits would achieve several goals. It would provide stability 

for business planning. By expensing capital purchases, it would reduce the after-tax cost relative 
40

to the claiming of regular depreciation deductions and would encourage greater investment 

activity (and, thus, greater job creation) by small businesses and entrepreneurs. It would provide 

simplification for many small businesses by allowing them to avoid the complexity of tracking 

depreciation. It would provide significant tax relief to America’s small businesses and 

entrepreneurs.

Proposal

The proposal would extend the 2014 section 179 expensing and investment limitations, effective 

for qualifying property placed in service in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2014. 

For qualifying property placed in service in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015, 

the maximum amount that can be expensed would be increased to $1 million and this deduction 

would be reduced by the amount that a taxpayer’s qualifying investment exceeded $2 million

(but not below zero). The limits would be indexed for inflation in taxable years beginning after 

December 31, 2016, as would the dollar limitation on the expensing of sport utility vehicles. 

Qualifying property would permanently include off-the-shelf computer software, but would not 

include real property. An election under section 179 would be revocable by the taxpayer with 

respect to any property, but such revocation, once made, would be irrevocable. 

The proposal would be effective for qualifying property placed in service in taxable years 

beginning after December 31, 2014.
41

EXPAND SIMPLIFIED ACCOUNTING FOR SMALL BUSINESS AND ESTABLISH A 

UNIFORM DEFINITION OF SMALL BUSINESS FOR ACCOUNTING METHODS

Current Law

Certain businesses are not allowed to use the cash accounting method and must use an accrual 

method of accounting. These entities include corporations other than S corporations (“C 

corporations”), partnerships with a C corporation as a partner, and certain tax shelters. Qualified 

personal service corporations may nevertheless use the cash method, as can nonfarm 

corporations if they had $5 million or less in average annual gross receipts for each threetaxable-year period ending in all prior taxable years that began after December 31, 1985. 

C corporations engaged in the business of farming may use the cash method if they had 

$1 million or less in annual gross receipts for each prior taxable year beginning after 

December 31, 1975. A family-owned farming corporation may use the cash method if it had 

$25 million or less in annual gross receipts for each prior taxable year beginning after December 

31, 1985.

Taxpayers generally must capitalize costs incurred in the production of real or personal property 

and in the production or purchase of inventory. The Code’s uniform capitalization (UNICAP) 

rules require that these capitalized costs include both direct costs and an allocable portion of 

indirect production and acquisition costs. The UNICAP rules do not apply to a taxpayer 

acquiring personal property for resale if the taxpayer had $10 million or less in average annual 

gross receipts for the three-taxable year period ending with the immediately preceding taxable 

year. Producers using a simplified production method for determining indirect production costs, 

and having $200,000 or less of those costs in a taxable year, are not required to capitalize those 

costs. Exceptions from the UNICAP rules also apply to certain specified property and expenses, 

including animals and certain plants produced in a farming business, unless the farming business 

is required to use an accrual method of accounting. Finally, the UNICAP rules do not apply to 

inventory items of qualifying small business taxpayers.

A taxpayer must account for inventories when the production, purchase, or sale of merchandise 

is an income-producing factor in the taxpayer’s business, and an accrual method of accounting 

must be used with regard to purchases and sales anytime inventory accounting is necessary. Two

types of qualifying small taxpayers with inventories may use the cash method of accounting, and 

may deduct the cost of items purchased for resale and of raw materials purchased for use in 

producing finished goods in the year the related merchandise is sold, or, if later, in the year in 

which the taxpayer actually pays for the items: (1) any taxpayer (other than a tax shelter) that had 

average annual gross receipts of $1 million or less for the three-taxable year period ending with 

each prior taxable year ending on or after December 17, 1998, and (2) a taxpayer (other than a 

farming business) that would not be prohibited from using the cash method under the rules 

described above and that had $10 million or less in average annual gross receipts for the threetaxable year period ending with each prior taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2000. 

In general, a taxpayer in this second group qualifies only if its business activity is not classified 

as mining, manufacturing, wholesale or retail trade, or an information industry activity.
42

Reasons for Change

Current law rules have non-uniform small business exception requirements, relying on varying 

forms of gross receipts tests, with widely different exception thresholds, and different rules 

depending on the classification of a taxpayer’s business activities. A uniform definition of small 

business for determining applicable accounting rules and a consistent application of a gross 

receipts test would simplify tax administration and taxpayer compliance. An increase in the 

exception threshold amount of a taxpayer’s average annual gross receipts to $25 million would 

increase the number of business entities that would be able to obtain relief from complex tax 

accounting rules, many of which are not used for financial accounting. Many rules under current 

law prohibit a taxpayer from taking advantage of an accounting exception if they ever fail to 

meet the relevant gross receipts test. Such taxpayers should be allowed to avail themselves of 

simplified accounting methods if they subsequently are able to meet the gross receipts test for a 

specified number of years. Finally, indexing the threshold for inflation ensures that the small 

business definition remains a current reflection of the appropriate level of gross receipts for 

excepting entities from certain tax accounting rules.

Proposal

The Administration proposes to create a uniform small business threshold at $25 million in 

average annual gross receipts for allowing exceptions from certain accounting rules, effective for 

taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015. This threshold would be indexed for inflation 

with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2016. Average annual gross receipts 

would be determined over a three-year period, ending with the taxable year prior to the current 

taxable year. Adjustments would be made for taxpayers not having sufficient receipts history. 

All entities treated as a single employer under existing law would be treated as a single entity for 

purposes of the gross receipts test. Satisfaction of the gross receipts test would allow an entity to 

elect one or more of the following items: (1) use of the cash method of accounting in lieu of an 

accrual method (regardless of whether the entity holds inventories); (2) the non-application of 

the uniform capitalization (UNICAP) rules; and (3) the use of an inventory method of accounting 

that either conforms to the taxpayer’s financial accounting method or is otherwise properly 

reflective of income, such as deducting the cost of inventory items in the year the related 

merchandise is sold. A business whose average annual gross receipts exceeds the threshold 

would not be able to make an election to use one or more simplified accounting methods for the 

current taxable year and the following four taxable years. These rules would supersede the 

special cash method exception rules that apply to farm corporations, but exceptions allowing the 

cash method by personal service corporations and by business entities that are not C corporations 

(other than partnerships with a C corporate partner), regardless of size, would continue. Any tax 

shelter would continue to be required to use an accrual accounting method. The exceptions from 

UNICAP not based on a gross receipts test would continue. The UNICAP farming exceptions 

would not be changed, but would be affected by the new gross receipts threshold for excepting 

UNICAP requirements altogether for produced property, as well as the higher threshold for 

requiring use of an accrual accounting method.
43

ELIMINATE CAPITAL GAINS TAXATION ON INVESTMENTS IN SMALL 

BUSINESS STOCK 

Current Law

Under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, section 1202 was amended so that taxpayers other 

than corporations may exclude 100 percent of the gain from the sale of “qualified small business 

stock” acquired after September 27, 2010 and before January 1, 2011, and held for at least five 

years, provided various requirements are met. The 100-percent exclusion provision was 

extended several times and under current law applies to eligible stock acquired after September 

27, 2010 and before January 1, 2015. In addition, the excluded gain is not a preference under 

the Alternative Minimum Tax (AMT) for eligible stock acquired after September 27, 2010 and 

before January 1, 2015. 

Prior law provided a 50-percent exclusion (60-percent for certain empowerment zone businesses) 

for qualified small business stock. The taxable portion of the gain is taxed at a maximum rate of 

28 percent. The AMT treats 28 percent of the excluded gain on eligible stock acquired after 

December 31, 2000 and 42 percent of the excluded gain on stock acquired before January 1, 

2001 as a tax preference. A 75-percent exclusion enacted under the American Recovery and 

Reinvestment Act of 2009 applies to qualified stock acquired after February 17, 2009, and before 

September 28, 2010 with 21 percent of the excluded gains subject to the AMT.

The maximum amount of gain eligible for the exclusion by a taxpayer with respect to any single 

corporation during any year is the greater of (1) ten times the taxpayer’s basis in stock issued by 

the corporation and disposed of during the year, or (2) $10 million reduced by gain excluded in 

prior years on dispositions of the corporation’s stock. To qualify as a “small business,” the 

corporation, when the stock is issued, may not have gross assets exceeding $50 million 

(including the proceeds of the newly issued stock) and must be a C corporation. 

The corporation also must meet certain active trade or business requirements. For example, the 

corporation must be engaged in a trade or business other than: one involving the performance of 

services in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science, 

performing arts, consulting, athletics, financial services, brokerage services, or any other trade or 

business where the principal asset of the trade or business is the reputation or skill of one or more 

employees; a banking, insurance, financing, leasing, investing or similar business; a farming 

business; a business involving production or extraction of items subject to depletion; or a hotel, 

motel, restaurant, or similar business. There are limits on the amount of real property that may 

be held by a qualified small business, and ownership of, dealing in, or renting real property is not 

treated as an active trade or business.

A related provision, section 1045, allows investors that sell qualified small business stock held 

over six months to defer recognition of capital gain by reinvesting the sales proceeds in new 

qualified stock within 60 days. Under this rollover provision, the investor’s basis in the new 

stock is reduced by the amount of the deferred gain. 
44

Reasons for Change

Making the exclusion for small business stock gain permanent would encourage and reward new 

investment in qualified small business stock. However, treatment of a percentage of excluded 

gain as a preference under the AMT eliminates almost all of the benefit of the provision for 

investments made before February 18, 2009. In addition, the current 60-day rollover period 

under section 1045 for reinvesting proceeds from the sale of qualified small business stock is 

inadequate. Increasing the rollover period for reinvestment would increase the use of this 

provision and increase the supply of investment capital for small business. 

Proposal

The proposal would make the 100-percent exclusion for qualified small business stock 

permanent. The AMT preference item for gain excluded under section 1202 would be repealed 

for all excluded gain on qualified small business stock. In addition to the current 60-day rollover 

period under section 1045, a new six-month rollover period is proposed for taxpayers to reinvest 

the proceeds from sales of qualified small business stock held longer than three years. Other 

limitations on the section 1202 exclusion would continue to apply. The proposal would clarify 

that small business stock can include stock acquired upon the exercise of warrants and options if 

such stock rights are acquired at original issue from the corporation, and that all relevant holding 

periods for such stock start on the date the stock is issued by the corporation to the taxpayer. The 

proposal would include additional information reporting requirements to assure compliance with 

those limitations, and taxpayers would be required to report qualified sales on their tax returns.

The proposal would be effective for qualified small business stock acquired after December 31, 

2014.
45

INCREASE THE LIMITATIONS FOR DEDUCTIBLE NEW BUSINESS 

EXPENDITURES AND CONSOLIDATE PROVISIONS FOR START-UP AND 

ORGANIZATIONAL EXPENDITURES

Current Law

Start-up expenditures (under section 195) consist of any amount (other than interest, taxes, or 

research and experimental expenditures) that would be deductible if paid or incurred in 

connection with the operation of an existing active trade or business, but which is instead 

incurred in connection with (1) investigating the creation or acquisition of an active trade or 

business, (2) creating an active trade or business, or (3) any activity engaged in for profit and for 

the production of income before the day on which the active trade or business begins, in 

anticipation of such activity becoming an active trade or business.

Organizational expenditures (under sections 248 and 709) are expenditures that are incident to 

the creation of a corporation or partnership, chargeable to a capital account, and are of a 

character which, if expended incident to the creation of a corporation or partnership having a 

limited life, would be amortizable over such life.

In general, a taxpayer may elect to deduct up to $5,000 of start-up expenditures in the taxable 

year in which the active trade or business begins, and to amortize the remaining amount ratably 

over the 180-month period beginning with the month in which the active trade or business 

begins. The $5,000 amount is reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which such startup expenditures exceed $50,000. Similarly, a taxpayer may elect to deduct up to $5,000 of 

organizational expenditures in the taxable year in which the corporation or partnership begins 

business, and to amortize the remaining amount ratably over the 180-month period beginning 

with the month in which the corporation or partnership begins business. The $5,000 amount is 

reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which such corporate or partnership 

organizational expenditures exceed $50,000.

In the case of a taxable year beginning in 2010, the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 increased 

the $5,000 limit on expensed start-up expenditures to $10,000, and that amount was reduced (but 

not below zero) by the amount by which start-up expenditures with respect to the active trade or 

business exceeded $60,000.

Reasons for Change

An immediate deduction of new business expenditures lowers the tax cost of investigating new 

business opportunities and investing in new business activities. Increasing the dollar limit on 

expensed new business expenditures and increasing the phase-out amount would support new 

business formation and job creation. Consolidating the Code provisions relating to expenditures 

incurred by new businesses simplifies tax administration and reduces new business owners’ tax 

compliance burden. 
46

Proposal

The Administration proposes to permanently allow up to $20,000 of new business expenditures 

to be deducted in the taxable year in which a trade or business begins and to amortize the 

remaining amount ratably over the 180-month period beginning with the month in which the 

business begins. This maximum amount of expensed new business expenditures would be 

reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which new business expenditures with respect to 

the business exceed $120,000. New business expenditures would include amounts incurred in 

connection with (1) investigating the creation or acquisition of an active trade or business, 

(2) creating an active trade or business, (3) any activity engaged in for profit and for the 

production of income before the day on which the active trade or business begins, in anticipation 

of such activity becoming an active trade or business, and (4) expenditures that are incident to 

the creation of an entity taxed as a corporation or partnership, that are chargeable to a capital 

account and are of a character which, if expended incident to the creation of a corporation or 

partnership having a limited life, would be amortizable over such life.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
47

EXPAND AND SIMPLIFY THE TAX CREDIT PROVIDED TO QUALIFIED SMALL 

EMPLOYERS FOR NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS TO EMPLOYEE HEALTH 

INSURANCE

Current Law

The cost to an employer of providing health coverage for its employees is generally deductible as 

an ordinary and necessary business expense for employee compensation. In addition, the value 

of employer-provided health coverage is not subject to employer-paid Federal Insurance 

Contributions Act tax. 

Employees are generally not taxed on the value of employer-provided health coverage for 

themselves, their spouses and their dependents under an accident or health plan. That is, health 

coverage benefits are excluded from gross income for purposes of income and employment 

taxes. Active employees may be able to pay for limited amounts of medical care and for their 

own employee premium contributions on a pre-tax basis through a cafeteria plan. 

The Affordable Care Act created a tax credit to help small employers provide health insurance 

for employees and their families. An employer must make uniform contributions of at least 50 

percent of the premium to qualify for the credit. For taxable years beginning in 2010 through 

2013, the credit was available for any health insurance coverage purchased from an insurance 

company licensed under State law. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2013, the 

credit is generally available only for the two-consecutive-taxable year period beginning with the 

first taxable year in which the employer both offers a qualified health plan to its employees 

through a small business health options program (SHOP) and claims the credit.

For-profit firms may claim the tax credit as a general business credit and may carry the credit 

back for one year and carry the credit forward for 20 years. The credit is available to offset tax 

liability under the alternative minimum tax. For tax-exempt organizations, the credit is 

refundable and is capped at the amount of income tax withholding for employees and both the 

employee and employer portion of the health insurance (Medicare) payroll tax. 

A qualified employer is an employer with no more than 25 full-time equivalent employees 

during the taxable year and whose employees have annual full-time equivalent wages that 

average no more than $50,000 (indexed for inflation beginning in 2014). 

During 2010 through 2013, the maximum credit was 35 percent (25 percent for tax-exempt 

employers) of the employer’s contributions to the premium. For 2014 and later years, the 

maximum credit percentage is 50 percent (35 percent for tax-exempts). For taxable years 2010 

through 2013 eligible employer contributions were limited by the amount the employer would 

have contributed under the State average premium. For taxable years beginning after 2013, 

eligible employer contributions are limited by the average premium for the small group market in 

the rating area in which the employee enrolls for coverage. For example if the average premium 

in an employee's rating area was $5,000, an employer paying for 60 percent of a single plan 

costing $5,500 per year could claim no more than 60 percent of $5,000 in qualified employer 

contributions for purposes of calculating the credit. 
48

The credit is phased out on a sliding scale between 10 and 25 full-time equivalent employees as 

well as between an average annual wage of $25,000 (indexed for inflation) and $50,000 (indexed

for inflation). Because the reductions are additive, an employer with fewer than 25 full-time 

employees paying an average wage less than $50,000 might not be eligible for any tax 

credit. For example, an employer with 18 full-time equivalent employees and an average annual 

wage of $37,500 would have its credit reduced first by slightly more than half for the phase-out 

based on the number of employees and then by an additional half for the phase-out based on the 

average wage, thereby eliminating the entire credit. 

Reasons for Change

Expanding eligibility for the credit and simplifying its operation would increase the utilization of 

the tax credit, and encourage more small employers to provide health benefits to employees and 

their families. The credit also provides an incentive for small employers to join a SHOP, thereby 

broadening the risk pool. 

The current law denial of the credit to otherwise eligible small employers due to the additive 

nature of the credit phase-outs may be perceived to be unfair. In addition, the uniform 

contribution requirement and the rating area premium contribution limit add complexity and may 

discourage some small employers from taking advantage of the credit. 

Proposal

The proposal would expand the group of employers who are eligible for the credit to include 

employers with up to 50 full-time equivalent employees and would begin the phase-out at 20 

full-time equivalent employees. In addition, there would be a change in the coordination of the 

phase-outs based on average wage and the number of employees (using a formula that is 

multiplicative rather than additive) so as to provide a more gradual combined phase-out. As a 

result, the proposal would ensure that employers with fewer than 50 employees and an average 

wage less than $50,000 would be eligible for the credit, even if they are nearing the end of both 

phase-outs. The proposal would also eliminate the requirement that an employer make a uniform 

contribution on behalf of each employee (although applicable nondiscrimination laws will still 

apply), and would eliminate the limit imposed by the rating area average premium. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2014.
49

INCENTIVES FOR MANUFACTURING, RESEARCH, AND 

CLEAN ENERGY

ENHANCE AND MAKE PERMANENT RESEARCH INCENTIVES 

Current Law

The research and experimentation (R&E) tax credit calculated under the “traditional” method 

equals 20 percent of qualified research expenses above a base amount. The base amount is the 

product of the taxpayer’s “fixed base percentage” and the average of the taxpayer’s gross 

receipts for the four preceding years. The taxpayer’s fixed base percentage generally is the ratio 

of its research expenses to gross receipts for the 1984-88 period. The base amount cannot be less 

than 50 percent of the taxpayer’s qualified research expenses for the taxable year. Taxpayers can 

elect the alternative simplified research credit (ASC), which is equal to 14 percent of qualified 

research expenses that exceed 50 percent of the average qualified research expenses for the three 

preceding taxable years. Under the ASC, the rate is reduced to six percent if a taxpayer has no 

qualified research expenses in any one of the three preceding taxable years. An election to use 

the ASC applies to all succeeding taxable years unless revoked with the consent of the Secretary. 

Qualified research expenses include both in-house research expenses and contract research 

expenses. Generally only 65 percent of payments for qualified research by the taxpayer to an 

outside person is included as contract research expenses, except that in the case of payments to a 

qualified research consortium, 75 percent of the payments is included.

The R&E tax credit is a component of the general business credit and is not allowed to offset 

alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability. In addition, there is a special rule for owners of a 

pass-through entity (section 41(g)), which limits the amount of credit to the amount of tax 

attributable to that portion of a person’s taxable income which is allocable or apportionable to 

the person’s interest in such trade or business or entity.

For certain research activities, the R&E tax credit allows a separate credit calculation equal to 20 

percent of: (1) basic research payments above a base amount; and (2) all eligible payments to an 

energy research consortium for energy research. 

The R&E tax credit expired on December 31, 2014.

Taxpayers may generally deduct R&E costs in the taxable year in which they are paid or 

incurred. However, business owners of pass-through entities who do not materially participate in 

the conduct of the trade or business must capitalize and amortize R&E costs over 10 years when 

calculating AMT for individuals.

Reasons for Change

The R&E tax credit encourages technological developments that are an important component of 

economic growth. However, uncertainty about the future availability of the R&E tax credit 
50

diminishes the incentive effect of the credit because it is difficult for taxpayers to factor the 

credit into decisions to invest in research projects that will not be initiated and completed prior to 

the credit’s expiration. To improve the credit’s effectiveness, the R&E tax credit should be made 

permanent. 

Currently, a taxpayer must choose between using the outdated traditional method for calculating 

the R&E tax credit that provides a 20-percent credit rate for research spending over a certain 

base amount related to the business’s historical research intensity and the ASC that provides a 

14-percent credit in excess of a base amount based on its recent research spending. The ASC is 

much simpler to calculate and because the ASC base is updated annually, the ASC more 

accurately reflects the business’s recent research experience. Increasing the rate of the ASC 

would provide an improved incentive to increase research.

Smaller start-up businesses often face difficulties receiving outside financing to fund operations 

while new products are being developed. Allowing the R&E credit to offset AMT liability and 

repealing the current law restriction on use of the credit for pass-through business owners would 

enhance the ability of such businesses to benefit from the credit and encourage the growth of 

small, innovative businesses. Increasing the allowable percentage of contract research 

expenditures for qualified non-profit organizations would provide a greater incentive for these 

institutions to conduct research. 

Proposal

The proposal would make the R&E tax credit permanent for expenditures paid or incurred after 

December 31, 2014, with the exception of the traditional method, which would not apply for 

expenditures paid or incurred after December 31, 2015. In addition, for expenditures paid or 

incurred after December 31, 2015, the following changes would apply: (1) the rate of the ASC 

would increase from 14 percent to 18 percent; (2) the reduced ASC rate of six percent for 

businesses without qualified research expenses in the prior three years would be eliminated; (3) 

the credit would be allowed to offset AMT liability; (4) contract research expenses would 

include 75 percent of payments to qualified non-profit organizations (such as educational 

institutions) for qualified research; and (5) the special rule for owners of a pass-through entity 

would be repealed.

In addition, the proposal would repeal the requirement that R&E costs be amortized over 10 

years when calculating individual AMT. 

This proposal would apply to expenditures paid or incurred after December 31, 2015.
51

EXTEND AND MODIFY CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT TAX CREDITS, INCLUDING 

INCENTIVES FOR HIRING VETERANS

Current Law

The work opportunity tax credit (WOTC) and the Indian employment credit provide temporary 

tax incentives to employers of individuals from certain targeted groups. Each credit is a 

component of the general business credit. The WOTC does not apply to an individual who 

begins work after December 31, 2014. The Indian employment credit does not apply for tax 

years beginning after December 31, 2014. 

The WOTC is available for employers hiring individuals from one or more of nine targeted 

groups. Current WOTC targeted groups include qualified: (1) recipients of Temporary 

Assistance for Needy Families; (2) veterans; (3) ex-felons, (4) residents of an empowerment 

zone or a rural renewal community who are at least 18 but not yet 40 years old; (5) referrals from 

state-sponsored vocational rehabilitation programs for the mentally and physically disabled; (6) 

summer youth employees who are 16 or 17 years old residing in an empowerment zone; (7) 

Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program benefits recipients at least 18 years old but not yet 

40 years old; (8) Supplemental Security Income recipients; and (9) long-term family assistance 

recipients.

The WOTC is equal to 40 percent (25 percent for employment of 400 hours or less) of qualified 

wages paid during the first year of employment with a business (i.e., first-year wages). Qualified 

first-year wages are capped at the first $3,000 for summer youth employees, $10,000 for longterm family assistance recipients, $12,000 for disabled veterans hired within one year of being 

discharged or released from active duty, $14,000 for long-term unemployed veterans, $24,000 

for long-term unemployed veterans who are also disabled, and $6,000 for all other categories of 

targeted individuals. In addition, the first $10,000 of qualified second-year wages paid to longterm family assistance recipients is eligible for a 50-percent credit. A disabled veteran is a 

veteran entitled to compensation for a service-connected disability.

Qualified wages are those wages subject to the Federal Unemployment Tax Act, without regard 

to any dollar limitation in section 3306(b), paid by the employer to a member of a targeted 

group. Individuals must be certified by a designated local agency as a member of a targeted 

group. The WOTC does not apply to wages paid to individuals who work fewer than 120 hours 

in the first year of service. The employer’s deduction for wages is reduced by the amount of the 

credit. The WOTC may fully offset alternative minimum tax liability.

The WOTC is generally not available to qualified tax-exempt organizations, except for those 

employing qualified veterans. A qualified tax-exempt organization means an employer that is 

described in section 501(c) and exempt from tax under section 501(a). A credit of 26 percent 

(16.25 percent for employment of 400 hours or less) of qualified first-year wages is allowed 

against the Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes of the organization. 

The Indian employment credit is equal to 20 percent of the excess of qualified wages and health 

insurance costs paid or incurred by an employer in the current tax year over the amount of such 
52

wages and costs paid or incurred by the employer in calendar year 1993. Qualified wages and 

health insurance costs with respect to any employee for the taxable year may not exceed 

$20,000. The employer’s deduction for wages is reduced by the amount of the credit. Qualified 

wages do not include any wages taken into account in determining the WOTC.

A qualified employee is an individual who is an enrolled member of an Indian tribe (or is the 

spouse of an enrolled member), lives on or near the reservation where he or she works, performs 

services that are substantially all within the Indian reservation, and receives wages from the 

employer that are less than or equal to $30,000 (adjusted annually for inflation after 1994) when 

determined at an annual rate. The inflation adjusted wage limit was $45,000 for 2013. The 

credit is not available for employees involved in certain gaming activities or who work in a 

building that houses such activities. 

Reasons for Change

The Indian employment credit and the WOTC have been extended numerous times, but 

extension has often been retroactive or near the expiration date. This pattern leads to uncertainty 

for employers regarding the availability of the credit and may limit the incentive the credits 

provide for employers to employ individuals from the targeted groups. To improve the 

effectiveness of the credits, both credits should be made permanent.

Disabled veterans may pursue educational and other training opportunities after release or 

discharge from military service before entering the civilian workforce, yet few who pursue such 

education or training would be likely to complete it within the one-year period in which they 

would remain qualified for the WOTC under current law. The Administration believes that such 

education and training is beneficial and that disabled veterans who pursue such opportunities 

should remain a qualified veteran for the purpose of the WOTC until six months after the 

education or training is completed.

The Indian employment credit is structured as an incremental credit where current year qualified 

wages and health insurance costs in excess of such costs paid in the base year (1993) are subject 

to the credit. Updating the base year would eliminate the need for taxpayers to maintain tax 

records long beyond the normal requirements, and would restore the original incremental design 

of the credit.

Proposal

The proposal would permanently extend the WOTC to apply to wages paid to qualified 

individuals who begin work for the employer after December 31, 2014. 

In addition, for individuals who begin work for the employer after December 31, 2015, the 

definition of a qualified veteran would be expanded. Qualified veterans would now include 

disabled veterans who use G.I. Bill benefits to attend a qualified educational institution or 

training program within one year of being discharged or released from active duty, and are hired 

within six months of ending attendance at the qualified educational institution or training 
53

program. Qualified first-year wages of up to $12,000 paid to such individuals would be eligible 

for the WOTC. 

The proposal would permanently extend the Indian employment credit to apply to wages paid to 

qualified employees in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2014. 

In addition, the proposal would modify the calculation of the credit. For taxable years beginning 

after December 31, 2015, the credit would be equal to 20 percent of the excess of qualified 

wages and health insurance costs paid or incurred by an employer in the current taxable year 

over the amount of such wages and costs paid or incurred by the employer in the base year. The 

base year costs would equal the average of such wages and costs for the two taxable years prior 

to the current taxable year.
54

MODIFY AND PERMANENTLY EXTEND RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY 

PRODUCTION TAX CREDIT AND INVESTMENT TAX CREDIT

Current Law

The general business tax credit includes a renewable electricity production tax credit, which is a 

credit per kilowatt hour of electricity produced from qualified energy facilities. Qualified energy 

resources comprise wind, closed-loop biomass, open-loop biomass, geothermal energy, small 

irrigation power, municipal solid waste, qualified hydropower production, and marine and 

hydrokinetic renewable energy. The electricity must be sold to an unrelated third party and a 

taxpayer may generally claim a credit during the 10-year period commencing with the date the 

qualified facility is placed in service. Construction of a qualified facility must have begun before 

the end of 2014 for the facility to be eligible for the renewable electricity production tax credit.

The electricity production credit is indexed annually for inflation measured after 1992, based on 

the base amounts of 1.5 cents per kilowatt hour of electricity produced from wind, closed-loop 

biomass, geothermal energy, and solar energy and 0.75 cents per kilowatt hour for electricity 

produced in open-loop biomass, small irrigation power, landfill gas, trash, qualified hydropower, 

and marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy facilities. In 2014, the credit was 2.3 cents per 

kilowatt hour for qualified resources in the first group and 1.1 cents per kilowatt hour for 

qualified resources in the second group. 

For all qualifying facilities, other than closed-loop biomass facilities modified to co-fire with 

coal, to co-fire with other biomass, or to co-fire with coal and other biomass, the amount of 

credit a taxpayer may claim is reduced by reason of grants, tax-exempt bonds, subsidized energy 

financing, and other credits, but the reduction cannot exceed 50 percent of the otherwise 

allowable credit. In the case of closed-loop biomass facilities modified to co-fire with coal 

and/or other biomass, there is no reduction in credit by reason of grants, tax-exempt bonds, 

subsidized energy financing, and other credits. 

The general business tax credit includes an investment tax credit for certain energy property. 

The investment credit is 30 percent of eligible basis for solar, fuel cell and small wind property 

placed in service by December 31, 2016, and 10 percent for microturbine and combined heat and 

power system property and geothermal property. For solar and non-heat pump geothermal 

property placed in service after 2016, a 10-percent credit is available. 

Reasons for Change

Production of renewable electricity and investment in property qualifying for the investment tax 

credit for energy property furthers the Administration’s policy of supporting a clean energy 

economy, reducing our reliance on oil, and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. The extension of 

incentives for production and investment contributes to the continued success of that policy. In 

addition, many renewable developers have insufficient income tax liability to claim the 

renewable electricity production tax credits and must enter into joint ventures or other financing 

transactions with other firms to take advantage of them. Making the production tax credit 

refundable would reduce transaction costs, thereby increasing the incentives for firms to produce 
55

clean renewable energy. Extending this policy permanently will provide certainty for business 

planning. Furthermore, some renewable electricity is consumed directly by the facility that owns 

the energy property and is not sold to an unrelated third party. Allowing such directly consumed 

electricity, when its production can be independently verified, to be eligible for the credit will 

increase the incentives for businesses to produce clean renewable energy.

Proposal

The proposal would extend prior law for facilities on which construction begins before the end of 

2015. For facilities on which construction begins after December 31, 2015, the proposal would 

permanently extend the renewable electricity production tax credit and make it refundable. In 

addition, the proposal would make the production tax credit available to otherwise eligible 

renewable electricity consumed directly by the producer rather than sold to an unrelated third 

party to the extent that its production can be independently verified. Solar facilities that qualify 

for the investment tax credit would be eligible for the renewable electricity production tax credit 

for construction that begins after December 31, 2015. The proposal would also allow individuals 

to claim the production tax credit for residential energy efficient property installed on a dwelling 

unit. The current credit for energy efficient property would be allowed to expire at the end of 

2016. 

The proposal would also permanently extend the investment tax credit under the terms available 

to sources in 2016. Specifically, the proposal would permanently extend the 30-percent 

investment tax credit for solar, fuel cell, and small wind property and the 10-percent credit for 

geothermal, microturbine, and combined heat and power property. The proposal would also 

make permanent the election to claim the investment tax credit in lieu of the renewable 

electricity production tax credit for qualified facilities eligible for the production tax credit. 
56

MODIFY AND PERMANENTLY EXTEND THE DEDUCTION FOR ENERGYEFFICIENT COMMERCIAL BUILDING PROPERTY

Current Law

Taxpayers are allowed to deduct expenditures for energy efficient commercial building property 

placed in service on or before December 31, 2014. Energy efficient commercial building 

property is defined as property (1) installed on or in any building that is located in the United 

States and is within the scope of Standard 90.1-2001, (2) installed as part of (i) the interior 

lighting systems, (ii) the heating, cooling, ventilation, and hot water systems, or (iii) the building 

envelope, (3) certified as being installed as part of a plan designed to reduce the total annual 

energy use with respect to the interior lighting, heating, cooling, ventilation, and hot water 

systems of the building by 50 percent or more in comparison to a reference building that meets 

the minimum requirements of Standard 90.1-2001, and (4) with respect to which depreciation (or 

amortization in lieu of depreciation) is allowable. Standard 90.1-2001, as referred to here, is 

Standard 90.1-2001 of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning 

Engineers and the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (ASHRAE/IESNA) as in 

effect on April 2, 2003 – a nationally accepted building energy code that has been adopted by 

State and local jurisdictions throughout the United States; new editions of the standard are 

reviewed by the Department of Energy under section 304 of the Energy Conservation and 

Production Act. The maximum allowable deduction with respect to a building for all tax years is 

limited to $1.80 per square foot. 

In the case of a building that does not achieve a 50-percent energy savings, a partial deduction is 

allowed with respect to each separate building system (interior lighting; heating, cooling, 

ventilation, and hot water; and building envelope) that meets the system-specific energy-savings 

target prescribed by the Secretary. The applicable system-specific savings targets are those that 

would result in a total annual energy savings with respect to the whole building of 50 percent, if 

each of the separate systems met the system-specific target. The maximum allowable deduction 

for each separate system is $0.60 per square foot. 

The deduction is allowed in the year in which the property is placed in service. If the energy 

efficient commercial building property expenditures are made by a Federal, State, or local 

government or a political subdivision thereof, the deduction may be allocated to the person 

primarily responsible for designing the property. 

Reasons for Change

The President has called for a new Better Buildings Initiative that would reduce energy usage in 

commercial buildings by 20 percent over 10 years. This initiative would catalyze private sector 

investment to upgrade the efficiency of commercial buildings. Enhancing the current deduction 

for energy efficient commercial building property – which is primarily used by taxpayers 

constructing new buildings – and allowing a new deduction based on the energy savings 

performance of commercial building property installed in existing buildings would encourage 

private sector investments in energy efficiency improvements. 
57

Proposal

The proposal would extend the current law for property placed in service before January 1, 2016 

and update it to apply Standard 90.1-2004. For facilities placed in service after December 31, 

2015, the proposal would permanently extend and modify the current deduction with a larger 

fixed deduction. The deduction would be $3.00 per square foot for improvements that are part of 

a certified plan designed to reduce energy use by the building as a whole by at least 50 percent, 

relative to a reference building that meets the minimum requirements of Standard 90.1-2004. 

For improvements that are part of a certified plan to reduce energy use by one of the separate 

building systems by a proportion that would lead to at least 50-percent savings if applied to the 

building as a whole, the deduction would be $1.00 per square foot. For taxpayers that 

simultaneously satisfy the energy savings targets for both the building envelope and heating, 

cooling, ventilation, and hot water systems, the deduction would be $2.00. Energy-savings 

reference standards would be updated every three years by the Secretary in consultation with the 

Secretary of Energy to encourage innovation by the commercial building industry.

The proposal would also provide a new deduction based on projected energy savings achieved by 

the retrofitting of existing commercial buildings. Deduction amounts and energy-savings targets 

would be the same as for new commercial buildings but the building’s projected energy savings 

would be measured relative to a specified energy-use baseline. The deduction would only apply 

to existing buildings with at least 10 years of occupancy. Projections of energy savings and 

specification of the comparison energy-use baselines for existing buildings would be based on 

methods and procedures provided by the Secretary in consultation with the Secretary of Energy. 

A taxpayer may only take one deduction for each commercial building property. 

The deduction would be available for certified improvements made after December 31, 2015.
58

PROVIDE A CARBON DIOXIDE INVESTMENT AND SEQUESTRATION TAX 

CREDIT

Current Law

Current law allows a carbon dioxide sequestration credit of $20 per metric ton of qualified 

carbon dioxide that is captured at a qualified facility and disposed of in secure geological storage 

and not used as a tertiary injectant in a qualified enhanced oil or natural gas recovery project, and 

$10 per metric ton if used as a tertiary injectant in an enhanced oil or natural gas recovery. The 

credit is indexed annually by an inflation adjustment factor. The credit is allowed through the 

end of the calendar year in which the Secretary certifies that 75 million metric tons of qualified 

carbon dioxide have been sequestered. 

Reasons for Change

Carbon dioxide sequestration will reduce greenhouse gas emissions from fossil fuel combustion. 

The current sequestration credit does not provide incentives for carbon dioxide sequestration 

beyond the current phase-out quantity. Investments in carbon dioxide capture and sequestration 

technologies will help facilitate additional technological improvements that will be important for 

reducing the costs of controlling future greenhouse gas emissions. 

Proposal

The proposal would authorize $2 billion to be allocated as a new refundable investment tax 

credit. Credits would be available to new and retrofitted electric generating units. New plants 

would be required to capture more than 75 percent of their carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions. 

Retrofits would be required to capture more than 75 percent of the CO2 emissions from the set of 

units to which the eligible investment is applied. Retrofits would be required to apply to existing 

plant units that have capacities greater than 250 megawatts and that capture and store more than 

one million metric tons CO2 per year. 

The investment tax credit would be available for 30 percent of the installed cost of eligible 

property. Eligible property would include CO2 transportation and storage infrastructure, 

including pipelines, wells, and monitoring systems. Applications for the investment credit would 

be due 18 months after enactment, after which date the Secretary would determine the amount of 

credit awarded to each applicant. Taxpayers would be able to apply an investment tax credit to 

part of or all of the qualified investment in the project. In determining the award of the 

investment tax credit, the Secretary would consider (i) the credit per ton of net sequestration 

capability and (ii) the expected contribution of the technology and the type of plant to which that 

technology is applied to the long-run economic viability of carbon sequestration from fossil fuel 

combustion. No more than 60 percent of the total credits would be allowed to flow either to new 

projects or to retrofits. In addition, no more than 40 percent of the total credits would be allowed 

to flow to any one of the following technology categories: (i) liquid solvents, (ii) solid sorbents, 

(iii) gas-separation membranes, (iv) warm gas clean-up, (v) oxygen fired combustion systems, 

and (vi) hybrid systems. A minimum of 70 percent of the credits would be required to flow to 

projects fueled by greater than 75 percent coal. 
59

The proposal would also allow a new refundable sequestration tax credit for qualified 

investments at a rate of (1) $50 per metric ton of CO2 permanently sequestered and not 

beneficially reused (e.g., in an enhanced oil recovery operation) and (2) $10 per metric ton for 

CO2 that is permanently sequestered and beneficially reused. The credit would be indexed for 

inflation and would be allowed for a maximum of 20 years of production.

The proposal would be effective after the date of enactment.
60

PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TAX CREDITS FOR INVESTMENT IN QUALIFIED 

PROPERTY USED IN A QUALIFYING ADVANCED ENERGY MANUFACTURING 

PROJECT 

Current Law

A 30-percent tax credit is provided for investments in eligible property used in a qualifying 

advanced energy project. A qualifying advanced energy project is a project that re-equips, 

expands, or establishes a manufacturing facility for the production of: (1) property designed to 

produce energy from renewable resources; (2) fuel cells, microturbines, or an energy storage 

system for use with electric or hybrid-electric vehicles; (3) electric grids to support the 

transmission, including storage, of intermittent sources of renewable energy; (4) property 

designed to capture and sequester carbon dioxide emissions; (5) property designed to refine or 

blend renewable fuels or to produce energy conservation technologies; (6) electric drive motor 

vehicles that qualify for tax credits or components designed for use with such vehicles; and (7) 

other advanced energy property designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Eligible property is property: (1) that is necessary for the production of the property listed above; 

(2) that is tangible personal property or other tangible property (not including a building and its 

structural components) that is used as an integral part of a qualifying facility; and (3) with 

respect to which depreciation (or amortization in lieu of depreciation) is allowable. 

Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA), total credits were limited 

to $2.3 billion, and the Department of the Treasury, in consultation with the Department of 

Energy, was required to establish a program to consider and award certifications for qualified 

investments eligible for credits within 180 days of the date of enactment of ARRA. Credits may 

be allocated only to projects where there is a reasonable expectation of commercial viability. In 

addition, consideration must be given to projects that: (1) will provide the greatest domestic job 

creation; (2) will have the greatest net impact in avoiding or reducing air pollutants or 

greenhouse gas emissions; (3) have the greatest potential for technological innovation and 

commercial deployment; (4) have the lowest levelized cost of generated or stored energy, or of 

measured reduction in energy consumption or greenhouse gas emission; and (5) have the shortest 

completion time. Guidance under current law requires taxpayers to apply for the credit with 

respect to their entire qualified investment in a project.

Applications for certification under the program may be made only during the two-year period 

beginning on the date the program is established. An applicant that is allocated credits must 

provide evidence that the requirements of the certification have been met within one year of the 

date of acceptance of the application and must place the property in service within three years 

from the date of the issuance of the certification.

Reasons for Change

The $2.3 billion cap on the credit has resulted in the funding of less than one-third of the 

technically acceptable applications that have been received. Rather than turning down worthy 

projects that could be deployed quickly to create jobs and support economic activity, the 
61

program – which has proven successful in leveraging private investment in building and 

equipping factories that manufacture clean energy products in America – should be expanded. 

The lack of a reliable and extensive network of refueling stations can inhibit the adoption of 

alternative fuel vehicles. Using some of the credit allocation to subsidize construction of such 

networks (or other related infrastructure) would promote the use of cleaner burning alternative 

fuels.

Proposal

The proposal would authorize an additional $2.5 billion of credits for investments in eligible 

property used in a qualifying advanced energy manufacturing project. Up to $200 million of 

these credits may be allocated to the construction of infrastructure that contributes to networks of 

refueling stations that serve alternative fuel vehicles. Taxpayers would be able to apply for a 

credit with respect to part or all of their qualified investment. If a taxpayer applies for a credit 

with respect to only part of the qualified investment in the project, the taxpayer’s increased cost 

sharing and the project’s reduced revenue cost to the government would be taken into account in 

determining whether to allocate credits to the project. 

Applications for the additional credits would be made during the two-year period beginning on 

the date on which the additional authorization is enacted. As under current law, applicants that 

are allocated the additional credits must provide evidence that the requirements of the 

certification have been met within one year of the date of acceptance of the application and must 

place the property in service within three years from the date of the issuance of the certification.

The proposal would be effective as of the date of enactment.
62

PROVIDE NEW MANUFACTURING COMMUNITIES TAX CREDIT

Current Law

Under current law, there is no tax incentive directly targeted to investments in communities that 

do not necessarily qualify as low-income communities, but that have suffered or expect to suffer 

an economic disruption as a result of a major job loss event, such as a military base closing or 

manufacturing plant closing.

Reasons for Change

The loss of a major employer can devastate a community. Incentives, including tax incentives, 

could encourage investments that help such affected communities recover more quickly from the 

economic disruption.

Proposal

The Administration proposes a new allocated tax credit to support investments in communities 

that have suffered a major job loss event. For this purpose, a major job loss event occurs when a 

military base closes or a major employer closes or substantially reduces a facility or operating 

unit, resulting in a long-term mass layoff. Applicants for the credit would be required to consult 

with relevant State or local Economic Development Agencies (or similar entities) in selecting 

those investments that qualify for the credit. The credit could be structured using the mechanism 

of the New Markets Tax Credit or as an allocated investment credit similar to the tax credit for 

investments in qualified property used in a qualifying advanced energy manufacturing 

project. The Administration intends to work with the Congress to craft the appropriate structure 

and selection criteria. Similar benefits would be extended to non-mirror code possessions 

(Puerto Rico and American Samoa) through compensating payments from the U.S. Treasury.

The proposal would provide about $2 billion in credits for qualified investments approved in 

each of the three years, 2016 through 2018.
63

EXTEND THE TAX CREDIT FOR SECOND GENERATION BIOFUEL PRODUCTION 

Current Law

In 2013, the “cellulosic biofuel producer credit” was renamed the “second generation biofuel 

producer credit”. It expired on December 31, 2014. This nonrefundable income tax credit of 

$1.01 was available for each gallon of qualified second generation biofuel produced in a taxable 

year. Second generation biofuel includes any liquid fuel that (1) is produced in the United States 

and used as fuel in the United States, (2) is derived from fibre-based sources (lignocellulosic or 

hemicellulosic matter) available on a renewable or recurring basis or from cultivated algae or 

related microorganisms, and (3) meets the registration requirements for fuels and fuel additives 

established by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under section 211 of the Clean Air 

Act. Thus, to qualify for the credit the fuel must be approved by the EPA. Second generation 

biofuel cannot qualify as biodiesel, renewable diesel, or alternative fuel for purposes of the 

income tax credit, excise tax credit, or payment provisions relating to those fuels. 

Reasons for Change

Second generation biofuels have the potential to reduce petroleum consumption and greenhouse 

gas emissions. Extending the existing tax credit would support this transformative transportation 

fuel. However, support for this fuel should be phased out in the future as this fuel becomes costcompetitive.

Proposal

The proposal would retroactively extend the tax credit for blending cellulosic fuel at $1.01 per 

gallon through December 31, 2020, and would then reduce the amount of the credit by 20.2 cents 

per gallon in each subsequent year, so that the credit would expire after December 31, 2024.
64

INCENTIVES TO PROMOTE REGIONAL GROWTH

MODIFY AND PERMANENTLY EXTEND THE NEW MARKETS TAX CREDIT 

(NMTC)

Current Law

The NMTC is a 39-percent credit for qualified equity investments (QEIs) made to acquire stock 

in a corporation, or a capital interest in a partnership, that is a qualified community development 

entity (CDE) and is held for a period of seven years. The allowable credit amount for any given 

year is the applicable percentage (five percent for the year the equity interest is purchased from 

the CDE and for each of the two subsequent years, and six percent for each of the following four 

years) of the amount paid to the CDE for the investment at its original issue. The NMTC is 

available for a taxable year to the taxpayer who holds the QEI on the date of the initial 

investment or on the respective anniversary date that occurs during the taxable year. The credit 

is recaptured if at any time during the seven-year period that begins on the date of the original 

issue of the investment the entity ceases to be a qualified CDE, the proceeds of the investment 

cease to be used as required, or the equity investment is redeemed.

Under current law, the NMTC can be used to offset regular Federal income tax liability but 

cannot be used to offset alternative minimum tax (AMT) liability.

The NMTC expired on December 31, 2014.

Reasons for Change

Permanent extension of the NMTC would allow CDEs to continue to generate investments in 

low-income communities. This would also create greater certainty for investment planning 

purposes. 

Proposal

The proposal would extend the NMTC permanently, with an allocation amount of $5 billion for 

each year. The proposal also would permit NMTC amounts resulting from QEIs made after 

December 31, 2014, to offset AMT liability.

The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
65

REFORM AND EXPAND THE LOW-INCOME HOUSING TAX CREDIT (LIHTC)

Current Law

If a taxpayer owns rent-restricted rental housing that is occupied by tenants having incomes 

below specified levels, the taxpayer may claim LIHTCs over a 10-year period. The credits 

earned each year generally depend on three factors—the portion of the building devoted to lowincome units, the investment in the building, and a credit rate (called the “applicable 

percentage”).

Computation of the credit amount

For a building to qualify for LIHTCs, a minimum portion of the units in the building must be 

rentrestricted and occupied by low-income tenants. Under section 42(g)(1) of the Code, the 

taxpayer makes an irrevocable election between two criteria. Either:

1. At least 20 percent of the units must be rent-restricted and occupied by tenants with 

income at or below 50 percent of area median income (AMI); or

2. At least 40 percent of the units must be rent-restricted and occupied by tenants with 

incomes at or below 60 percent of AMI.

In all cases, qualifying income standards are adjusted for family size. Maximum allowable rents 

are restricted to 30 percent of the elected income standard, adjusted for the number of bedrooms 

in the unit. 

The amount of the investment used in the credit calculation (the “qualified basis”) is the product 

of the portion of the building attributable to low-income units times the building’s “eligible 

basis” (generally, depreciable basis at the end of the first taxable year in the credit period). In 

some cases, however, to enhance the economic feasibility of a project, the Code increases 

eligible basis by 30 percent (thus increasing the owner’s LIHTCs by 30 percent) (a “basis 

boost”). 

For example, a basis boost applies to buildings in Qualified Census Tracts (QCTs). A QCT is a 

census tract that is characterized by a specified poverty rate or by a specified concentration of 

low-income residents and that is designated as a QCT by the Department of Housing and Urban 

Development (HUD). These designations, however, may not be made for a combination of 

census tracts in a metropolitan statistical area (MSA) if the aggregate population of the 

combination of tracts exceeds 20 percent of population of the MSA.

There are two applicable percentages, referred to as the 70-percent present value credit rate and 

the 30-percent present value credit rate. Each month, the IRS announces these rates. The stated 

goal is rates such that the 10 annual installments of the credit have a present value of 70 percent 

(or 30 percent) of the total qualified basis of the property. The Code prescribes a risk-free 

discount factor and other computational assumptions that the IRS must use in setting the rates.
66

The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 provided a temporary minimum applicable 

percentage of nine percent for the 70-percent present value credit rate for buildings placed in 

service after July 30, 2008, and before December 31, 2013. The American Taxpayer Relief Act 

of 2012 extended the nine-percent rate to apply to credit allocations made before January 1, 

2014. The Tax Increase Prevention Act of 2014 extended this minimum applicable percentage to 

allocations made before January 1, 2015.

Additional prerequisites for earning LIHTCs

Credits are not available unless occupancy is available to the general public. Section 42(g)(9), 

however, clarifies that a project does not fail to meet this general public use requirement solely 

because of occupancy restrictions or preferences that favor tenants with special needs, tenants 

who are members of a specified group under certain Federal or State programs, or tenants who 

are involved in artistic or literary activities.

To ensure that low-income buildings remain low-income buildings for decades, no LIHTCs are 

allowed with respect to any building for any taxable year unless an extended low-income 

housing commitment (Long-Term-Use Agreement, or Agreement) is in effect as of the end of the 

year. A Long-Term-Use Agreement is a contract between the owner of the property and the 

applicable State housing credit agency (Agency). The Agreement must run with the land to bind 

future owners of the property for three decades or more, and certain provisions of the Agreement 

must be enforceable in State court not only by the Agency but also by any past, present, or future 

income-qualified tenant. In addition to requiring that certain minimum portions of a building be 

low-income units, the Long-Term-Use Agreement must mandate certain conduct in the 

management of the building, including prohibiting the refusal to lease because the prospective 

tenant is a holder of a voucher or certificate of eligibility under section 8 of the United States 

Housing Act of 1937 and prohibiting eviction (other than for good cause) of any existing tenant 

in a low-income unit.

The allocation process

Every year, the Code provides each State with a limited number of LIHTCs that the State may 

allocate among proposed projects that are designed to earn LIHTCs. In general, regardless of

how large a building’s qualified basis may be, the LIHTCs that the owner may earn from the 

building are limited by the amount that the State has allocated. Each State (including any 

Agencies) must adopt a qualified allocation plan (QAP) to guide the allocation. 

A QAP must give preference to projects serving the lowest income tenants, to projects obligated 

to serve qualified tenants for the longest periods, and to projects which are located in QCTs and 

the development of which contributes to a concerted community revitalization plan. In addition, 

the Code prescribes ten selection criteria that every QAP must include—project location, 

housing needs characteristics, project characteristics (including whether the project includes the 

use of existing housing as part of a community revitalization plan), sponsor characteristics, 

tenant populations with special housing needs, public housing waiting lists, tenant populations of 

individuals with children, projects intended for eventual tenant ownership, the energy efficiency 

of the project, and the historic nature of the project. A QAP must also provide a procedure that 
67

the Agency (or its agent) will follow in monitoring for noncompliance with the rules for LIHTC 

eligibility and in notifying the IRS of any noncompliance of which the Agency has become 

aware.

Private activity bonds

In general, gross income does not include interest on any State or local bond if the bond is a 

qualified private activity bond (PAB). One of the requirements to be a qualified PAB is that the 

bond generally needs to be part of an issue whose face amount, together with the face amount of 

other PABs issued by the issuing authority in the calendar year, does not exceed the maximum 

amount of PABs that the authority may issue for the year (referred to as the “PAB volume cap”). 

Every year, the Code allows each State a limited amount of PAB volume cap.

In addition to earning LIHTCs as a result of receiving a State allocation of LIHTCs, a building 

owner can generate LIHTCs by financing the building with qualified PABs. Without any State 

allocation, LIHTCs may be earned on the full qualified basis of a building if the qualified PABs 

finance at least half of the aggregate basis of the building and the land. In the case of these 

bond-derived credits, however, the credit rate is the 30-percent present value credit rate, not the 

70-percent present value credit rate (or, when applicable, at the 9-percent minimum rate), which 

generally applies to State-allocated credits. Bond-derived credits do not reduce the State’s 

remaining allocable LIHTCs.

Protection against domestic abuse 

LIHTCs support the construction and preservation of a large portion of the nation’s affordable 

housing for people of limited means. LIHTCs differ, however, from Federal housing programs 

in its combination of the following attributes: the housing itself is owned and managed by 

private-sector persons, these persons are answerable in the first instance to State authorities 

(which are responsible for monitoring compliance with Federal requirements), and the Federal 

role (undertaken by the IRS) is to determine whether the owners are entitled to tax credits.

Section 601 of the Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 provides that 

applicants or tenants of certain federally assisted housing may not be denied admission to, denied 

assistance under, terminated from participation in, or evicted from, the housing on the basis that 

the applicant or tenant is or has been a victim of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual 

assault, or stalking (collectively, “domestic abuse”). In appropriate cases, a lease may be 

bifurcated to evict or otherwise remove the perpetrator of criminal domestic abuse and yet to 

avoid penalizing a victim of that abuse who is a lawful occupant. That section applies these 

duties to “the low income housing tax credit program under section 42 of the Internal Revenue 

Code of 1986.” 

Reasons for Change

Agencies in charge of allocating LIHTCs are often confronted with a larger number of deserving 

projects than they can support. Some of these buildings can be built only with higher credit rate 

LIHTCs. Increasing the volume of higher rate credits would allow the development of some 
68

projects for which the current supply is insufficient. In addition, some developers obtain 

LIHTCs by financing their buildings with PABs even though they have access to more preferred 

financing options. The resulting transaction costs consume resources that might otherwise 

provide affordable housing. 

In practice, the income criteria often produce buildings that serve a narrow income band of 

tenants—those just below the eligible income threshold. Without incentives to create mixedincome housing, LIHTC-supported buildings may not serve those most in need. In addition, the 

inflexibility of the income criteria makes it difficult for LIHTC to support acquisition of partially 

or fully occupied properties for preservation or repurposing.

The current discounting formula does not function well when interest rates are particularly high 

or low. When interest rates are very low, States may be unable to address their highest 

affordable-housing priorities, which often require high levels of LIHTC subsidy. The recent 

reductions in the Federal and State resources that might have filled financing gaps exacerbate the 

difficulty posed by the too-low discount rate. The temporary nine-percent floor was a response 

to these challenges. In high-interest-rate environments, the need for LIHTCs is especially acute. 

Rising interest rates increase the gap between an owner’s expenditures and the restricted rents 

that the LIHTC statute allows the owner to collect.

Preservation and rehabilitation of existing affordable housing is often a more efficient way of 

supplying affordable housing than is new construction. In addition, public resources may have 

already been expended in the development of existing affordable housing. Thus, preservation of 

federally assisted affordable housing should be encouraged.

Because of the population cap on census tracts in an MSA that may be designated as QCTs, 

some tracts with qualifying levels of poverty or low income residents may be kept from QCT 

status by the presence of similarly distressed areas in the same MSA. Nearby poverty should not 

bar an otherwise-eligible poor census tract from qualifying for increased subsidies.

Although the Violence Against Women Reauthorization Act of 2013 provides that no building

that has produced LIHTCs for its owner should fail to provide reasonable protections for victims 

of domestic abuse, it does not amend the Code, nor does it contain any provision for enforcing 

those protections in LIHTC buildings. 

Proposal

Allow conversion of private activity bond volume cap into LIHTCs

The proposal would provide two ways in which PAB volume cap could be converted into 

LIHTCs.

First, States would be authorized to convert PAB volume cap to be received for a calendar year 

into LIHTC allocation authorization applicable to the same year. The conversion ratio would be 

reset each calendar year to respond to changing interest rates. In addition, each State would be 

subject to an annual maximum amount of PAB volume cap that can be converted.
69

For each $1,000 of PAB volume cap surrendered, the State would receive additional allocable 

LIHTCs for the calendar year equal to: $1000 × twice the applicable percentage that applies for 

PAB-financed buildings and that is determined under section 42(b)(1)(B)(ii) for December of the 

preceding calendar year.

The aggregate amount of PAB volume cap that each State may convert with respect to a calendar 

year is 18 percent of the PAB volume cap that the State receives for that year under section 

146(d)(1).

The proposal would be effective with respect to PAB volume cap to be received in, and 

additional LIHTC allocation authority received for, calendar years beginning after the date of 

enactment.

Second, instead of obtaining the lower-rate credits by financing at least 50 percent of a building 

with PABs, a taxpayer could obtain these credits by satisfying the following requirements: (1) 

there is an allocation of PAB volume cap in an amount not less than the amount of bonds that 

would be necessary to qualify for LIHTCs and (2) the volume cap so allocated reduces the 

State’s remaining volume cap as if tax-exempt bonds had been issued.

The proposal would be effective for projects that are allocated volume cap after the date of 

enactment.

Encourage mixed income occupancy by allowing LIHTC-supported projects to elect a criterion 

employing a restriction on average income

The proposal would add a third criterion to the two section 42(g)(1) criteria that are described 

above. When a taxpayer elects this third criterion, at least 40 percent of the units in the project 

would have to be occupied by tenants with incomes that average no more than 60 percent of 

AMI. No rent-restricted unit, however, could be occupied by a tenant with income over 

80 percent of AMI; and, for purposes of computing the average, any unit with an income limit 

that is less than 20 percent of AMI would be treated as having a 20-percent limit. Maximum 

allowable rents would be determined according to the income limit of the unit. A project would 

satisfy the third criterion only if the average income of the units is no more than 60 percent of 

AMI both (1) calculated with all low-income units weighted equally; and (2) calculated with 

each low-income unit weighted according to imputed LIHTC occupancy rules, i.e., 1.5 occupants 

per bedroom and one occupant for zero-bedroom units). 

For example, suppose that a project has 70 identical rent-restricted units—10 units with income 

limits of 20 percent of AMI, 10 with limits of 40 percent of AMI, 20 with limits of 60 percent of 

AMI, and 30 with limits of 80 percent of AMI. This would satisfy the new criterion because 

none of the limits exceeds 80 percent of AMI and the average does not exceed 60 percent of 

AMI. (10×20 + 10×40 + 20×60 + 30×80 = 4200, and 4200/70 = 60.) (Because all of the units 

are identical, when the average is calculated weighting each unit by its imputed occupancy, the 

weighted average is also 60.)
70

A special rule would apply to rehabilitation projects that contain units that receive ongoing 

subsidies (e.g., rental assistance, operating subsidies, and interest subsidies) administered by 

HUD or the Department of Agriculture. If a tenant, when admitted to such a property, had an 

income not more than 60 percent of the then-applicable AMI and if, when the tenant’s income is 

measured for purposes of LIHTC qualification, the tenant’s income is greater than 60 percent of 

the now-applicable AMI but not more than 80 percent of AMI (this fraction is called the “CreditYear-1 AMI Percentage”), then, the taxpayer may make an election that would allow the tenant 

to remain in residence without impairing the building’s LIHTCs. In particular, the election 

would have the following consequences: (1) the average-income calculations would be made 

without taking that tenant’s unit into account; (2) the requirement in the next-available-unit rule, 

see section 42(g)(2)(D)(ii), would apply; and (3) the tenant’s unit would be treated as rentrestricted if the gross rent collected from the unit does not exceed 30 percent of the Credit-Year1 AMI Percentage multiplied by the current AMI.

When the tenant moves out, if the unit is to continue to be rent-restricted, the income restriction 

on the unit would revert to 60 percent of AMI (or whatever other level the taxpayer determines, 

consistent with the criterion that was elected under section 42(g)(1)).

The proposal would be effective for elections under section 42(g)(1) that are made after the date 

of enactment.

Change formulas for 70 percent PV and 30 percent PV LIHTCs

The proposal would not extend the nine-percent temporary minimum applicable percentage, 

which expired at the end of 2014, but it would increase the discount rate used in the present 

value calculation for the credit rates used for allocated LIHTCs. The change would apply to both 

the 70-percent present value applicable percentage and to the 30-percent present value applicable 

percentage, but only with respect to allocated LIHTCs. The new discount rate would better 

reflect private-market discount rates. Under the proposal, the discount rate to be used would be 

the average of the mid-term and long-term applicable Federal rates for the relevant month, plus 

200 basis points. (The 30-percent present value applicable percentage for LIHTCs that result 

from tax-exempt bond financing would continue to be computed under current law.)

The proposal would be effective for buildings that receive allocations on or after the date of 

enactment.

Add preservation of federally assisted affordable housing to allocation criteria

The proposal would add preservation of federally assisted affordable housing as an eleventh 

selection criterion that QAPs must include.

The proposal would be effective for allocations made in calendar years beginning after the date 

of enactment.
71

Remove the QCT population cap

The proposal would allow HUD to designate as a QCT any census tract that meets the current 

statutory criteria of a poverty rate of at least 25 percent or 50 percent or more of households with 

an income less than 60 percent of AMI. That is, the proposal would remove the current limit 

under which the aggregate population in census tracts designated as QCTs cannot exceed 20 

percent of the metropolitan area's population. 

This change would apply to buildings that receive allocations of LIHTCs or volume cap after the 

date of enactment.

Implement requirement that LIHTC-supported housing protect victims of domestic abuse

Protections for victims of domestic abuse would be required in all Long-Term-Use Agreements. 

These provisions would apply to both the low-income and the market-rate units in the building. 

For example, once such an Agreement applies to a building, the owner could not refuse to rent 

any unit in the building to a person because that person had experienced domestic abuse.

Moreover, such an experience of domestic abuse would not be good cause for terminating a 

tenant’s occupancy. Under the Agreement, an owner could bifurcate a lease so that the owner 

could simultaneously (1) remove or evict a tenant or lawful occupant who engaged in criminal 

activity directly relating to domestic abuse and (2) avoid evicting, terminating, or otherwise 

penalizing a tenant or lawful occupant who is a victim of that criminal activity. The proposal 

would clarify that such a continuing occupant of a low-income unit could become a tenant and 

would not have to be tested for low-income status as if the continuing occupant were a new 

tenant.

Any prospective, present, or former occupant of the building could enforce these provisions of an 

Agreement in any State court, whether or not that occupant meets the income limitations 

applicable to the building.

In addition, the proposal would clarify that occupancy restrictions or preferences that favor 

persons who have experienced domestic abuse would qualify for the “special needs” exception to 

the general public use requirement.

The proposed requirements for Long-Term-Use Agreements would be effective for Agreements 

that are either first executed, or subsequently modified, 30 days or more after enactment. The 

proposed clarification of the general public use requirement would be effective for taxable years 

ending after the date of enactment.
72

INCENTIVES FOR INVESTMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE

PROVIDE AMERICA FAST FORWARD BONDS AND EXPAND ELIGIBLE USES

Current Law

Build America Bonds are a lower-cost borrowing tool for State and local governments that were 

enacted as part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA). Traditional 

tax-exempt bonds provide for lower borrowing costs for State and local governments indirectly 

through a Federal tax exemption to investors for the interest income received on the bonds. By 

comparison, Build America Bonds are taxable bonds issued by State and local governments in 

which the Federal Government makes direct payments to State and local governmental issuers 

(called “refundable tax credits”) to subsidize a portion of their borrowing costs in an amount 

equal to 35 percent of the coupon interest on the bonds. Issuance of Build America Bonds was

limited to original financing for public capital projects for which issuers otherwise could use taxexempt “governmental bonds” (as contrasted with “private activity bonds,” which benefit private 

entities). ARRA authorized the issuance of Build America Bonds in 2009 and 2010 without 

volume limitation, and the authority to issue these bonds expired at the end of 2010. Issuers 

could choose in 2009 and 2010 to issue Build America Bonds or traditional tax-exempt bonds.

Tax-exempt bonds have broader program parameters than Build America Bonds. In addition to 

using the bonds for original financing for public capital projects like Build America Bonds, taxexempt bonds may generally be used for: (1) “current refundings” to refinance prior 

governmental bonds for interest cost savings where the prior bonds are repaid promptly within 

90 days of issuance of the refunding bonds; (2) short-term “working capital” financings for 

governmental operating expenses for seasonal cash flow deficits; (3) financing for section 

501(c)(3) nonprofit entities, such as nonprofit hospitals and universities; and (4) qualified private 

activity bond financing for specified private projects and programs (including, for example, mass 

commuting facilities, solid waste disposal facilities, low-income residential rental housing 

projects, and single-family housing for low- and moderate-income homebuyers, among others), 

which are subject to annual State bond volume caps with certain exceptions. 

Reasons for Change

The Build America Bond program was quite successful and expanded the market for State and 

local governmental debt. From April 2009 through December 2010, approximately $185 billion 

in Build America Bonds were issued in 2,899 transactions in all 50 States, the District of 

Columbia, and two territories. During 2009 and 2010, Build America Bonds gained one-third of 

the market of the total dollar supply of State and local new, long-term governmental debt. 

This program taps into a broader market for investors without regard to tax liability (e.g., pension 

funds may be investors in Build America Bonds, though they typically do not invest in taxexempt bonds). By comparison, traditional tax-exempt bonds have a narrower class of investors, 

which generally consist of retail investors (individuals and mutual funds hold over 70 percent of 

tax-exempt bonds). 
73

The Build America Bond program delivers an efficient Federal subsidy directly to State and local 

governments (rather than through third-party investors). By comparison, tax-exempt bonds can 

be viewed as inefficient in that the Federal revenue cost of the tax exemption is often greater 

than the benefits to State and local governments achieved through lower borrowing costs. The 

Build America Bond program also has a potentially more streamlined tax compliance framework 

focusing directly on governmental issuers who benefit from the subsidy, as compared with taxexempt bonds and tax credit bonds, which involve investors as tax intermediaries. The Build 

America Bond program also relieved supply pressures in the tax-exempt bond market and helped 

to reduce interest rates in that market. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 

1985, as amended, refund payments to State and local government issuers claiming refundable 

tax credits for their Build America Bonds currently are being reduced by a sequestration rate. 

For refund payments processed by the IRS on or after October 1, 2014 and on or before 

September 30, 2015, the refundable tax credit payments to issuers are reduced by the fiscal year 

2015 sequestration rate of 7.3 percent. Market participants have argued that current 

sequestration cuts to refundable tax credit payments for Build America Bonds has reduced 

investor interest in purchasing these types of taxable bonds. 

America Fast Forward Bonds would build upon the successful example of the Build America 

Bond program by providing a new bond program with broader uses that will attract new sources 

of capital for infrastructure investment (e.g., pension funds may be investors in America Fast 

Forward Bonds, though they typically do not invest in tax-exempt bonds). In order to alleviate 

concerns about future sequestration cuts, refundable tax credit payments to issuers of America 

Fast Forward Bonds, should be protected from sequestration. 

Proposal

Provide America Fast Forward Bonds and expand eligible uses 

The proposal would create a new, permanent America Fast Forward Bond program that would be 

an optional alternative to traditional tax-exempt bonds. Like Build America Bonds, America 

Fast Forward Bonds would be taxable bonds issued by State and local governments in which the 

Federal Government makes direct payments to State and local governmental issuers (through 

refundable tax credits). For the permanent America Fast Forward Bond program, the 

Department of the Treasury would make direct payments to State and local governmental issuers 

in an amount equal to 28 percent of the coupon interest on the bonds. The 28-percent Federal 

subsidy level is intended to be approximately revenue neutral relative to the estimated future 

Federal tax expenditures for tax-exempt bonds. The America Fast Forward program should 

facilitate greater efficiency, a broader investor base, and lower costs for State and local 

governmental debt. 

Eligible uses for America Fast Forward Bonds would include: (1) original financing for 

governmental capital projects, as under the authorization of Build America Bonds; (2) current 

refundings of prior public capital project financings for interest cost savings where the prior 

bonds are repaid promptly within 90 days of issuance of the current refunding bonds; (3) short-
74

term governmental working capital financings for governmental operating expenses (such as tax 

and revenue anticipation borrowings for seasonal cash flow deficits), subject to a 13-month 

maturity limitation; and (4) financing for section 501(c)(3) nonprofit entities.

The proposal also recommends precluding direct payments to State and local government issuers 

under the permanent America Fast Forward Bond program from being subject to sequestration. 

For purposes of this proposal, the term “sequestration” means any reduction in direct spending 

pursuant to the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985, as amended, the 

Statutory-Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010, as amended or the Budget Control Act of 2011, as 

amended.

Allow eligible use of America Fast Forward Bonds to include financing all qualified private 

activity bond program categories 

In addition to including financing for section 501(c)(3) nonprofit entities, eligible uses also 

include financing for the types of projects and programs that can be financed with qualified 

private activity bonds, subject to the applicable State bond volume caps for the qualified private 

activity bond category. Further, eligible uses would include financing for projects that can be 

financed with the new type of qualified private activity bond known as “Qualified Public 

Infrastructure Bonds” that is included in the Budget.

The proposal would be effective for bonds issued on or after January 1, 2016.
75

ALLOW CURRENT REFUNDINGS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL 

BONDS

Current Law

The Code provides Federal tax subsidies for lower borrowing costs on debt obligations issued by 

States and local governments and political subdivisions thereof (“State and local bonds”). The 

Code delivers Federal borrowing subsidies to State and local governments in different ways. 

Section 103 provides generally for the issuance of tax-exempt bonds for eligible governmental 

purposes at lower borrowing costs based on the excludability of the interest paid on the bonds 

from the gross income of the owners of the bonds. Other State or local bond provisions provide 

Federal borrowing subsidies to State and local governments through direct subsidy payments 

(called “refundable tax credits”) to State and local governmental issuers, tax credits to investors 

in certain tax credit bonds to replace specified portions of the interest on those bonds, and other 

collateral tax advantages to State and local bonds.

From time to time, for reasons associated with Federal cost considerations and other targeting 

objectives, various State and local bond provisions have had bond volume caps, time deadlines 

for bond issuance, or transitional provisions for program restrictions. For example, section 

54AA enacted by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 authorized the issuance 

of taxable Build America Bonds in 2009 and 2010 for governmental capital projects and 

provided for direct borrowing subsidy payments to issuers for 35 percent of the borrowing costs. 

In addition, section 54A authorizes the issuance of certain Qualified Tax Credit Bonds for 

targeted public school and energy programs under specified bond volume caps and within certain 

time periods. Other examples of targeted, temporary bond provisions include a $25 billion 

authorization for “Recovery Zone Bonds” in section 1400U1-3; a temporary exception to the 

alternative minimum tax preference for interest on tax-exempt private activity bonds under 

section 57(a)(5); and a temporary increase in the size of a small issuer exception (from $10 

million to $30 million) to the tax-exempt carrying cost disallowance rule for financial institutions 

in section 265(b).

In the tax-exempt bond area, a “current refunding” or “current refunding issue” (under Treas. 

Reg. §1.150-1(d)(3)) refers to bonds used to refinance prior bonds in circumstances in which the 

prior bonds are redeemed or retired within 90 days after issuance of the current refunding bonds.

Reasons for Change

Tax policy favors current refundings of State and local bonds within appropriate size and 

maturity parameters because these current refundings generally reduce both: (1) borrowing costs 

for State and local governmental issuers; and (2) Federal revenue costs or tax expenditure costs 

of Federal subsidies for borrowing costs on State and local bonds. The primary reason that 

States and local governments engage in current refunding transactions is to reduce interest costs.1

 1 By comparison, an “advance refunding” refers to a refinancing in which the refunding bonds and the prior bonds 

may remain outstanding concurrently for more than 90 days. Advance refundings involve duplicative Federal 

subsidy costs for the same financed project or purpose. Section 149(d) restricts advance refundings. 
76

The extent to which statutory provisions address current refundings has varied among different 

State and local bond program provisions. Selected examples of provisions that address current 

refundings include the following: section 1313(a) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (general 

transition rule); section 147(b) (private activity bond volume cap); section 142(i)(9) (bond 

volume cap for qualified green buildings and sustainable design projects); section 142(m)(4) 

(bond volume cap for qualified highway or surface freight transfer projects); and section 

1394(f)(3)(C)(ii) (bond volume cap for new empowerment zone facility bonds). By contrast, 

other State and local bond programs do not address current refundings expressly. Selected 

examples of provisions that do not address current refundings expressly include Build America 

Bonds under section 54AA, Qualified Tax Credit Bonds under section 54A, and Recovery Zone 

Bonds under section 1400U1-3.

In light of the disparate statutory treatment of current refundings and the lack of express 

consideration of current refundings in certain statutory provisions, a general statutory provision 

that sets forth parameters for allowable current refundings of State and local bonds would 

promote greater uniformity and tax certainty.

Proposal

The proposal would provide a general Code provision to authorize current refundings of State or 

local bonds upon satisfaction of the following requirements:

1. The issue price of the current refunding bonds would be required to be no greater than the 

outstanding principal amount (generally meaning the outstanding stated principal amount, 

except as provided below) of the refunded bonds. For bonds issued with more than a de 

minimis amount of original issue discount or premium, the adjusted issue price or 

accreted present value of the refunded bonds would be required to be used as the measure 

of this size limitation in lieu of the outstanding stated principal amount of the refunded 

bonds.

2. The weighted average maturity of the current refunding bonds would be required to be no 

longer than the remaining weighted average maturity of the refunded bonds (determined 

in the manner provided in section 147(b)).

This provision would apply generally to State and local bond programs or provisions that do not 

otherwise allow current refundings or expressly address the treatment of current refundings 

(including bonds for which bond volume caps or time deadlines applied to issuance of original 

bonds). This provision would be inapplicable to State and local bond programs or provisions 

that otherwise allow or expressly address current refundings, such as traditional tax-exempt 

governmental bonds under section 103 for which current refundings generally are allowable 

without statutory bond maturity restrictions and qualified tax-exempt private activity bonds 

under section 141(e) for which current refundings generally are allowable within prescribed 

statutory bond maturity restrictions under section 147(b).

The proposal would be effective as of the date of enactment. 
77

REPEAL THE $150 MILLION NON-HOSPITAL BOND LIMITATION ON QUALIFIED 

SECTION 501(C)(3) BONDS

Current Law

Section 501(c)(3) bonds can be used to finance either capital expenditures or working capital 

expenditures of section 501(c)(3) organizations. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 established a 

$150 million limit on the volume of outstanding, non-hospital, tax-exempt section 501(c)(3) 

bonds. The limit was repealed in 1997 with respect to bonds issued after August 5, 1997, if at 

least 95 percent of the net proceeds were used to finance capital expenditures incurred after that 

date. Thus, the limitation continues to apply to bonds more than five percent of the net proceeds 

of which finance or refinance (1) working capital expenditures, or (2) capital expenditures, 

incurred on or before August 5, 1997.

Reasons for Change

The $150 million limitation results in complexity and provides disparate treatment depending on 

the nature and timing of bond-financed expenditures. Issuers must determine whether an issue 

consists of non-hospital bonds, and they must calculate the amount of non-hospital bonds that are 

allocable to a particular tax-exempt organization. In addition, issuers must determine whether 

more than five percent of the net proceeds of each issue of non-hospital bonds finances working 

capital expenditures, or capital expenditures incurred on or before August 5, 1997, to determine 

whether the issue is subject to the limitation. Repealing the limitation would enable nonprofit 

universities to utilize tax-exempt financing on a basis comparable to public universities. 

Proposal

The $150 million limit on the volume of outstanding, non-hospital, tax-exempt bonds for the 

benefit of any one section 501(c)(3) organization would be repealed in its entirety, effective for 

bonds issued after the date of enactment.
78

INCREASE NATIONAL LIMITATION AMOUNT FOR QUALIFIED HIGHWAY OR

SURFACE FREIGHT TRANSFER FACILITY BONDS

Current Law

Tax-exempt private activity bonds may be used to finance qualified highway or surface freight 

transfer facilities. A qualified highway or surface freight transfer facility is (1) any surface 

transportation project, (2) any project for an international bridge or tunnel for which an 

international entity authorized under Federal or State law is responsible, or (3) any facility for the 

transfer of freight from truck to rail or rail to truck. These projects must receive Federal 

assistance under Title 23 of the United States Code or, in the case of facilities for the transfer of 

freight from truck to rail or rail to truck, Federal assistance under either Title 23 or Title 49 of the 

United States Code. 

Tax-exempt bonds issued to finance qualified highway or surface freight transfer facilities are 

not subject to State volume limitations. Instead, the Secretary of Transportation is authorized to 

allocate a total of $15 billion of issuance authority to qualified highway or surface freight 

transfer facilities in such manner as the Secretary determines appropriate. 

The proceeds of qualified highway or surface freight transfer facility bonds must be spent on 

qualified projects within five years from the date of issuance of such bonds. Bond proceeds that 

remain unspent after five years must be used to redeem outstanding bonds. 

Reasons for Change

Qualified highway or surface freight transfer facility bonds are a permitted category of taxexempt private activity bond that permit private involvement in qualified highway or surface 

transfer projects. Increasing by $4 billion the issuance amount of these types of bonds is 

consistent with the Administration’s policy of supporting investment in highway and freight 

transfer projects, especially in light of the expansion of the Transportation Infrastructure Finance 

and Innovation Act as part of the recent Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act’s 

surface transportation reauthorization. 

Proposal

The proposal would increase the $15 billion aggregate amount permitted to be allocated by the 

Secretary of Transportation to $19 billion with the elimination of this category of bond and 

conversion to qualified public infrastructure bonds once these funds are allocated. 

The proposal would be effective upon enactment. 
79

PROVIDE A NEW CATEGORY OF QUALIFIED PRIVATE ACTIVITY BONDS FOR 

INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS REFERRED TO AS “QUALIFIED PUBLIC 

INFRASTRUCTURE BONDS”

Current Law

State and local governments are eligible to issue tax-exempt bonds to finance a wide range of 

public infrastructure projects. There are two basic kinds of tax-exempt bonds: governmental 

bonds and qualified private activity bonds. In general, the interest on tax-exempt bonds is 

excludable from the gross income of the owners.

Bonds generally are treated as governmental bonds if the bond proceeds are used predominantly 

for State or local governmental use or the bonds are secured or payable predominantly from State 

or local governmental sources of payment. Governmental bonds are subject to various general 

restrictions, including private business limitations, private loan limitations, arbitrage investment 

restrictions, registration and reporting requirements, Federal guarantee restrictions, advance 

refunding limitations, spending period limitations, and pooled bond limitations. 

Private activity bonds may be issued on a tax-exempt basis to finance different specified types of 

eligible exempt facilities and programs if they meet the general requirements for governmental 

bonds (except for the private business limitations) and additional requirements for qualified 

private activity bonds, including a bond volume cap for most private activity bonds. Qualified 

private activity bonds include exempt facility bonds, qualified mortgage bonds, qualified small 

issue bonds, qualified student loan bonds, qualified redevelopment bonds, and qualified section 

501(c)(3) bonds. Eligible facilities that may be financed with exempt facility bonds include, 

among others, airports, docks and wharves, mass commuting facilities, facilities for the 

furnishing of water, sewage facilities, solid waste disposal facilities, high-speed intercity rail 

facilities, environmental enhancements of hydro-electric generating facilities, and qualified 

highway or surface freight transfer facilities. In addition, for qualified private activity bonds 

used to finance airports, docks and wharves, mass commuting facilities, and environmental 

enhancements of hydro-electric generating facilities, a governmental ownership requirement 

applies. Exempt facilities also must meet a “public use” requirement by serving a general public 

use or being available for general public use. An AMT preference applies to the interest on 

specified private activity bonds, including most private activity bonds.

Reasons for Change

The Administration recognizes the importance of public infrastructure investment and the role 

that the private sector can play in public infrastructure projects. The existing framework for taxexempt bonds limits private sector involvement in public infrastructure projects in various 

respects. For governmental bonds, the strict private business limitations limit private sector 

involvement. For qualified private activity bonds, in certain circumstances, the bond volume cap 

requirement may constrain private sector commitments to larger scale and longer term public 

infrastructure projects for which sufficient volume cap may be unavailable or uncertain. The 

proposal aims to encourage greater private investment in public infrastructure through a new 

hybrid category of tax-exempt bonds. This new category would require core hallmarks of public 
80

infrastructure through governmental ownership and general public use, but would remove the 

private business limitations, the bond volume cap requirement, and the AMT preference that may 

impede private investment. This new category would facilitate longer-term lease, management, 

operation, and concession arrangements than under the existing framework.

Proposal 

In general, the proposal would create a new category of tax-exempt qualified private activity 

bonds called “Qualified Public Infrastructure Bonds” (QPIBs) that would be eligible to finance 

the following specific categories of infrastructure projects that are permitted to be financed with 

exempt facility bonds under current law: (1) airports; (2) docks and wharves; (3) mass 

commuting facilities; (4) facilities for the furnishing of water; (5) sewage facilities; (6) solid 

waste disposal facilities; and (7) qualified highway or surface freight transfer facilities.

To ensure the public nature of financed infrastructure, the proposal would impose two core 

eligibility requirements for QPIBs: a governmental ownership requirement and a public use 

requirement. The proposal would require that the projects financed by QPIBs must be owned by 

a State or local governmental unit. To enhance certainty, the proposal would provide a safe 

harbor for establishing governmental ownership of financed projects that would follow the same 

principles as the existing safe harbor under section 142(b)(1)(B) for governmental ownership of 

airports, docks and wharves, mass commuting facilities, and environmental enhancements of 

hydro-electric generative facilities that are financed with exempt facility bonds. In addition, the 

proposal would require that projects financed by QPIBs meet a public use requirement by 

serving a general public use or being available on a regular basis for general public use. Further, 

except as otherwise provided, the proposal would require that QPIBs meet the existing eligibility 

restrictions for qualified private activity bonds. 

The proposal would make the bond volume cap requirement inapplicable to QPIBs. The 

proposal also would make the AMT preference for interest on specified private activity bonds 

inapplicable to QPIBs. 

To simplify the qualified private activity bond area, the proposal would remove those existing 

categories of exempt facilities that overlap with QPIBs effective upon the effective date of the 

proposal, subject to a transitional exception for qualified highway or surface freight transfer 

facilities. Qualified highway or surface freight transfer facilities would be eligible for QPIBs at 

the same time as other eligible facilities when QPIBs became effective and that existing category 

of exempt facility bond also would continue to be available until such time as the Secretary of 

Transportation has allocated the total bond volume authorization for those bonds, including the 

existing $15 billion authorization and the additional $4 billion authorization proposed herein, and 

those bonds have been issued. Alternatively, Congress could consider continuing the existing 

categories of exempt facilities that overlap with QPIBs for privately-owned projects, subject to 

the unified annual State bond volume cap.

The proposal would be effective for bonds issued starting January 1, 2016.
81

MODIFY QUALIFIED PRIVATE ACTIVITY BONDS FOR PUBLIC EDUCATIONAL 

FACILITIES

Current Law

State and local governments are eligible to issue tax-exempt governmental bonds for a wide 

range of public infrastructure projects and other projects if the bond proceeds are used 

predominately for State and local government use or the bonds are payable or secured 

predominately from State and local government sources of payments, such as generally 

applicable taxes. State and local governments are also eligible to issue tax-exempt private 

activity bonds with permitted private business use and other private involvement to finance 

certain specified types of projects. In general, the interest on tax-exempt bonds is excludable 

from the gross income of the owners.

Current law permits tax-exempt private activity bond financing for different specified types of 

eligible exempt facilities and programs, including, among others, “qualified public educational 

facilities” under section 142(k) of the Code that are part of public elementary or secondary 

schools. The current eligibility rules require that a private “corporation” own the public school 

facilities under a public-private partnership agreement with a public State or local educational 

agency and that the private corporation transfer the ownership of the school facilities to the 

public agency at the end of the term of the bonds for no additional consideration. In addition, a 

special separate annual volume cap (equal to the greater of $10 multiplied by the State 

population or $5 million) applies to these bonds.

Reasons for Change

Certain program rules have impeded any significant use of tax-exempt bond financing for 

qualified public educational facilities. The requirement that only private “corporations” may 

own the school facilities has limited use by private owners that are organized as other kinds of 

private entities (such as partnerships, limited liability companies, or sole proprietors), or that 

operate the school facilities under arrangements without ownership. In addition, legal 

uncertainty has arisen over the apparent conflict between the private ownership requirement for 

the school facilities and the requirement that the private owner also transfer the school facilities 

to a public agency at the end of the term of the bonds for no additional consideration. Finally, 

the separate bond volume cap for these bonds adds complexity in comparison with the unified 

annual State bond volume cap for most categories of tax-exempt private activity bonds.

Proposal

The proposal would eliminate the private corporation ownership requirement and instead would 

allow any private person, including private entities organized in ways other than as corporations, 

either to own the public school facilities or to operate those school facilities through lease, 

concession, or other operating arrangements. In addition, since private ownership would no 

longer be an eligibility condition, the proposal would remove the requirement to transfer the 

school facilities to a public agency at the end of the term of the bonds for no additional 

consideration. Finally, the proposal would remove the separate volume cap for qualified public 
82

educational facilities and instead would include these facilities under the unified annual State 

bond volume cap for private activity bonds under section 146.

The proposal would be effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment.
83

MODIFY TREATMENT OF BANKS INVESTING IN TAX-EXEMPT BONDS

Current Law

Generally, banks, thrift institutions, and other financial institutions may not deduct any portion of 

their interest expenses allocable to tax-exempt interest on obligations acquired after August 7, 

1986. In general, the amount of interest that is disallowed is the amount that bears the same ratio 

to interest expense as the taxpayer’s average adjusted basis in tax-exempt obligations bears to the 

average adjusted basis for all assets. 

Financial institutions, however, can generally deduct 80 percent of their interest expenses 

allocable to tax-exempt interest on qualified tax-exempt obligations. Qualified tax-exempt 

obligations are certain tax-exempt obligations that are issued by qualified small issuers. 

Qualified small issuers are States and localities that issued no more that $10 million of certain 

tax-exempt bonds annually (the qualified small issuer limit). 

For tax-exempt bonds issued in 2009 and 2010, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 

2009 (ARRA) established a temporary rule that allowed financial institutions to deduct up to 

80 percent of interest expense allocable to any tax-exempt bond issued in 2009 or 2010, 

regardless of whether the bond was a qualified tax-exempt obligation. However, the bonds that 

benefited from this temporary rule could not exceed two percent of the taxpayer financial 

institution’s total assets. In addition, for obligations issued during 2009 and 2010, ARRA 

modified the definition of qualified small issuer to allow the annual issuance of up to $30 million 

in these bonds. ARRA did not impose a limitation on the amount of qualified tax-exempt bonds 

that a financial institution could treat as such.

Although there is no legislative history suggesting that Congress intended for financial

institutions that are S corporations or qualified subchapter S subsidiaries to be exempted from the 

20-percent disallowance of interest expenses allocable to qualified tax exempt obligations, 

litigation has led to this result. As a result, under current law these financial institutions deduct 

all interest expenses allocable to qualified tax-exempt obligations. 

Reasons for Change

The interest expense disallowance under current law deters banks, thrifts, and other financial 

institutions from investing in tax-exempt debt. The tax-exempt bond market is 

disproportionately retail in its investor base, and incentives for more institutional investment in 

this market may improve liquidity, particularly for smaller issuers who may have more 

challenges in accessing the market. Experience from 2009 and 2010 suggests that banks held 

more tax-exempt bonds as a result of ARRA’s general loosening of the interest expense 

disallowance. These institutions’ renewed absence from (or limited presence in) the market for 

tax-exempt debt may reduce the demand for this debt and raise the interest rates that State and 

local governments have to pay. 

Moreover, the qualified small issuer limit has not been raised permanently since 1986. Raising it 

to $30 million would compensate for the effects of inflation. Given that issuers between 
84

$10 million and $30 million, like smaller issuers, also have difficulty borrowing, raising the limit 

to $30 million would encourage banks to hold these issuers’ obligations. Loosening the interest 

expense disallowance rules would encourage financial institutions to hold more tax-exempt 

bonds in order to improve the functioning of the tax-exempt bond market.

As compared to current law, subjecting financial institutions that are S corporations or qualified 

subchapter S subsidiaries to the 20-percent disallowance could discourage them from holding 

qualified tax-exempt obligations but would equalize their treatment with that of other financial 

institutions. 

Proposal

The proposal would permanently expand the qualified small issuer limit in the definition of 

qualified tax-exempt obligations to include issuers of up to $30 million of tax-exempt bonds 

annually. As under ARRA, the amended qualified small issuer exception would not be limited to 

two percent of a taxpayer’s assets. This increase would enable financial institutions to deduct 80 

percent of interest expenses allocable to qualifying bonds of these issuers. In addition, beginning 

with bonds issued in 2016, the proposal would permanently implement the ARRA exception that 

allowed financial institutions to deduct up to 80 percent of interest expenses allocable to any taxexempt bond, regardless of whether the bond is a qualified tax-exempt obligation. This 

exception would continue to be limited to two percent of the taxpayer’s assets. The same rules 

that are applicable to C corporation financial institutions would also be applied to financial 

institutions that are S corporations or qualified subchapter S subsidiaries. Thus, the current, 

more generous no-disallowance rules available to these financial institutions would be repealed. 

The proposal would apply to bonds issued in calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 

2016. 
85

REPEAL TAX-EXEMPT BOND FINANCING OF PROFESSIONAL SPORTS 

FACILITIES

Current Law

Gross income does not include interest on State or local tax-exempt bonds if the bonds meet 

certain eligibility requirements. State and local bonds are classified as either governmental 

bonds or private activity bonds. The exclusion from income for State and local bond interest 

does not apply to private activity bonds unless they are issued for certain permitted purposes and 

therefore qualify as “qualified private activity bonds.” Bonds generally are classified as private 

activity bonds under a two-part test if: (1) more than 10 percent of the bond proceeds are used for 

private business use (private business use test); and (2) the debt service on more than 10 percent 

of the bond proceeds is payable or secured from property or payments derived from private 

business use (private payments test). Thus, current law permits the use of tax-exempt 

governmental bond proceeds if either part of this test is not met. 

Professional sports facilities, such as stadiums, cannot be financed with qualified private activity 

bonds because they are not one of the permitted categories. Even if use by a professional sports 

team of a bond-financed stadium exceeds 10 percent of the total use of the facility, the stadium 

nonetheless can be financed with tax-exempt governmental bonds if the debt service is paid from 

sources other than sports facility revenues or other private payments, such as generally 

applicable taxes. 

Reasons for Change

Allowing tax-exempt governmental bond financing of stadiums transfers the benefits of taxexempt financing to private professional sports teams because these private parties benefit from 

significant use of the facilities. State and local governments subsidize that use with taxes or 

other governmental payments to enable the facilities to qualify for tax-exempt governmental 

bond financing. The current framework allowing professional sports facilities with significant 

private business use to qualify for tax-exempt governmental bond financing results in artificial 

financing structures to avoid violating the private payments test. Further, these financings may 

involve issuance of excessive amounts of tax-exempt bonds when localities offer to subsidize 

new stadiums for competitive purposes to attract or retain professional sports team franchises. 

Moreover, the current structuring of the governmental bonds to finance sports facilities has 

shifted more of the costs and risks from the private owners to local residents and taxpayers in 

general. 

Proposal

The proposal eliminates the private payments test for professional sports facilities. As a result, 

bonds to finance professional sports facilities would be taxable private activity bonds if more 

than 10 percent of the facility is used for private business use. By removing the private payment 

test, tax-exempt governmental bond financing of sports facilities with significant private business 

use by professional sports teams would be eliminated. The proposal would be effective for 

bonds issued after December 31, 2015.
86

ALLOW MORE FLEXIBLE RESEARCH ARRANGEMENTS FOR PURPOSES OF 

PRIVATE BUSINESS USE LIMITS

Current Law

Section 141 treats tax-exempt bonds issued by State and local governments as governmental 

bonds if the issuer limits private business use and other private involvement sufficiently to avoid 

treatment as “private activity bonds.” Bonds generally are classified as private activity bonds if 

more than 10 percent of the bond proceeds are both (1) used for private business, and (2) payable 

or secured from property or payments derived from private business use. Except for certain 

qualified private activity bonds, the interest on private activity bonds is taxable. 

For purposes of the private business limits on tax-exempt bonds, private business use of a bondfinanced project generally means any direct or indirect use in a trade or business by any person 

other than a qualified user. Qualified users include State and local governmental units for taxexempt governmental bonds and section 501(c)(3) exempt entities for qualified 501(c)(3) bonds. 

Under these rules, the Federal government also is treated like a private business. The following 

types of actual or beneficial use of a tax-exempt bond-financed project by a private business 

generally constitute private business use: ownership of a project; leasing of a project; certain 

contractual legal rights to use a project; certain incentive-payment contracts with respect to a 

project; and certain economic benefits derived from a project. One type of contractual 

arrangement that raises private business use questions is public-private research arrangements 

involving the conduct of research at tax-exempt bond-financed research facilities.

The legislative history of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 states that, to avoid impermissible private 

business use, the research arrangement must include specific features. For example, in the case 

of corporate-sponsored research, subject to certain restrictions, a tax-exempt bond-financed 

university facility may be used for corporate-sponsored research under a research agreement 

without being considered private business use. In particular, the sponsor must pay a competitive 

price for its use of the technology developed under the research agreement. Moreover, the price 

must be determined at the time the technology is available for use rather than an earlier time 

(such as when the research agreement is entered into). 

Reflecting this legislative history, Treasury and IRS guidance provides safe harbors that allow 

certain research arrangements with private businesses at tax-exempt bond financed research 

facilities without giving rise to private business use. The safe harbors reflect the constraints 

enumerated in the legislative history.

Reasons for Change

Research and technological innovation provide benefits to educational institutions and to society 

at large. Research involves significant investment and considerable uncertainty regarding the 

total costs, necessary lead time, and ultimate outcome of advancing scientific knowledge. More 

flexible standards for public-private research arrangements for purposes of the private business 

limits on tax-exempt bonds than those allowed under existing safe harbors potentially would 
87

foster greater investment in research, greater technological innovation, and broader benefits to 

society at large. 

Proposal

The proposal would provide an exception to the private business limits on tax-exempt bonds for 

research arrangements relating to basic research at tax-exempt bond-financed research facilities 

that meet the following requirements:

1. A qualified user (a State or local government or section 501(c)(3) nonprofit entity) would 

be required to own the research facilities.

2. A qualified user would be permitted to enter into any bona fide, arm’s-length contractual 

arrangement with a private business sponsor of basic research regarding the terms for 

sharing the economic benefits of any products resulting from the research, including 

arrangements in which those economic terms (such as exclusive or non-exclusive licenses 

of intellectual property, and licensing fees or royalty rates) are determined in advance at 

the time the parties enter into the contractual arrangement.

The proposal would be effective for research agreements entered into after the date of enactment. 
88

MODIFY TAX-EXEMPT BONDS FOR INDIAN TRIBAL GOVERNMENTS

Current Law

In general, section 7871(c) limits Indian tribal governments in their use of tax-exempt bonds to 

the financing of “essential governmental function” activities that are “customarily” performed by 

State and local governments with general taxing powers. In addition, outside the limited 

authorization for Tribal Economic Development Bonds, section 7871(c)(2) generally prohibits 

Indian tribal governments from issuing tax-exempt private activity bonds, except in narrow 

circumstances to finance manufacturing facilities subject to restrictions. 

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) provided $2 billion in bond 

authority for a new category of tax-exempt bonds for Indian tribal governments, known as 

“Tribal Economic Development Bonds” under section 7871(f). This bond provision provides 

Indian tribal governments more flexibility to finance economic development projects than is 

allowable under the existing essential governmental function standard. This bond provision 

generally allows Indian tribal governments to use tax-exempt bond financing under more flexible 

standards that are comparable to those applied to States and local governments in their use of 

tax-exempt bonds under section 103 (subject to express targeting restrictions on Tribal Economic 

Development Bonds that require financed projects to be located on Indian reservations and that 

prohibit the financing of certain gaming facilities). For State and local governments, a more 

flexible two-part standard under section 141 generally allows use of tax-exempt “governmental 

bonds” (as distinguished from “private activity bonds”) if either: (1) the issuer uses at least 90 

percent of the bond proceeds for State or local governmental use (as contrasted with private 

business use); or (2) the debt service on at least 90 percent of the bond proceeds is payable from 

or secured by payments or property used for State or local governmental use. 

ARRA also included a directive to the Department of the Treasury to study the Tribal Economic 

Development Bond provision and to report to the Congress on the results of this study, including 

recommendations regarding this provision. The legislative history of ARRA indicated that the 

Congress sought recommendations on whether to “eliminate or otherwise modify” the essential 

governmental function standard for Indian tribal tax-exempt bond financing. 

Reasons for Change

In 2011, the Department of the Treasury submitted its report to Congress regarding 

recommendations on the Tribal Economic Development Bond provision. This proposal 

incorporates the recommendations from this report. For further background and analysis on 

these recommendations, see this Department of the Treasury report, which is available at 

http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/tax-policy/Documents/Tribal-Economic-DevelopmentBond-Provision-under-Section-7871-of-IRC-12-19-11.pdf.

For State and local governments, the applicable two-part private business restriction standard for 

tax-exempt governmental bonds (as distinguished from private activity bonds) under section 141 

involves established, well-known, and administrable tax standards. The private business use 

limitation particularly involves workable tax standards using general tax principles that focus on 
89

ownership, leasing, and contractual rights. These standards focus eligibility for governmental 

bonds on the nature of the beneficiaries of the tax-exempt financing (rather than on the nature of 

the activities financed).

By contrast, for Indian tribal governments, the essential governmental function standard focuses 

on appropriate governmental activities (rather than the actual beneficiaries) and has proven to be 

a difficult standard to define and to administer. The analogous essential governmental function 

standard under section 115 is vague. Moreover, the custom-based limitation on this standard has 

proven to be particularly unworkable, based on difficulties in determining customs, the 

subjective nature of customs, the evolving nature of customs over time, the differing nature of 

customs among diverse State and local governmental entities, and the increasing involvement of 

State and local governments in quasi-commercial activities.

Although the Indian Tribal Government Tax Status Act of 1982 sought to provide tax parity 

between Indian tribal governments and State and local governments, the existing framework for 

eligibility for tax-exempt bond financing for State and local governments, on one hand, and 

Indian tribal governments, on the other hand, reflects fundamentally different analytic standards. 

Application of the different analytic standards resulted in different outcomes and perceived 

unfairness.

The Department of the Treasury believes that goals of tax parity, fairness, flexibility, and 

administrability warrant the provision of a tax-exempt bond program framework for Indian tribal 

governments that uses standards that are comparable to those used for State and local 

governments, with tailored modifications.

Proposal

The proposal would adopt the State or local government standard for tax-exempt governmental 

bonds under section 141 without a bond volume cap on such governmental bonds (subject to 

restrictions discussed below). This standard is generally embodied in the limited authorization 

for Tribal Economic Development Bonds under section 7871(f) for purposes of Indian tribal 

governmental eligibility to issue tax-exempt governmental bonds. The proposal would repeal the 

existing essential governmental function standard for Indian tribal governmental tax-exempt 

bond financing under section 7871(c).

The proposal would allow Indian tribal governments to issue tax-exempt private activity bonds 

for the same types of projects and activities as are allowed for State and local governments under 

section 141(e), under a national bond volume cap. The same volume cap exceptions as those for 

State and local governments would apply in addition to the bonds being subject to restrictions 

discussed below. The proposal would employ a tailored version of a comparable annual taxexempt private activity bond volume cap for Indian tribal governments. This tailored national 

Tribal private activity bond volume cap for all Indian tribal governments together as a group 

would be in an amount equal to the greater of: (i) a total national Indian tribal population-based 

measure determined under section 146(d)(1)(A) (applied by using such national Indian tribal 

population in lieu of State population), or (ii) the minimum small population-based State amount 
90

under section 146(d)(1)(B). The proposal would delegate to the Department of the Treasury the 

responsibility to allocate that national bond volume cap among Indian tribal governments.

The proposal would impose a targeting restriction on the location of projects financed with taxexempt bonds issued or used by Indian tribal governments that is similar to the restriction under 

section 7871(f)(3)(B)(ii), which requires that projects financed with Tribal Economic 

Development Bonds be located on Indian reservations. The proposal would provide some 

additional flexibility with respect to this project location restriction. The proposal would allow 

Indian tribal governments to issue or use tax-exempt bonds to finance projects that are located on 

Indian reservations, together with projects that both: (1) are contiguous to, within reasonable 

proximity of, or have a substantial connection to an Indian reservation; and (2) provide goods or 

services to resident populations of Indian reservations.

For policy reasons, the proposal would impose a restriction on tax-exempt bonds issued or used 

by Indian tribal governments generally that incorporates the existing restriction under section 

7871(f)(3)(B)(i) which presently prohibits use of proceeds of Tribal Economic Development 

Bonds to finance certain gaming projects.

The proposal would be effective as of the date of enactment.
91

EXEMPT FOREIGN PENSION FUNDS FROM THE APPLICATION OF THE 

FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN REAL PROPERTY TAX ACT (FIRPTA)

Current Law

FIRPTA, enacted in 1980, is intended to subject foreign investors to the same U.S. tax treatment 

on gains from the disposition of U.S. real property interests as that which applies to U.S. 

investors. Thus, under FIRPTA, when a nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation sells 

an interest in U.S. real estate (including directly held real property and stock in corporations that 

predominantly hold real property), any gain on the sale generally is subject to U.S. tax.

U.S. pension or retirement trusts or similar arrangements whose purpose is to provide pension or 

retirements benefits generally are exempt from U.S. tax (U.S. pension funds). For example, 

trusts forming part of qualified pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus plans generally are exempt 

from U.S. tax under section 501(a). 

Reasons for Change

Gain of a U.S. pension fund from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest generally is 

exempt from U.S. tax, but gain of a similar pension fund created or organized outside the United 

States from the disposition of that same property would be subject to U.S. tax under FIRPTA.

Proposal

The proposal would exempt from the application of FIRPTA gains of foreign pension funds from 

the disposition of U.S. real property interests. For this purpose, a foreign pension fund would 

generally mean a trust, corporation, or other organization or arrangement that is created or 

organized outside of the United States; generally exempt from income tax in the jurisdiction in 

which it is created or organized; and substantially all of the activity of which is to administer or 

provide pension or retirement benefits. The Secretary would be granted authority to issue 

regulations necessary to carry out the purposes of the proposal, including whether for this 

purpose an entity or arrangement is a foreign pension fund or a benefit is a pension or retirement 

benefit. 

The proposal would be effective for dispositions of U.S. real property interests occurring after 

December 31, 2015.
92

ELIMINATE FOSSIL FUEL TAX PREFERENCES

ELIMINATE FOSSIL FUEL TAX PREFERENCES

Current Law

Current law provides a number of credits, deductions and other special provisions that are 

targeted towards oil, gas and coal production. The following tax preferences are currently 

available for oil and natural gas activities: 

Enhanced oil recovery credit

The general business credit includes a 15-percent credit for eligible costs attributable to 

enhanced oil recovery (EOR) projects. If the credit is claimed with respect to eligible costs, the 

taxpayer’s deduction (or basis increase) with respect to those costs is reduced by the amount of 

the credit. Eligible costs include the cost of constructing a gas treatment plant to prepare Alaska 

natural gas for pipeline transportation and any of the following costs with respect to a qualified 

EOR project: (1) the cost of depreciable or amortizable tangible property that is an integral part 

of the project; (2) intangible drilling and development costs (IDCs) that the taxpayer can elect to 

deduct; and (3) deductible tertiary injectant costs. A qualified EOR project must be located in 

the United States and must involve the application of one or more of nine listed tertiary recovery 

methods that can reasonably be expected to result in more than an insignificant increase in the 

amount of crude oil which ultimately will be recovered. The allowable credit is phased out over 

a $6 range for a taxable year if the annual average unregulated wellhead price per barrel of 

domestic crude oil during the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the taxable year 

begins (the reference price) exceeds an inflation adjusted threshold. The credit was completely 

phased out for taxable years beginning in 2011, because the reference price ($74.71) exceeded 

the inflation adjusted threshold ($42.91) by more than $6.

Credit for oil and natural gas produced from marginal wells

The general business credit includes a credit for crude oil and natural gas produced from 

marginal wells. The credit rate is $3.00 per barrel of oil and 50 cents per 1,000 cubic feet of 

natural gas for taxable years beginning in 2005 and is adjusted for inflation in taxable years 

beginning after 2005. The credit is available for production from wells that produce oil and 

natural gas qualifying as marginal production for purposes of the percentage depletion rules or 

that have average daily production of not more than 25 barrel-of-oil equivalents and produce at 

least 95 percent water. The credit per well is limited to 1,095 barrels of oil or barrel-of-oil 

equivalents per year. The credit rate for crude oil is phased out for a taxable year if the annual 

average unregulated wellhead price per barrel of domestic crude oil during the calendar year 

preceding the calendar year in which the taxable year begins (the reference price) exceeds the 

applicable threshold. The phase-out range and the applicable threshold at which phase-out 

begins are $3.00 and $15.00 for taxable years beginning in 2005 and are adjusted for inflation in 

taxable years beginning after 2005. The credit rate for natural gas is similarly phased out for a 

taxable year if the annual average wellhead price for domestic natural gas exceeds the applicable 

threshold. The phase-out range and the applicable threshold at which phase-out begins are 33 
93

cents and $1.67 for taxable years beginning in 2005 and are adjusted for inflation in taxable 

years beginning after 2005. The credit has been completely phased out for all taxable years since 

its enactment. Unlike other components of the general business credit, which can be carried 

back only one year, the marginal well credit can be carried back up to five years. In general, 

costs that benefit future periods must be capitalized and recovered over such periods for income 

tax purposes, rather than being expensed in the period the costs are incurred. In addition, the 

uniform capitalization rules require certain direct and indirect costs allocable to property to be 

included in inventory or capitalized as part of the basis of such property. In general, the uniform 

capitalization rules apply to real and tangible personal property produced by the taxpayer or 

acquired for resale.

Expensing of intangible drilling costs

Special rules apply to intangible drilling costs (IDCs). IDCs include all expenditures made by an 

operator (i.e., a person who holds a working or operating interest in any tract or parcel of land 

either as a fee owner or under a lease or any other form of contract granting working or operating 

rights) for wages, fuel, repairs, hauling, supplies, and other expenses incident to and necessary 

for the drilling of wells and the preparation of wells for the production of oil and natural gas. In 

addition, IDCs include the cost to operators of any drilling or development work (excluding 

amounts payable only out of production or gross or net proceeds from production, if the amounts 

are depletable income to the recipient, and amounts properly allocable to the cost of depreciable 

property) done by contractors under any form of contract (including a turnkey contract). IDCs 

include amounts paid for labor, fuel, repairs, hauling, and supplies which are used in the drilling, 

shooting, and cleaning of wells; in such clearing of ground, draining, road making, surveying, 

and geological works as are necessary in preparation for the drilling of wells; and in the 

construction of such derricks, tanks, pipelines, and other physical structures as are necessary for 

the drilling of wells and the preparation of wells for the production of oil and natural gas. 

Generally, IDCs do not include expenses for items which have a salvage value (such as pipes and 

casings) or items which are part of the acquisition price of an interest in the property. Under the 

special rules applicable to IDCs, an operator who pays or incurs IDCs in the development of an 

oil or natural gas property located in the United States may elect either to expense or capitalize 

those costs. The uniform capitalization rules do not apply to otherwise deductible IDCs. If a 

taxpayer elects to expense IDCs, the amount of the IDCs is deductible as an expense in the 

taxable year the cost is paid or incurred. Generally, IDCs that a taxpayer elects to capitalize may 

be recovered through depletion or depreciation, as appropriate; or in the case of a nonproductive 

well (“dry hole”), the operator may elect to deduct the costs. In the case of an integrated oil 

company (i.e., a company that engages, either directly or through a related enterprise, in 

substantial retailing or refining activities) that has elected to expense IDCs, 30 percent of the 

IDCs on productive wells must be capitalized and amortized over a 60-month period. A taxpayer 

that has elected to deduct IDCs may, nevertheless, elect to capitalize and amortize certain IDCs 

over a 60-month period beginning with the month the expenditure was paid or incurred. This 

rule applies on an expenditure-by-expenditure basis; that is, for any particular taxable year, a 

taxpayer may deduct some portion of its IDCs and capitalize the rest under this provision. This 

allows the taxpayer to reduce or eliminate IDC adjustments or preferences under the alternative 

minimum tax. The election to deduct IDCs applies only to those IDCs associated with domestic 

properties. For this purpose, the United States includes certain wells drilled offshore.
94

Deduction of costs paid or incurred for any tertiary injectant used as part of tertiary recovery 

method

Taxpayers are allowed to deduct the cost of qualified tertiary injectant expenses for the taxable 

year. Qualified tertiary injectant expenses are amounts paid or incurred for any tertiary 

injectants (other than recoverable hydrocarbon injectants) that are used as a part of a tertiary 

recovery method to increase the recovery of crude oil. The deduction is treated as an 

amortization deduction in determining the amount subject to recapture upon disposition of the

property.

Exception to passive loss limitations provided to working interests in oil and natural gas 

properties

The passive loss rules limit deductions and credits from passive trade or business activities. 

Deductions attributable to passive activities, to the extent they exceed income from passive 

activities, generally may not be deducted against other income, such as wages, portfolio income, 

or business income that is not derived from a passive activity. A similar rule applies to credits. 

Suspended deductions and credits are carried forward and treated as deductions and credits from 

passive activities in the next year. The suspended losses and credits from a passive activity are 

allowed in full when the taxpayer completely disposes of the activity. Passive activities are 

defined to include trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially 

participate. An exception is provided, however, for any working interest in an oil or natural gas 

property that the taxpayer holds directly or through an entity that does not limit the liability of 

the taxpayer with respect to the interest.

Use of percentage depletion with respect to oil and natural gas wells

The capital costs of oil and natural gas wells are recovered through the depletion deduction. 

Under the cost depletion method, the basis recovery for a taxable year is proportional to the 

exhaustion of the property during the year. This method does not permit cost recovery 

deductions that exceed basis or that are allowable on an accelerated basis. A taxpayer may also 

qualify for percentage depletion with respect to oil and natural gas properties. The amount of the 

deduction is a statutory percentage of the gross income from the property. For oil and natural 

gas properties, the percentage ranges from 15 to 25 percent and the deduction may not exceed 

100 percent of the taxable income from the property (determined before the deductions for 

depletion and domestic manufacturing). In addition, the percentage depletion deduction for oil 

and natural gas properties may not exceed 65 percent of the taxpayer’s overall taxable income 

(determined before the deduction for depletion and with certain other adjustments). Other 

limitations and special rules apply to the percentage depletion deduction for oil and natural gas 

properties. In general, only independent producers and royalty owners (in contrast to integrated 

oil companies) qualify for the percentage depletion deduction. In addition, oil and natural gas 

producers may claim percentage depletion only with respect to up to 1,000 barrels of average 

daily production of domestic crude oil or an equivalent amount of domestic natural gas (applied 

on a combined basis in the case of taxpayers that produce both). This quantity limitation is 

allocated, at the taxpayer’s election, between oil production and natural gas production and then 

further allocated within each class among the taxpayer’s properties. Special rules apply to oil 
95

and natural gas production from marginal wells (generally, wells for which the average daily 

production is less than 15 barrels of oil or barrel-of-oil equivalents or that produce only heavy 

oil). Only marginal well production can qualify for percentage depletion at a rate of more than 

15 percent. The rate is increased in a taxable year that begins in a calendar year following a 

calendar year during which the annual average unregulated wellhead price per barrel of domestic 

crude oil is less than $20. The increase is one percentage point for each whole dollar of 

difference between the two amounts. In addition, marginal wells are exempt from the 100-

percent-of-net-income limitation described above in taxable years beginning during the period

1998-2007 and in taxable years beginning during the period 2009-2011. Unless the taxpayer 

elects otherwise, marginal well production is given priority over other production in applying the 

1,000-barrel limitation on percentage depletion. A qualifying taxpayer determines the depletion 

deduction for each oil and natural gas property under both the percentage depletion method and 

the cost depletion method and deducts the larger of the two amounts. Because percentage 

depletion is computed without regard to the taxpayer’s basis in the depletable property, a 

taxpayer may continue to claim percentage depletion after all the expenditures incurred to 

acquire and develop the property have been recovered.

Use of the domestic production manufacturing deduction

A deduction is allowed with respect to income attributable to domestic production activities (the 

manufacturing deduction). For taxable years beginning after 2009, the manufacturing deduction 

is generally equal to nine percent of the lesser of qualified production activities income for the 

taxable year or taxable income for the taxable year, limited to 50 percent of the W-2 wages of the 

taxpayer for the taxable year. The deduction for income from oil and natural gas production 

activities is computed at a six-percent rate. Qualified production activities income is generally 

calculated as a taxpayer’s domestic production gross receipts (i.e., the gross receipts derived 

from any lease, rental, license, sale, exchange, or other disposition of qualifying production 

property manufactured, produced, grown, or extracted by the taxpayer in whole or significant 

part within the United States; any qualified film produced by the taxpayer; or electricity, natural 

gas, or potable water produced by the taxpayer in the United States) minus the cost of goods sold 

and other expenses, losses, or deductions attributable to such receipts. The manufacturing 

deduction generally is available to all taxpayers that generate qualified production activities 

income, which under current law includes income from the sale, exchange or disposition of oil, 

natural gas or primary products thereof produced in the United States.

2-year amortization of independent producers’ geological and geophysical expenditures

Geological and geophysical expenditures are costs incurred for the purpose of obtaining and 

accumulating data that will serve as the basis for the acquisition and retention of mineral 

properties. The amortization period for geological and geophysical expenditures incurred in 

connection with oil and natural gas exploration in the United States is two years for independent 

producers and seven years for integrated oil and natural gas producers.
96

Expensing of exploration and development costs 

In general, costs that benefit future periods must be capitalized and recovered over such periods 

for income tax purposes, rather than being expensed in the period the costs are incurred. In 

addition, the uniform capitalization rules require certain direct and indirect costs allocable to 

property to be included in inventory or capitalized as part of the basis of such property. In 

general, the uniform capitalization rules apply to real and tangible personal property produced by 

the taxpayer or acquired for resale. Special rules apply in the case of mining exploration and 

development expenditures. A taxpayer may elect to expense the exploration costs incurred for 

the purpose of ascertaining the existence, location, extent, or quality of an ore or mineral deposit, 

including a deposit of coal or other hard mineral fossil fuel. Exploration costs that are expensed 

are recaptured when the mine reaches the producing stage either by a reduction in depletion 

deductions or, at the election of the taxpayer, by an inclusion in income in the year in which the 

mine reaches the producing stage. After the existence of a commercially marketable deposit has 

been disclosed, costs incurred for the development of a mine to exploit the deposit are deductible 

in the year paid or incurred unless the taxpayer elects to deduct the costs on a ratable basis as the 

minerals or ores produced from the deposit are sold. In the case of a corporation that elects to 

deduct exploration costs in the year paid or incurred, 30 percent of the otherwise deductible costs 

must be capitalized and amortized over a 60-month period. In addition, a taxpayer that has 

elected to deduct exploration costs may, nevertheless, elect to capitalize and amortize those costs 

over a 10-year period. This rule applies on an expenditure-by-expenditure basis; that is, for any 

particular taxable year, a taxpayer may deduct some portion of its exploration costs and 

capitalize the rest under this provision. This allows the taxpayer to reduce or eliminate 

adjustments or preferences for exploration costs under the alternative minimum tax. Similar 

rules limiting corporate deductions and providing for 60- month and 10-year amortization apply 

with respect to mine development costs. The election to deduct exploration costs and the rule 

making development costs deductible in the year paid or incurred apply only with respect to 

domestic ore and mineral deposits.

Percentage depletion for hard mineral fossil fuels

The capital costs of coal mines and other hard-mineral fossil-fuel properties are recovered 

through the depletion deduction. Under the cost depletion method, the basis recovery for a 

taxable year is proportional to the exhaustion of the property during the year. This method does 

not permit cost recovery deductions that exceed basis or that are allowable on an accelerated 

basis. A taxpayer may also qualify for percentage depletion with respect to coal and other hardmineral fossil-fuel properties. The amount of the deduction is a statutory percentage of the gross 

income from the property. The percentage is 10 percent for coal and lignite and 15 percent for 

oil shale (other than oil shale to which a 71⁄2-percent depletion rate applies because it is used for

certain nonfuel purposes). The deduction may not exceed 50 percent of the taxable income from 

the property (determined before the deductions for depletion and domestic manufacturing). A 

qualifying taxpayer determines the depletion deduction for each property under both the 

percentage depletion method and the cost depletion method and deducts the larger of the two 

amounts. Because percentage depletion is computed without regard to the taxpayer’s basis in the 

depletable property, a taxpayer may continue to claim percentage depletion after all the 

expenditures incurred to acquire and develop the property have been recovered.
97

Capital gains treatment for royalties

Royalties received on the disposition of coal or lignite generally qualify for treatment as longterm capital gain, and the royalty owner does not qualify for percentage depletion with respect to 

the coal or lignite. This treatment does not apply unless the taxpayer has been the owner of the 

mineral in place for at least one year before it is mined. The treatment also does not apply to 

income realized as a co-adventurer, partner, or principal in the mining of the mineral or to certain 

related-party transactions.

Use of the domestic manufacturing deduction against income derived from the production of 

coal and other hard mineral fossil fuels 

A deduction is allowed with respect to income attributable to domestic production activities (the 

manufacturing deduction). For taxable years beginning after 2009, the manufacturing deduction 

is generally equal to nine percent of the lesser of qualified production activities income for the 

taxable year or taxable income for the taxable year, limited to 50 percent of the W-2 wages of the 

taxpayer for the taxable year. Qualified production activities income is generally calculated as a 

taxpayer’s domestic production gross receipts (i.e., the gross receipts derived from any lease, 

rental, license, sale, exchange, or other disposition of qualifying production property 

manufactured, produced, grown, or extracted by the taxpayer in whole or significant part within 

the United States; any qualified film produced by the taxpayer; or electricity, natural gas, or 

potable water produced by the taxpayer in the United States) minus the cost of goods sold and 

other expenses, losses, or deductions attributable to such receipts. The manufacturing deduction 

generally is available to all taxpayers that generate qualified production activities income, which 

under current law includes income from the sale, exchange or disposition of coal, other hardmineral fossil fuels, or primary products thereof produced in the United States.

Exemption from the corporate income tax for fossil fuel publicly traded partnerships 

Publicly traded partnerships are generally subject to the corporate income tax. Partnerships that 

derive at least 90 percent of their gross income from depletable natural resources, real estate, or 

commodities are exempt from the corporate income tax. Instead they are taxed as partnerships. 

They pass through all income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to their partners, with the 

partners then being liable for income tax (or benefitting from the losses) on their distributive 

shares.

Reasons for Change

The President agreed at the G-20 Summit in Pittsburgh to phase out subsidies for fossil fuels. 

The oil, gas, and coal tax preferences the Administration proposes to repeal distort markets by 

encouraging more investment in the fossil fuel sector than would occur under a neutral system. 

This market distortion is detrimental to long-term energy security and is also inconsistent with 

the Administration’s policy of supporting a clean energy economy, reducing our reliance on oil, 

and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Moreover, the subsidies for oil, natural gas, and coal 

must ultimately be financed with taxes that cause further economic distortions including 

underinvestment in other, potentially more productive, areas of the economy. 
98

Proposal

The proposal would repeal: (1) the enhanced oil recovery credit for eligible costs attributable to a 

qualified enhanced oil recovery project; (2) the credit for oil and gas produced from marginal 

wells; (3) the expensing of intangible drilling costs; (4) the deduction for costs paid or incurred 

for any tertiary injectant used as part of a tertiary recovery method; (5) the exception to passive 

loss limitations provided to working interests in oil and natural gas properties; (6) the use of 

percentage depletion with respect to oil and gas wells; (7) the ability to claim the domestic 

production manufacturing deduction against income derived from the production of oil and gas; 

(8) two-year amortization of independent producers’ geological and geophysical expenditures, 

instead allowing amortization over the seven-year period used by integrated oil and gas 

producers; (9) expensing of exploration and development costs; (10) percentage depletion for 

hard mineral fossil fuels; (11) capital gains treatment for royalties; (12) the ability to claim the 

domestic manufacturing deduction against income derived from the production of coal and other 

hard mineral fossil fuels; and (13) the exemption from the corporate income tax for publicly 

traded partnerships with qualifying income and gains from activities relating to fossil fuels.

Proposal parts (1) – (12) would be effective for production or for costs incurred after December 

31, 2015, and, in the case of royalties, for amounts realized after taxable years beginning 

December 31, 2015. Proposal part (13), taxing fossil fuel publicly traded partnerships as C 

corporations, would be effective after December 31, 2020.
99

REFORM THE TREATMENT OF FINANCIAL AND INSURANCE 

INDUSTRY PRODUCTS

REQUIRE THAT DERIVATIVE CONTRACTS BE MARKED TO MARKET WITH 

RESULTING GAIN OR LOSS TREATED AS ORDINARY 

Current Law

Under current law, derivative contracts are subject to rules on timing and character that vary

according to how a contract is characterized and, in some cases, where it is traded. Forward

contracts are generally taxable only when they are transferred or settled, with the resulting gain 

or loss treated as capital. Options are also taxable only when they are transferred, settled, or 

when the option lapses, with gain or loss treated as capital. When a forward contract is traded on 

an exchange, however, it is generally classified as a regulated futures contract, which is treated 

as sold on the last day of the taxable year (marked to market), with gain or loss treated as 60 

percent long term and 40 percent short term. Certain exchange traded options are also entitled to 

this 60/40 treatment.

Notional principal contracts (NPCs, also often referred to as swap contracts) are subject to their 

own timing and character rules. Income and expense from the two legs of an NPC are netted and 

accrued annually as ordinary income or deduction, as the case may be. In the case of an NPC 

that provides for one or more contingent nonperiodic payments, however, such as the value of 

stock on a specified future date, the tax rules are unclear. Gain or loss that results from the sale 

or termination of an NPC, whether the NPC provides for contingent or non-contingent payments, 

is generally treated as capital. Different timing and character rules may apply to forwards, 

options, and NPCs that are qualified hedges, part of a straddle, or referenced to a foreign 

currency.

In addition to forwards, futures, options, and NPCs, there are contractual arrangements such as 

convertible debt, contingent debt, structured notes, and securities lending transactions that either 

are themselves derivatives or contain embedded derivatives. Different timing and character rules 

apply to these instruments. Contingent debt, for example, requires the holder to accrue current 

income based on the payments the holder would receive from a comparable noncontingent bond 

of the issuer, with adjustments for payments that differ from the projected payment schedule. 

Both income and gain from a contingent debt instrument is generally ordinary. In the case of a 

structured note (which includes many exchange traded notes), the tax rules are unclear. 

Structured note holders generally take the view that no income or gain is recognized until the 

structured note matures or is sold, and they treat the gain or loss as capital. Similarly, taxpayers 

that enter into a securities lending transaction have disposed of their securities in exchange for a 

contractual right to have the securities returned upon request. Section 1058, however, provides 

that no gain or loss is recognized as long as the securities loan satisfies certain criteria. The 

recognition of gain or loss on a securities lending transaction is therefore dependent on whether 

the transaction satisfies the requirements of section 1058. 
100

Reasons for Change

The disparate treatment of derivatives under current tax rules, which have evolved sporadically

over more than 50 years, has created a regime that is essentially elective. Tax rules based on the 

form of a derivative allow banks and exchanges to construct economically equivalent contracts 

to achieve different desired tax results. Sophisticated taxpayers can use these instruments to 

achieve the timing and character that meets their objectives. At the same time, the wide variance 

in the tax treatment of derivative contracts that are economically similar often leads to 

uncertainty about how the tax rules apply to a given financial instrument.

Proposal

The proposal would require that gain or loss from a derivative contract be marked to market no 

later than the last business day of the taxpayer’s taxable year. Gain or loss resulting from the 

contract would be treated as ordinary and as attributable to a trade or business of the taxpayer for 

purposes of section 172(d)(4). The source of income associated with a derivative would 

continue to be determined under current law. 

A derivative contract would be broadly defined to include any contract the value of which is 

determined, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the value of actively traded property. A 

derivative contract that is embedded in another financial instrument or contract would be subject 

to mark to market if the derivative by itself would be marked to market. Consequently, mark to 

market treatment would apply to contingent debt and structured notes linked to actively traded 

property. In addition, a taxpayer that enters into a derivative contract that substantially 

diminishes the risk of loss on actively traded stock that is not otherwise marked to market would 

be required to mark the stock to market, with preexisting gain recognized at that time and loss 

recognized when the financial instrument would have been recognized in the absence of the 

straddle. The proposal would expressly provide the Secretary with the authority to issue 

regulations that match the timing, source, and character of income, gain, deduction, and loss 

from a capital asset and a transaction that diminishes the risk of loss or opportunity for gain from 

that asset. For example, in the case of stock issued by a U.S. corporation, the source of 

dividends on the stock would be U.S., while gain or loss on a sale of the stock is generally 

sourced based on the residence of the recipient. Thus, if a taxpayer were to hedge the stock with 

a notional principal contract (NPC), the Secretary would have the authority to write regulations 

that provide that dividend equivalent payments on the NPC are matched to the dividends on the 

stock for timing, source, and character, while gain or loss on the NPC could be matched to the 

gain or loss on the stock for timing, source, and character.

Mark to market accounting would not be required for a transaction that qualifies as a business 

hedging transaction. A business hedging transaction is a transaction that is entered into in the 

ordinary course of a taxpayer’s trade or business primarily to manage risk of price changes 

(including changes related to interest rates, currency fluctuations, or creditworthiness) with 

respect to ordinary property or ordinary obligations, and that is identified as a hedging 

transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired, originated, or entered into. A 

transaction would satisfy the identification requirement if it is identified as a business hedge for 

financial accounting purposes and it hedges price changes on ordinary property or obligations.
101

The proposal would eliminate or amend a number of provisions in the Code that address specific 

taxpayers and transactions, including section 475, section 1256 (mark to market and 60/40 

capital gain), section 1092 (tax straddles), section 1233 (short sales), section 1234 (gain or loss 

from an option), section 1234A (gains or losses from certain terminations), section 1258 

(conversion transactions), section 1259 (constructive sales transactions), and section 1260 

(constructive ownership transactions).

The proposal would apply to derivative contracts entered into after December 31, 2015.
102

MODIFY RULES THAT APPLY TO SALES OF LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS

Current Law

The seller of a life insurance contract generally must report as taxable income the difference 

between the amount received from the buyer and the adjusted basis in the contract, unless the 

buyer is a viatical settlement provider and the insured person is terminally or chronically ill. 

Under a transfer-for-value rule, the buyer of a previously issued life insurance contract who 

subsequently receives a death benefit generally is subject to tax on the difference between the 

death benefit received and the sum of the amount paid for the contract and premiums 

subsequently paid by the buyer. This rule does not apply if the buyer's basis is determined in 

whole or in part by reference to the seller's basis, nor does the rule apply if the buyer is the 

insured, a partner of the insured, a partnership in which the insured is a partner, or a corporation 

in which the insured is a shareholder or officer. 

Persons engaged in a trade or business that make payments of premiums, compensation, 

remunerations, other fixed or determinable gains, profits, and income, or certain other types of 

payments in the course of that trade or business to another person generally are required to report 

such payments of $600 or more to the IRS. However, reporting may not be required in some 

circumstances involving the purchase of a life insurance contract. 

Reasons for Change

Recent years have seen a significant increase in the number and size of life settlement 

transactions, wherein individuals sell previously-issued life insurance contracts to investors. 

Compliance is sometimes hampered by a lack of information reporting. In addition, the current 

law exceptions to the transfer-for-value rule may give investors the ability to structure a 

transaction to avoid paying tax on the profit when the insured person dies. 

Proposal

The proposal would require a person or entity who purchases an interest in an existing life 

insurance contract with a death benefit equal to or exceeding $500,000 to report the purchase 

price, the buyer's and seller's TINs, and the issuer and policy number to the IRS, to the insurance 

company that issued the policy, and to the seller. Upon the payment of any policy benefits to the 

buyer, the insurance company would be required to report the gross benefit payment, the buyer's 

TIN, and the insurance company's estimate of the buyer's basis to the IRS and to the payee. 

The proposal also would modify the transfer-for-value rule by eliminating the exception that 

currently applies if the buyer is a partner of the insured, a partnership in which the insured is a 

partner, or a corporation in which the insured is a shareholder or officer. Instead, under the 

proposal, the rule would not apply in the case of a transfer to the insured, or to a partnership or a 

corporation of which the insured is a 20-percent owner. Other exceptions to the rule would 

continue to apply. 
103

The proposal would apply to sales or assignment of interests in life insurance policies and 

payments of death benefits in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
104

MODIFY PRORATION RULES FOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL AND 

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

Current Law

Corporate taxpayers may generally qualify for a dividends-received deduction (DRD) with 

regard to dividends received from other domestic corporations, in order to prevent or limit 

taxable inclusion of the same income by more than one corporation. No DRD is allowed, 

however, in respect of any dividend on any share of stock (1) to the extent the taxpayer is under 

an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or 

related property, or (2) that is held by the taxpayer for 45 days or less during the 91-day period 

beginning on the date that is 45 days before the share becomes ex-dividend with respect to the 

dividend. For this purpose, the taxpayer’s holding period is reduced for any period in which the 

taxpayer has diminished its risk of loss by holding one or more positions with respect to 

substantially similar or related property.

In the case of a life insurance company, the DRD is permitted only with regard to the 

“company's share” of dividends received, reflecting the fact that some portion of the company's 

dividend income is used to fund tax-deductible reserves for its obligations to policyholders. 

Likewise, the net increase or net decrease in reserves is computed by reducing the ending 

balance of the reserve items by the policyholders’ share of tax-exempt interest. The regime for 

computing the company's share and policyholders’ share of net investment income is sometimes 

referred to as proration.

The policyholders’ share equals 100 percent less the company’s share, whereas the latter is equal 

to the company’s share of net investment income divided by net investment income. The 

company’s share of net investment income is the excess, if any, of net investment income over 

certain amounts, including “required interest,” that are set aside to satisfy obligations to 

policyholders. Required interest with regard to an account is calculated by multiplying a 

specified account earnings rate by the mean of the reserves with regard to the account for the 

taxable year.

A life insurance company's separate account assets, liabilities, and income are segregated from 

those of the company’s general account in order to support variable life insurance and variable 

annuity contracts. A company’s share and policyholders’ share are computed for the company’s 

general account and separately for each separate account.

Reasons for Change

The proration methodology currently used by some taxpayers may produce a company’s share 

that greatly exceeds the company’s economic interest in the net investment income earned by its 

separate account assets, generating controversy between life insurance companies and the IRS. 

The purposes of the proration regime would be better served, and life insurance companies 

would be treated more like other taxpayers with a diminished risk of loss in stock or an 

obligation to make related payments with respect to dividends, if the company's share bore a 

more direct relationship to the company's actual economic interest in the account.
105

Proposal

The proposal would replace the existing regime for prorating investment income of a life 

insurance company between the “company’s share” and the “policyholders’ share” with a 

proration regime that is simpler. As under current law, a company's share and policyholders’ 

share would be calculated for a life insurance company's general account and individually for 

each of its separate accounts. However, the policyholders’ share would equal the ratio of an 

account's mean reserves to its mean assets, and the company's share would equal one less the 

policyholders’ share. The proposal would thus put the company’s general and separate accounts 

on a similar footing to that of any other taxpayer with a diminished risk of loss in stock that it 

owns, or with an obligation to make related payments with regard to dividends. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
106

EXPAND PRO RATA INTEREST EXPENSE DISALLOWANCE FOR CORPORATEOWNED LIFE INSURANCE

Current Law

In general, no Federal income tax is imposed on a policyholder with respect to the earnings 

credited under a life insurance or endowment contract, and Federal income tax generally is 

deferred with respect to earnings under an annuity contract (unless the annuity contract is owned 

by a person other than a natural person). In addition, amounts received under a life insurance 

contract by reason of the death of the insured generally are excluded from gross income of the 

recipient.

Interest on policy loans or other indebtedness with respect to life insurance, endowment, or 

annuity contracts generally is not deductible, unless the insurance contract insures the life of a 

key person of the business. A key person includes a 20-percent owner of the business, as well as 

a limited number of the business' officers or employees. However, this interest disallowance rule 

applies to businesses only to the extent that the indebtedness can be traced to a life insurance, 

endowment, or annuity contract.

In addition, the interest deductions of a business other than an insurance company are reduced to 

the extent the interest is allocable to unborrowed policy cash values based on a statutory formula. 

An exception to the pro rata interest disallowance applies with respect to contracts that cover 

individuals who are officers, directors, employees, or 20-percent owners of the taxpayer. In the 

case of both life and non-life insurance companies, special proration rules similarly require 

adjustments to prevent or limit the funding of tax-deductible reserve increases with tax-preferred 

income, including earnings credited under life insurance, endowment, and annuity contracts that 

would be subject to the pro rata interest disallowance rule if owned by a non-insurance company. 

Reasons for Change

Leveraged businesses can fund deductible interest expenses with tax-exempt or tax-deferred 

income credited under life insurance, endowment, or annuity contracts insuring certain types of 

individuals. For example, these businesses frequently invest in investment-oriented insurance 

policies covering the lives of their employees, officers, directors, or owners. These entities 

generally do not take out policy loans or other indebtedness that is secured or otherwise traceable 

to the insurance contracts. Instead, they borrow from depositors or other lenders, or issue bonds. 

Similar tax arbitrage benefits result when insurance companies invest in certain insurance 

contracts that cover the lives of their employees, officers, directors, or 20-percent shareholders 

and fund deductible reserves with tax-exempt or tax-deferred income.

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the exception from the pro rata interest expense disallowance rule for 

contracts covering employees, officers, or directors, other than 20-percent owners of a business 

that is the owner or beneficiary of the contracts. 
107

The proposal would apply to contracts issued after December 31, 2015, in taxable years ending 

after that date. For this purpose, any material increase in the death benefit or other material 

change in the contract would be treated as a new contract except that in the case of a master 

contract, the addition of covered lives would be treated as a new contract only with respect to the 

additional covered lives.
108

CONFORM NET OPERATING LOSS RULES OF LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES TO 

THOSE OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

Current Law

Current law generally allows businesses to carry back a net operating loss (NOL) up to two 

taxable years preceding the taxable year of loss (loss year) and to carry forward an NOL up to 20 

taxable years following the loss year. Life insurance companies, however, that have a loss from 

operations (LO) – a life insurance company’s NOL equivalent – may carry back the LO up to 

three taxable years preceding the loss year, and carry forward an LO up to 15 taxable years 

following the loss year.

Prior to the enactment of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (TRA 1997), the provisions governing 

the carrying back and forward of NOLs specified a three-year carryback period and a 15-year 

carryforward period. A separate Code provision provided, and continues to do so, the carryback 

and carry forward periods for a life insurance company’s LO. TRA 1997 did not modify the LO 

carryback and carryforward periods to conform to the modified NOL carryback and carryforward 

periods.

Reasons for Change

A longer carryback period enhances the neutrality of the Code by allowing more opportunity for 

losses to be absorbed immediately, without potentially postponing a taxpayer’s refund or tax 

savings until the carried forward NOL is utilized. Nevertheless, there is not a compelling reason 

why losses incurred by life insurance companies should be assigned more favorable tax 

treatment under the Code than that granted other taxpayers.

Proposal

The proposal would reestablish NOL and LO conformity by allowing a life insurance company’s 

LO to be carried back up to two taxable years prior to the loss year, and carried forward 20 

taxable years following the loss year.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
109

OTHER REVENUE CHANGES AND LOOPHOLE CLOSERS

REPEAL LAST-IN, FIRST-OUT (LIFO) METHOD OF ACCOUNTING FOR 

INVENTORIES

Current Law

A taxpayer with inventory may determine the value of its inventory and its cost of goods sold 

using a number of different methods. The most prevalent method is the first-in, first-out (FIFO) 

method, which matches current sales with the costs of the earliest acquired (or manufactured) 

inventory items. As an alternative, a taxpayer may elect to use the LIFO method, which treats 

the most recently acquired (or manufactured) goods as having been sold during the year. The 

LIFO method can provide a tax benefit for a taxpayer facing rising inventory costs, since the cost 

of goods sold under this method is based on more recent, higher inventory values, resulting in 

lower taxable income. If inventory levels fall during the year, however, a LIFO taxpayer must 

include lower-cost LIFO inventory values (reflecting one or more prior-year inventory 

accumulations) in the cost of goods sold, and its taxable income will be correspondingly higher. 

To be eligible to elect LIFO for tax purposes, a taxpayer must use LIFO for financial accounting 

purposes. 

Reasons for Change

Repeal of the LIFO method would eliminate a tax deferral opportunity available to taxpayers that 

hold inventories, the costs of which increase over time. In addition, LIFO repeal would simplify 

the Code by removing a complex and burdensome accounting method that has been the source of 

controversy between taxpayers and the IRS.

International Financial Reporting Standards do not permit the use of the LIFO method, and their 

adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission would cause violations of the current 

LIFO book/tax conformity requirement. Repealing LIFO would remove this possible 

impediment to the implementation of these standards in the United States. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the use of the LIFO inventory accounting method for Federal income 

tax purposes. Taxpayers that currently use the LIFO method would be required to change their 

method of inventory accounting, resulting in the inclusion in income of prior-years’ LIFO 

inventory reserves (the amount of income deferred under the LIFO method). The resulting 

section 481(a) adjustment, which is a one-time increase in gross income, would be taken into 

account ratably over ten years, beginning with the year of change. 

The repeal is proposed to be effective for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 

2015.
110

REPEAL LOWER-OF-COST-OR-MARKET (LCM) INVENTORY ACCOUNTING 

METHOD

Current Law

Taxpayers required to maintain inventories are permitted to use a variety of methods to 

determine the cost of their ending inventories, including methods such as the last-in, first-out 

(LIFO) method, the first-in, first-out method, and the retail method. Taxpayers not using a LIFO 

method may: (1) write down the carrying values of their inventories by applying the LCM 

method instead of the cost method; and (2) write down the cost of “subnormal” goods (i.e., those 

that are unsalable at normal prices or unusable in the normal way because of damage, 

imperfection, or other similar causes).

Reasons for Change

The allowance of inventory write-downs under the LCM and subnormal goods provisions is an 

exception from the realization principle, and is essentially a one-way mark-to-market regime that 

understates taxable income. Thus, a taxpayer is able to obtain a larger cost-of-goods-sold 

deduction by writing down an item of inventory if its replacement cost falls below historical cost, 

but need not increase an item’s inventory value if its replacement cost increases above historical 

cost. This asymmetric treatment is unwarranted. Also, the market value used under LCM for tax 

purposes generally is the replacement or reproduction cost of an item of inventory, not the item’s 

net realizable value, as is required under generally accepted financial accounting rules. While 

the operation of the retail method is technically symmetric, it also allows retailers to obtain 

deductions for write-downs below inventory cost because of normal and anticipated declines in 

retail prices.

Proposal

The proposal would statutorily prohibit the use of the LCM and subnormal goods 

methods. Appropriate wash-sale rules also would be included to prevent taxpayers from 

circumventing the prohibition. The proposal would result in a change in the method of 

accounting for inventories for taxpayers currently using the LCM and subnormal goods methods, 

and any resulting section 481(a) adjustment generally would be included in income ratably over 

a four-year period beginning with the year of change.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
111

MODIFY LIKE-KIND EXCHANGE RULES FOR REAL PROPERTY AND 

COLLECTIBLES

Current Law

When capital assets are sold or exchanged, capital gain or loss is generally recognized. Under 

section 1031, however, no gain or loss is recognized when business or investment property is 

exchanged for “like-kind” business or investment property. As a result, the tax on capital gain is 

deferred until a later realization event, provided that certain requirements are met. The “likekind” standard under section 1031, which focuses on the legal character of the property, allows 

for deferral of tax on the exchange of improved and unimproved real estate. Certain properties, 

including stocks, bonds, notes or other securities or evidences of indebtedness are excluded from 

nonrecognition treatment under section 1031. Exchanges of art and collectibles for investment 

are eligible for deferral of gain under section 1031. 

Reasons for Change

There is little justification for allowing deferral of the capital gain on the exchange of real

property or art and collectibles. Historically, section 1031 deferral has been justified on the basis 

that valuing exchanged property is difficult. However, for the exchange of one property for 

another of equal value to occur, taxpayers must be able to value the properties. In addition, 

many, if not most, exchanges affected by this proposal are facilitated by qualified intermediaries 

who help satisfy the exchange requirement by selling the exchanged property and acquiring the 

replacement property. These complex three-party exchanges were not contemplated when the 

provision was enacted. They highlight the fact that valuation of exchanged property is not the 

hurdle it was when the provision was originally enacted. Further, the ability to exchange 

unimproved real estate for improved real estate encourages “permanent deferral” by allowing 

taxpayers to continue the cycle of tax deferred exchanges. 

Proposal

The proposal would limit the amount of capital gain deferred under section 1031 from the 

exchange of real property to $1 million (indexed for inflation) per taxpayer per taxable year. The 

proposal limits the amount of real estate gain that qualifies for deferral while preserving the 

ability of small businesses to generally continue current practices and maintain their investment 

in capital. In addition, art and collectibles would no longer be eligible for like-kind exchanges. 

Treasury would be granted regulatory authority necessary to implement the provision, including 

rules for aggregating multiple properties exchanged by related parties.

The provision would be effective for like-kind exchanges completed after December 31, 2015.
112

MODIFY DEPRECIATION RULES FOR PURCHASES OF GENERAL AVIATION 

PASSENGER AIRCRAFT 

Current Law

Under the depreciation rules, the recovery period for airplanes not used in commercial or 

contract carrying of passengers or freight (including corporate jets) generally is five years and 

the recovery period for airplanes and other assets (including ground property, but excluding 

helicopters) used in commercial or contract carrying of passengers or freight generally is seven 

years.

Reasons for Change

The shorter recovery period for depreciating airplanes not used in commercial or contract 

carrying of passengers or freight provides a tax preference for corporate jets and similar airplanes 

used primarily for transportation of passengers. To eliminate the preference for these airplanes 

over similar commercial transportation airplanes, their recovery periods should be harmonized.

Proposal

The proposal would define “general aviation passenger aircraft” to mean any airplane (including 

airframes and engines) not used in commercial or contract carrying of passengers or freight, but 

which primarily engages in the carrying of passengers (other than an airplane used primarily in 

emergency or emergency relief operations).

The proposal would increase the recovery period for depreciating general aviation passenger 

aircraft from five years to seven years. Correspondingly, for taxpayers using the alternative 

depreciation system, the recovery period for general aviation passenger aircraft would be 

extended to 12 years.

Any airplane not used in commercial or contract carrying of passengers or freight, but which is 

primarily engaged in non-passenger activities (e.g., crop dusting, firefighting, aerial surveying, 

etc.) and any helicopter would continue to be depreciated using a recovery period of five years 

(six years under the alternative depreciation system). 

The proposal would be effective for property placed in service after December 31, 2015.
113

EXPAND THE DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL BUILT-IN LOSS FOR PURPOSES OF 

PARTNERSHIP LOSS TRANSFERS

Current Law

Under section 743(b), a partnership does not adjust the basis of partnership property following 

the transfer of a partnership interest unless the partnership has made an election under section 

754 to make basis adjustments or the partnership has a substantial built-in loss. If an election is 

in effect or the partnership has a substantial built-in loss, adjustments are made with respect to 

the transferee partner to account for the difference between the transferee partner’s proportionate 

share of the adjusted basis of the partnership property and the transferee’s basis in its partnership 

interest. These adjustments are intended to adjust the basis of partnership property to 

approximate the result of a direct purchase of the property by the transferee partner. 

Prior to 2004, section 743(b) applied only if the partnership made an election under section 754. 

To prevent the duplication of losses, Congress amended section 743 to mandate section 743(b) 

adjustments if the partnership had a substantial built-in loss in its assets. Section 743(d) defines 

a substantial built-in loss by reference to the partnership’s adjusted basis – that is, there is a 

substantial built-in loss if the partnership’s adjusted basis in its assets exceeds by more than 

$250,000 the fair market value of such property. 

Reasons for Change

Although the 2004 amendments to section 743 prevent the duplication of losses where the 

partnership has a substantial built-in loss in its assets, it does not prevent the duplication of losses 

where the transferee partner would be allocated a net loss in excess of $250,000 if the 

partnership sold all of its assets in a fully taxable transaction for fair market value, but the 

partnership itself does not have a substantial built-in loss in its assets. 

Proposal

The proposal would amend section 743(d) to also measure a substantial built-in loss by reference 

to whether the transferee would be allocated a net loss in excess of $250,000 upon a hypothetical 

disposition by the partnership of all of the partnership’s assets, immediately after the transfer of 

the partnership interest, in a full taxable transaction for cash equal to the fair market value of the 

assets. 

The proposal would apply to sales or exchanges after the date of enactment.
114

EXTEND PARTNERSHIP BASIS LIMITATION RULES TO NONDEDUCTIBLE 

EXPENDITURES

Current Law

Section 704(d) provides that a partner’s distributive share of loss is allowed only to the extent of 

the partner’s adjusted basis in its partnership interest at the end of the partnership year in which 

such loss occurred. Any excess is allowed as a deduction at the end of the partnership year in 

which the partner has sufficient basis in its partnership interest to take the deductions. Section 

704(d) does not apply to partnership expenditures not deductible in computing partnership 

taxable income and not properly chargeable to capital account. 

Reasons for Change

Even though a partner’s distributive share of nondeductible expenditures reduces the partner’s 

basis in its partnership interest, such items are not subject to section 704(d), and the partner may 

deduct or credit them currently even if the partner’s basis in its partnership interest is zero. 

Proposal

The proposal would amend section 704(d) to allow a partner’s distributive share of expenditures 

not deductible in computing the partnership’s taxable income and not properly chargeable to 

capital account only to the extent of the partner’s adjusted basis in its partnership interest at the 

end of the partnership year in which such expenditure occurred. 

The proposal would apply to a partnership’s taxable year beginning on or after the date of 

enactment.
115

LIMIT THE IMPORTATION OF LOSSES UNDER RELATED PARTY LOSS 

LIMITATION RULES

Current Law

If a loss sustained by a transferor is disallowed under section 267(a)(1) or section 707(b)(1) 

because the transferor and transferee are related under section 267(b) or section 707(b)(1), 

section 267(d) provides that the transferee may reduce any gain the transferee later recognizes on 

a disposition of the transferred asset by the amount of the loss disallowed to the transferor. This 

has the effect of shifting the benefit of the loss from the transferor to the transferee. 

Reasons for Change

Because section 267(d) shifts the benefit of the loss from the transferor to the transferee, losses 

can be imported where gain or loss with respect to the property is not subject to Federal income 

tax in the hands of the transferor immediately before the transfer but any gain or loss with 

respect to the property is subject to Federal income tax in the hands of the transferee immediately 

after the transfer. 

Proposal

The proposal would amend section 267(d) to provide that the principles of section 267(d) do not 

apply to the extent gain or loss with respect to the property is not subject to Federal income tax 

in the hands of the transferor immediately before the transfer but any gain or loss with respect to 

the property is subject to Federal income tax in the hands of the transferee immediately after the 

transfer. 

The proposal would apply to transfers made after the date of enactment.
116

DENY DEDUCTION FOR PUNITIVE DAMAGES

Current Law

No deduction is allowed for a fine or similar penalty paid to a government for the violation of 

any law. If a taxpayer is convicted of a violation of the antitrust laws, or the taxpayer’s plea of 

guilty or nolo contendere to such a violation is entered or accepted in a criminal proceeding, no 

deduction is allowed for two-thirds of any amount paid or incurred on a judgment or in 

settlement of a civil suit brought under section 4 of the Clayton Antitrust Act on account of such 

violation or any related antitrust violation. Where neither of these two provisions is applicable, a 

deduction is allowed for damages paid or incurred as ordinary and necessary expenses in 

carrying on any trade or business, regardless of whether such damages are compensatory or 

punitive. 

Reasons for Change

The deductibility of punitive damage payments undermines the role of such damages in 

discouraging and penalizing certain undesirable actions or activities. 

Proposal

The proposal would disallow a deduction for punitive damages paid or incurred by the taxpayer, 

whether upon a judgment or in settlement of a claim. Where the liability for punitive damages is 

covered by insurance, such damages paid or incurred by the insurer would be included in the 

gross income of the insured person. The insurer would be required to report such payments to 

the insured person and to the IRS. 

The proposal would apply to damages paid or incurred after December 31, 2015.
117

CONFORM CORPORATE OWNERSHIP STANDARDS

Current Law

For tax-free transfers of assets to controlled corporations in exchange for stock, tax-free 

distributions of controlled corporations, and tax-free corporate reorganizations, “control” is 

defined in section 368 as the ownership of 80 percent of the voting stock and 80 percent of the 

number of shares of all other classes of stock of the corporation. The section 368 control test is 

also incorporated by cross-reference in other sections of the Code relating to discharge of 

indebtedness income, non-deductibility of interest on corporate acquisition indebtedness, 

installment obligations, qualified small business stock, and qualifying as an S corporation. In 

contrast, the “affiliation” test under section 1504 for permitting two or more corporations to file 

consolidated returns is the direct or indirect ownership by a parent corporation of at least 80 

percent of the total voting power of another corporation’s stock and at least 80 percent of the 

total value of the corporation’s stock. Several other Code provisions, including rules relating to 

tax-free parent-subsidiary liquidations, and qualified stock purchases and dispositions 

incorporate by cross-reference the affiliation test.

Prior to 1984, the affiliation test required ownership of 80 percent of the voting stock and 80 

percent of the number of shares of all other classes of stock of the corporation, similar to the 

control test. Congress amended the affiliation test in 1984 in response to concerns that 

corporations were filing consolidated returns under circumstances in which a parent 

corporation’s interest in the issuing corporation accounted for less than 80 percent of the equity 

value of such corporation. In 1986, the affiliation test became the ownership standard for taxfree parent-subsidiary liquidations and qualified stock purchases and dispositions. In 2006, the 

Code was amended to provide that the affiliation test applies to determine whether a distributing 

or controlled corporation satisfied the active trade or business requirement for a tax-free 

distribution of subsidiary stock.

Reasons for Change

By carefully allocating voting power among the shares of a corporation, taxpayers can 

manipulate the control test in order to qualify or not qualify, as desired, a transaction as tax-free 

(for example, a transaction could be structured to avoid tax-free treatment to recognize a loss). 

In addition, the absence of a value component allows corporations to retain control of a 

corporation but to “sell” a significant amount of the value of the corporation tax-free. Congress 

amended the affiliation test in 1984 to address similar concerns regarding the manipulation of the 

vote and value of affiliated corporations. A uniform ownership test for corporate transactions 

will also reduce complexity currently caused by these inconsistent tests.

Proposal

The proposal would conform the control test under section 368 with the affiliation test under 

section 1504. Thus, “control” would be defined as the ownership of at least 80 percent of the 

total voting power and at least 80 percent of the total value of stock of a corporation. For this 
118

purpose, stock would not include certain preferred stock that meets the requirements of section 

1504(a)(4).

The proposal would be effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2015.
119

TAX CORPORATE DISTRIBUTIONS AS DIVIDENDS

Current Law

Section 301 provides rules for characterizing a distribution of property by a corporation to a 

shareholder. The amount of the distribution is first treated as a dividend under section 301(c)(1) 

to the extent of the distributing corporation’s applicable earnings and profits. Outside the 

corporate reorganization and spin-off contexts, section 316 provides that all of a corporation’s 

current and accumulated earnings and profits are taken into account in determining the extent to 

which a distribution of property made by the corporation is taxed as a dividend. The amount of 

the corporation’s earnings and profits at the time the distribution is made is not controlling. 

Rather, earnings and profits of a corporation are generally computed on a standalone basis as of 

the close of the corporation’s taxable year in which the distribution is made without diminution 

as a result of distributions made during the taxable year. Special rules apply for consolidated 

groups, and in the case of a deemed dividend resulting from a sale of stock of a controlled 

foreign corporation (CFC), as defined in section 957.

The portion of the distribution received by the shareholder that is not a dividend is applied 

against and reduces the shareholder’s adjusted basis of the corporation’s stock under section 

301(c)(2), and any amount distributed in excess of the shareholder’s basis that is not a dividend 

is treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property under section 301(c)(3). The shareholder 

takes a basis in the distributed property equal to its fair market value under section 301(d).

Generally, the corporation is required to recognize under section 311(b) any gain realized on the 

distribution of any appreciated property to a shareholder (and its earnings and profits are 

increased by such gain under section 312), but does not recognize under section 311(a) any loss 

realized on a distribution of property with respect to its stock. Although the corporation does not 

recognize a loss, its earnings and profits are decreased under section 312 by the sum of the 

amount of money, the principal amount or issue price of any obligations (as the case may be), 

and the adjusted basis of any other property, so distributed.

If an actual or deemed redemption of stock is treated under section 302 as equivalent to the 

receipt of a dividend by a shareholder, the shareholder’s basis in any remaining stock of the 

corporation is increased by the shareholder’s basis in the redeemed stock. In addition, if a 

subsidiary corporation acquires in exchange for cash or other property stock of a direct or 

indirect corporate shareholder issued by that corporation (often referred to as “hook stock”), the 

issuing corporation does not recognize gain or loss (or any income) under section 1032 upon the 

receipt of the subsidiary’s cash or other property in exchange for issuing the hook stock.

If as part of a corporate reorganization a shareholder receives in exchange for stock of the target 

corporation both stock and property not permitted to be received without the recognition of gain 

(often referred to as “boot”), the exchanging shareholder is required to recognize under section 

356(a)(1) gain equal to the lesser of the gain realized in the exchange or the amount of boot 

received (commonly referred to as the “boot-within-gain” limitation). If the exchange has the 

effect of the distribution of a dividend, then section 356(a)(2) provides that all or part of the gain 

recognized by the exchanging shareholder is treated as a dividend to the extent of the 
120

shareholder’s ratable share of the corporation’s earnings and profits. The remainder of the gain 

(if any) is treated as gain from the exchange of property.

Reasons for Change

Corporations have devised many ways to avoid dividend treatment under current law. For 

example, corporations can enter into preparatory transactions to eliminate a corporation’s 

earnings and profits or shift the corporation’s earnings and profits to a prior or subsequent tax 

year. Corporations also enter into transactions (so-called “leveraged distributions”) to avoid 

dividend treatment upon a distribution by having a corporation with earnings and profits provide 

funds (for example, through a loan) to a related corporation with no or little earnings and profits, 

but in which the distributee shareholder has high stock basis. In addition, because current law 

permits a corporation to receive cash without recognizing any income in exchange for issuing its 

stock, subsidiaries may distribute property tax-free to corporate shareholders in exchange for 

hook stock issued by such shareholder. 

Under current law, these types of transactions reduce earnings and profits for the year in which a 

distribution is made without a commensurate reduction in a corporation’s dividend paying 

capacity. Such transactions are inconsistent with a corporate tax regime in which earnings and 

profits are viewed as measuring a corporation’s dividend-paying capacity, and these transactions 

inappropriately result in the avoidance of dividend treatment for the corporation’s shareholders. 

Finally, there is not a significant policy reason to vary the tax treatment of a distribution received 

in a reorganization (and currently subject to the boot-within-gain limitation of section 356) with 

the treatment afforded ordinary distributions under section 301.

Proposal

The Administration proposes to amend the Code to ensure that a transfer of property by a 

corporation to its shareholder better reflects the corporation’s dividend-paying capacity.

Prevent elimination of earnings and profits through distributions of certain stock with basis 

attributable to dividend equivalent redemptions 

The proposal would amend section 312(a)(3) to provide that earnings and profits are reduced by 

the basis in any distributed high-basis stock determined without regard to basis adjustments 

resulting from actual or deemed dividend equivalent redemptions or any series of distributions or 

transactions undertaken with a view to create and distribute high-basis stock of any corporation.

The proposal would be effective on the date of enactment.

Prevent use of leveraged distributions from related foreign corporations to avoid dividend

treatment

The proposal would treat a leveraged distribution from a corporation (distributing corporation) to 

its shareholder(s) that is treated as a recovery of basis as the receipt of a dividend directly from a 

related corporation (funding corporation) to the extent the funding corporation funded the 
121

distribution with a principal purpose of not treating the distribution as a dividend from the 

funding corporation. This proposal revises the Administration’s previous proposal to disregard a 

shareholder’s basis in stock of a distributing corporation for purposes of recovering such basis 

under section 301(c)(2).

The proposal would be effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2015.

Treat purchases of hook stock by a subsidiary as giving rise to deemed distributions 

The proposal would disregard a subsidiary’s purchase of hook stock for property so that the 

property used to purchase the hook stock gives rise to a deemed distribution from the purchasing 

subsidiary (through any intervening entities) to the issuing corporation. The hook stock would 

be treated as being contributed by the issuer (through any intervening entities) to the subsidiary. 

The proposal would grant the Secretary authority to prescribe regulations to treat purchases of 

interests in shareholder entities other than corporations in a similar manner and provide rules 

related to hook stock within a consolidated group.

The proposal would be effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2015.

Repeal gain limitation for dividends received in reorganization exchanges 

The proposal would repeal the boot-within-gain limitation in reorganization transactions in 

which the shareholder’s exchange is treated under section 356(a)(2) as having the effect of the 

distribution of a dividend. For this purpose, the Administration also proposes to align the 

available pool of earnings and profits to test for dividend treatment with the rules of section 316 

governing ordinary distributions.

The proposal would be effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2015.
122

REPEAL FEDERAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS ACT (FICA) TIP CREDIT

Current Law

Employee tip income is treated as employer-provided wages subject to income and employment 

taxes under FICA. Employees who receive tips of $20 or more in a calendar month are required 

to report the amount of tips to their employers. Employers are responsible for withholding 

employee income tax and the employee’s share of FICA taxes and paying the employer’s share 

of FICA taxes on the reported tips.

An eligible employer may claim a credit against the business’s income taxes for FICA taxes paid 

on certain tip wages. The credit applies to the employer’s share of FICA taxes paid on the 

portion of tips, when added to the employee’s non-tip wages, in excess of $5.15 per hour. The 

credit applies only with respect to FICA taxes paid on tips received from customers in 

connection with the providing, delivering, or serving of food or beverages for consumption if the 

tipping of employees providing, delivering or serving food or beverages by customers is 

customary. The credit against income tax is for the full amount of eligible FICA taxes. The 

credit is available whether or not the employee reports the tips on which the employer FICA 

taxes were paid. The credit is non-refundable and subject to carryback and carryforward 

provisions. Employers cannot deduct from taxable income the amount of FICA taxes taken into 

account in determining the credit. A taxpayer may elect not to have the credit apply for a taxable 

year. 

Reasons for Change

The current FICA tip credit is inefficient and inequitable. The favorable tax treatment on tips 

relative to other cash compensation unduly encourages employers to provide income in the form 

of tips instead of wages. In addition, while the credit was intended to address underreporting of 

tip income, the FICA tax gap on tip income remains large in the applicable industries and the 

credit costs far more than any positive effect on tax compliance. Further, only certain employers 

in the food and beverage service sectors are entitled to a tax credit for the FICA taxes they pay 

on employee tip income. No other industries in which the tipping of employees is customary 

receive a similar tax credit, and the current FICA tip credit is unfair to taxpayers who are 

voluntarily compliant with tax law without receiving any tax subsidy. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the income tax credit for FICA taxes an employer pays on tips. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
123

REPEAL THE EXCISE TAX CREDIT FOR DISTILLED SPIRITS WITH FLAVOR 

AND WINE ADDITIVES

Current Law

Distilled spirits are currently taxed at a rate of $13.50 per proof-gallon. (A proof-gallon is one 

liquid gallon of spirits that is 50 percent alcohol (100 proof) at 60 degrees F). Some distilled 

spirits are flavored with additives. Section 5010 allows a credit against the $13.50 per proof 

gallon excise tax on distilled spirits for flavor and wine additives, reducing the effective excise 

rate paid on distilled spirits with such content. The credit is available on distilled spirits that are 

produced in the U.S. as well as on distilled spirits that are imported into the U.S. 

The value of the section 5010 credit comes from two sources: (1) up to 2.5 percent of the 

distilled spirits in a mixture that comes from flavors is tax-exempt, though flavors above this 

level are taxed at the distilled spirit rate, and (2) the wine component of the additive is taxed at 

the wine rate, which is less than the tax rate on distilled spirits.

Reasons for Change

The tax credit introduces differences in the prices of similar goods, and thereby distorts decisions 

by producers and consumers. Consumers may favor distilled spirit products with additives 

because of their comparatively lower price, relative to similar products with the same overall 

alcohol content but without additives. In addition, the credit encourages producers to use 

additives. In the first year following the enactment of the credit (1981), roughly one million 

proof-gallons of wines and flavors were mixed with 300 million proof-gallons of spirits. Since 

then the volume of wines and flavors have increased substantially while the volume of spirits 

used in mixed products has stayed roughly constant. In 2013, 12.6 million proof gallons of 

wines and flavors were mixed with 330 million gallons of spirits within the United States.

The credit creates tax advantages for foreign producers and production compared to domestic 

production. Some countries allow greater use of additives than the U.S. allows. This can lead to 

larger credits for foreign producers. In addition, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau 

(TTB) of the U.S. Treasury does not have the authority for on-site audits of foreign producers. 

In contrast, TTB can perform on-site audits of domestic producers to verify the additives used. 

Calculating the credit and enforcing compliance with the provision is complicated for producers 

and TTB, as it requires information about the specific components of the beverage rather than 

alcohol content alone. Repeal would raise revenue and simplify tax collections. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the section 5010 credit for distilled spirits and tax all distilled spirit 

beverages at the $13.50 per proof-gallon rate.

The proposal would be effective for all spirits produced in or imported into the United States 

after December 31, 2015.
124
125

BUDGET PROPOSALS

The Administration’s receipt proposals begin the process of comprehensively reforming the 

Internal Revenue Code to help address the challenges that working families face. These 

proposals help make work pay by expanding the EITC for workers without qualifying children 

and creating a new second earner credit, reform and simplify tax incentives that help families 

save for retirement and pay for college and child care, and reform capital gains taxation to 

eliminate a loophole that lets substantial capital gains income escape tax. They also reduce the 

deficit and make the tax system fairer by eliminating a number of tax loopholes and reducing tax 

benefits for higher-income taxpayers. The Administration’s proposals that affect receipts are 

described below.
126

TAX REFORM FOR FAMILIES AND INDIVIDUALS

REFORM CHILD CARE TAX INCENTIVES

Current Law

Taxpayers with child or dependent care expenses who are working or looking for work are 

eligible for a nonrefundable tax credit that partially offsets these expenses. Married couples are 

eligible only if they file a joint return, and either both spouses are working or looking for work or 

one spouse is working or looking for work and the other is attending school full-time. To qualify 

for this benefit, the child and dependent care expenses must be for either (1) a child under age 

thirteen when the care was provided, or (2) a disabled dependent of any age with the same place 

of abode as the taxpayer. 

Eligible taxpayers may claim the credit of up to 35 percent of up to $3,000 in eligible expenses 

for one child or dependent and up to $6,000 in eligible expenses for more than one child or 

dependent. The credit rate decreases by one percentage point for every $2,000 (or part thereof) 

of AGI over $15,000 until the percentage of expenses reaches 20 percent (at incomes above 

$43,000). There are no other income limits. The phase-down point and the amount of expenses 

eligible for the credit are not indexed for inflation. 

Taxpayers may also be offered dependent care assistance through their employers. Employers 

may provide assistance directly or, more commonly, allow employees to set aside funds for child 

and dependent care in a flexible spending account (FSA). Up to $5,000 in assistance or 

employee contributions is excludable from employee wages for income and payroll tax purposes 

($2,500 for married persons filing separate returns). As with the child and dependent care tax 

credit, excluded amounts must be used to provide care for a child who is under age 13 or a 

disabled dependent, so that the taxpayer can work or look for work (or, in the case of one spouse 

in a married couple, attend school). The maximum allowable expense for child and dependent 

care for purposes of the credit must be reduced by any employer assistance that is excluded from 

wages. For example, a taxpayer who sets aside $5,000 for expenses in a child care FSA may not 

claim any credit for expenses paid for only one child and a may claim a credit on expenses of up 

to $1,000 for two or more children.

Reasons for Change

Access to affordable child care is a barrier to employment or further schooling for some 

individuals. Although the child and dependent care tax credit partially offsets these costs, the 

value of the credit has eroded over time because income level at which the credit begins to 

phase-down and the expense limit are not indexed for inflation. 

Dependent care flexible spending accounts provide tax benefits to workers with children, but are 

not universally offered by employers, thereby creating inequities across families. Furthermore, 

participation in a flexible spending account requires taxpayers to predict how much child care 

expenses will be incurred and could result in a loss of income if the total amount allocated is not 

spent.
127

Child care costs are particularly high among families with children under age five because these 

children are generally too young to attend elementary school and because care for very young 

children may be more expensive. In addition to imposing a financial burden on working 

families, these additional costs are an impediment to reentry into the workforce by parents. 

Empirical evidence suggests that mothers of children under age five have lower rates of labor 

force participation and employment than mothers of older children, suggesting that child care 

costs may delay employment for mothers who would prefer to return to market work. Expanding 

child care assistance to taxpayers with children reduces disincentives for these parents to 

participate in the labor force or in education programs. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal dependent care flexible spending accounts, increase the child and 

dependent care credit, and create a larger credit for taxpayers with children under age five. The 

income level at which the current-law credit begins to phase down would be increased from 

$15,000 to $120,000, such that the rate reaches 20 percent at income above $148,000. Taxpayers 

with young children could claim a child care credit of up to 50 percent of expenses up to $6,000 

($12,000 for two young children). The credit rate for the young child credit would phase down 

at a rate of one percentage point for every $2,000 (or part thereof) of AGI over $120,000 until

the rate reaches 20 percent for taxpayers with incomes above $178,000. The expense limits and 

income at which the credit rates begin to phase down would be indexed for inflation for both 

young children and other dependents after 2016.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
128

SIMPLIFY AND BETTER TARGET TAX BENEFITS FOR EDUCATION

Current Law

The tax code includes several benefits to help families pay for higher education.

Education tax credits 

ARRA created the American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC) to replace the Hope Scholarship 

credit. Taxpayers may claim an AOTC for 100 percent of the first $2,000 plus 25 percent of the 

next $2,000 of qualified tuition and related expenses for a maximum credit of $2,500 for each 

student enrolled in an eligible educational institution at least half-time. Taxpayers with little or 

no income tax liability may still claim 40 percent of the otherwise allowable AOTC, or a 

maximum of $1,000, as a refundable credit. The AOTC is available for the first four years of 

postsecondary education. Expenses incurred by a dependent are treated as being paid by the 

taxpayer claiming the dependent exemption. However, students who could be, but are not, 

claimed as a dependent on someone else’s tax return may claim the nonrefundable portion of the 

AOTC for themselves on their own tax return if they are otherwise eligible. The AOTC phases 

out for taxpayers with AGI between $80,000 and $90,000 ($160,000 and $180,000 for joint 

filers). Neither the AOTC expense amounts nor income phaseout limits are indexed for inflation. 

The AOTC expires after December 31, 2017, at which time the more limited Hope Scholarship 

credit will again be available.

Taxpayers who do not claim the AOTC may be eligible to claim a nonrefundable Lifetime 

Learning Credit of 20 percent of up to $10,000 in qualified tuition and related expenses for a 

maximum credit of $2,000 per return, per year. Unlike the AOTC and Hope Scholarship credit, 

a student may be eligible for the Lifetime Learning Credit for an unlimited number of years and 

may be enrolled less than half-time. In 2015, the Lifetime Learning Credit phases out between 

$55,000 and $65,000 of AGI ($110,000 and $130,000 if married filing jointly). The Lifetime 

Learning Credit expense limit is not indexed for inflation but the Lifetime Learning Credit 

phaseout limit is indexed for inflation. 

Taxpayers who receive scholarships or grants that are used to pay for qualifying expenses 

(tuition, fees, or books, for example) may choose to exclude them from the gross income of the 

student. However, any scholarship or grant that is excluded from gross income must be 

subtracted from expenses that might otherwise qualify for an AOTC or Lifetime Learning Credit. 

Thus, Pell Grants that are not included in income reduce the amount of expenses that qualify for 

an AOTC or Lifetime Learning Credit. Typically, Pell Grant recipients are among the neediest 

students. The vast majority of recipients have family income under $30,000. The maximum Pell 

Grant for the 2014-2015 award year is $5,730.

 

Form 1098-T reporting of tuition expenses and scholarships

Form 1098-T is used to verify education spending for education-related tax benefits. Institutions 

of higher learning are generally required to file an information return (Form 1098-T) each year 

for each enrolled student. When filing Form 1098-T, institutions have the choice of reporting 
129

payments received for qualified tuition and related expenses (Box 1) or amounts billed for 

qualified tuition and related expenses (Box 2) in a given tax year. 

Institutions of higher education are also required to report scholarships and grants (Box 5) that 

they administer or distribute (for instance Pell Grants). Other entities that provide scholarships 

and grants are not required to file Form 1098-T to report these amounts to students or to the IRS. 

Student loans

Students with higher-education expenses may be eligible to borrow money for their education 

privately or through Federal programs. Taxpayers who pay interest on Federal or other 

education loans may be eligible to deduct up to $2,500 of such interest paid from gross income 

whether or not they itemize deductions. The student loan interest deduction phases out for 

taxpayers with modified AGI between $65,000 and $80,000 ($130,000 and $160,000 if married 

filing jointly) in 2015. 

To reduce Federal student loan repayment burden and defaults, these programs include a number 

of income-driven payment plan options that decrease monthly payments and limit the number of 

years that payments will be required before the loans are forgiven. For example, under the 

recently expanded Pay-As-You-Earn (PAYE) plan, monthly payments are limited to 10 percent 

of AGI in excess of 150 percent of the Federal poverty line and debt is forgiven after payments 

have been made for 20 years. Like most forgiven debt, the forgiven balance is income to the 

borrower and subject to individual income tax. 

Generally, tax return information, including taxpayer identity information (the name, address, 

and TIN of the person with respect to whom a return is filed), is confidential and can only be 

used for tax administration. An exception permits the disclosure of taxpayer identity information 

to the Department of Education, and re-disclosure by the Department of Education to certain 

lenders, guarantee agencies, and educational institutions, for purposes of collecting defaulted 

student loans. 

Indian Health Service (IHS) Scholarship Programs and Loan Forgiveness Programs

The IHS Health Professions Scholarship Program and IHS Loan Forgiveness Program improve 

access to medical care for Indian and Alaska Natives by providing physicians and other health 

professionals to IHS facilities. Participants in the scholarship program commit to a term of 

employment at IHS facilities upon completion of their training. Participants in the loan 

repayment program serve at IHS facilities in exchange for loan repayment. Because the 

scholarship includes a work obligation, the scholarship funds are considered ordinary income 

and subject to taxation. Loan amounts repaid on behalf of program participants are also 

considered ordinary income and subject to taxation.

The National Health Service Corps (NHSC) operates two similar health programs; in fact, IHS 

facilities are approved locations for NHSC participants. In contrast to the IHS, participants in 

the NHSC scholarship program may exclude scholarship amounts used for qualifying expenses 

from income, and participants in the NHSC loan program may exclude any loan amounts repaid 
130

on their behalf from income. Some States operate loan programs that receive the same tax 

treatment as the NHSC loan program. The military offers the Armed Forces Health Professions 

scholarships, which receive the same preferential tax treatment as the NHSC scholarship 

program.

Education Savings Accounts

There are two types of Education Savings Accounts (ESAs) under current law, Coverdell ESAs 

and savings plans offered as part of a Qualified Tuition Programs (QTPs are also known as 

section 529 plans). QTPs include both pre-paid tuition plans and savings plans. QTPs (with one 

exception) are run by the States. Under the pre-paid tuition plans, families purchase or “pre-pay” 

for a certain number of credit hours with the expectation that their child will attend a public 

college or university in the State or at a participating private college or university. Under 

savings plans, families save for college by investing in one or more of the portfolios offered by a 

State savings plan. 

Contributions to Coverdell ESAs and QTP savings plans are not deductible from income. 

Contributions to Coverdell ESAs are limited to $2,000 per tax return per year and the allowable 

contribution amount is phased out between modified AGI of $95,000 and $110,000 ($190,000

and $220,000 if filing a joint return). Contribution amounts to QTP savings plans are virtually 

unlimited, and there are no income limitations on the contributors. Earnings on investments in 

Coverdell ESAs and QTP savings plans accrue tax free, and distributions for qualified expenses 

are not taxed. If the distributions are not used for qualified education expenses because the 

beneficiary died or received a scholarship the share of distributions attributable to earnings on 

the contributions are subject to income tax. If the distributions are otherwise not used for 

qualified education expenses, the distributions attributable to earnings are subject to income tax 

and a 10-percent additional tax. 

Reasons for Change

Providing multiple tax benefits for higher education creates needless complexity and taxpayer 

burden. Recent research has found that when faced with multiple tax benefits, a substantial 

number of taxpayers do not select the benefit that offers the largest reduction in tax liability.

The AOTC makes college more affordable for millions of families. Because the AOTC is 

partially refundable, families without a sufficient income tax liability who could not benefit from 

the Hope Scholarship credit or the Lifetime Learning Credit can benefit from the AOTC. But the 

AOTC could do more to help low- and moderate-income families and to help students complete 

their degrees. Less than half of the AOTC credit is refundable and the formula for computing the 

refundable portion is unnecessarily complicated. The AOTC is also only available for the first 

four years of postsecondary education and for four tax years when most students take more than 

four tax years to complete a bachelor’s degree, including students who matriculate in the fall and 

graduate in four years. Meanwhile, some high-income families are benefitting from a loophole 

in current law that allows their children to claim a nonrefundable AOTC if the parents do not 

claim them on their tax return, thus avoiding the AOTC’s income limits. 
131

The lack of coordination between Federal grant and tax benefits is also preventing many lowincome students from benefitting from the tax credits. Many students eligible for a Pell Grant 

are also eligible for education tax credits. However, in order to claim those tax benefits, students 

who receive a Pell Grant may need to use some or all of their Pell Grant to pay for living 

expenses and include that portion of the Pell Grant in income. Calculating the optimal amount of 

scholarships to include in gross income is very complicated and may require students to pay tax 

on their Pell Grant. Excluding the entire Pell Grant from gross income and from the AOTC or 

Lifetime Learning Credit calculation would make it easier for students to claim benefits for 

which they are currently eligible and to benefit more completely from both programs.

The lack of complete information reporting may also be preventing some students from 

benefitting from the tax credits. Currently, Form 1098-T may not provide all the information 

that taxpayers need to claim an education tax credit or to properly report taxable scholarship 

income. Many institutions that file Form 1098-T report amounts billed. However only amounts 

paid in a given tax year qualify for a tax credit in that tax year. (Amounts billed will not qualify 

for the credits if the amount was paid in a different tax year.) Scholarships that are paid directly 

to students rather than administered by schools are not reported on Form 1098-T to students or to 

the IRS. Requiring institutions of higher learning to report amounts paid and requiring reporting 

of all scholarships will assist taxpayers in preparing their returns and allow IRS to monitor and 

improve compliance.

Many students finance their educations with student loans, sometimes at levels that are difficult 

to manage at their post-education incomes. More immediate and direct assistance, such as 

through tax credits to offset expenses while the student is enrolled, are likely to be more effective 

than the student loan interest deduction in helping students complete their educations and 

achieve financial security. 

In addition, income-driven payment plans are more effective in helping graduates manage debt 

burden than the student loan interest deduction. Individuals who have their student loans 

forgiven under PAYE or other income-driven repayment plans will have been making payments 

for many years. Many of these individuals will have had low incomes relative to their debt 

burden for much or all of this time. For many of these individuals, paying the tax on the 

forgiven amounts will be difficult. 

Locating delinquent borrowers and providing them with payment options before they default on 

their student loans is often difficult because of the lack of current name and address information. 

Many of these delinquent borrowers are eligible for income-driven repayment plans.

The IHS Health Professions Scholarship and IHS Loan Forgiveness Program are very similar to 

other programs intended to increase the availability of health care services to underserved 

populations that receive preferred tax treatment, and should therefore receive similar tax 

treatment. 
132

Proposal

The adjusted baseline for the Budget makes the AOTC a permanent replacement for the Hope 

Scholarship credit. 

Expand and modify the AOTC and repeal Lifetime Learning Credits

To further increase tax benefits available to students while they are in college and simplify the 

claiming of tax benefits, the Administration proposes to replace the Lifetime Learning Credit and 

student loan interest deduction with an expanded AOTC. The expanded AOTC would be 

available for the first five years of postsecondary education and for five tax years. It would 

expand eligibility to include less than half-time undergraduate students. The proposal would 

simplify and increase the refundable portion of the AOTC, and it would index expense limits and 

the refundable amount for inflation after 2016. 

Eligible students attending school at least half-time would still be able to claim an AOTC equal 

to 100 percent of the first $2,000 of eligible expenses and 25 percent of the next $2,000 of 

eligible expenses. The first $1,500 of the otherwise allowable credit would be refundable. 

Eligible students attending school less than half-time would be able to claim a part-time AOTC 

equal to 50 percent of the first $2,000 of eligible expenses plus 12.5 percent of the next $2,000 of 

eligible expenses. The first $750 of the part-time AOTC would be refundable. 

Under the proposal, students who can be claimed as a dependent on someone else’s tax return 

could no longer claim the nonrefundable portion of the AOTC on their own return. 

Make Pell Grants excludable from income

To further simplify education benefits for low-income students, the proposal would exclude all 

Pell Grants from gross income and the AOTC calculation, such that taxpayers can claim an 

AOTC without reducing eligible expenses for claiming the credit by the amount of their Pell 

Grant. 

Modify reporting of tuition expenses and scholarships on Form 1098-T

The proposal would require institutions of higher education to report amounts paid, not billed, on 

Form 1098-T and require any entity issuing a scholarship or grant in excess of $500 (indexed for 

inflation after 2016) that is not processed or administered by an institution of higher education to 

report the scholarship or grant on Form 1098-T. 

Repeal the student loan interest deduction and provide exclusion for certain debt relief and 

scholarships

The Administration proposes four changes to the tax rules governing student loans. First, the 

proposal would repeal the deduction for student loan interest for new students. New students 

would benefit from the expanded AOTC, reducing their need to borrow, and recently expanded 

income-driven repayment (IDR) options are better targeted and more effective approaches to 
133

reducing the burden of student loan repayment. These IDR programs limit payments to 

affordable levels and forgive remaining balances after a limited repayment period. The proposal 

would exclude the forgiven portion of a Federal student loan from gross income. 

Second, the proposal would conform the tax treatment of loan amounts repaid by IHS to the tax 

treatment of loan amounts paid by NHSC and certain State programs intended to increase the 

availability of health care services to underserved populations. Third, the proposal would also 

conform the tax treatment of IHS Health Professions Scholarships to the tax treatment of NHSC 

scholarships and Armed Forces Health Professions (AFHP) scholarships. 

Fourth, the proposal would allow the Secretary to disclose identifying information to the 

Department of Education for the purpose of contacting late-stage delinquent borrowers to inform 

them about options for avoiding default. The proposal would also allow the Department of 

Education to re-disclose this information, as under current law for defaulted borrowers, to certain 

lenders, guarantee agencies, and educational institutions for this purpose.

Repeal Coverdells and reduce the Federal tax benefits of qualified tuition programs

To help pay for the expanded benefits, the Administration proposes to repeal Coverdell ESAs 

and reduce the Federal tax benefits allowed to qualified tuition programs, also known as section 

529 ESAs. No new contributions would be allowed to Coverdell ESAs. Qualifying distributions 

of earnings on contributions to Coverdell and section 529 ESAs made prior to the date of 

enactment would continue to be excludable from gross income. Distributions of earnings on 

contributions to section 529 ESAs made after the date of enactment would no longer be 

excludable from gross income but would still benefit from being includable only in the gross 

income of the student beneficiary, not the gross income of the account holder.

The proposal would generally be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015, 

except that the provisions regarding student loan forgiveness would be effective for discharges of 

loans after December 31, 2015 and the provisions expanding disclosure of taxpayer identifying 

information for late-stage delinquency would be effective upon enactment. 

 
134

PROVIDE FOR AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT IN IRAS, INCLUDING A SMALL 

EMPLOYER TAX CREDIT, INCREASE THE TAX CREDIT FOR SMALL 

EMPLOYER PLAN START-UP COSTS, AND PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL TAX 

CREDIT FOR SMALL EMPLOYER PLANS NEWLY OFFERING AUTOENROLLMENT

Current Law

A number of tax-preferred, employer-sponsored retirement savings programs exist under current 

law. These include section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangements, section 403(b) programs for 

public schools and charitable organizations, section 457 plans for governments and nonprofit 

organizations, and simplified employee pensions (SEPs) and SIMPLE plans for small employers. 

Small employers (those with no more than 100 employees) that adopt a new qualified retirement, 

SEP or SIMPLE plan are entitled to a temporary business tax credit equal to 50 percent of the 

employer’s plan “start-up costs,” which are the expenses of establishing or administering the 

plan, including expenses of retirement-related employee education with respect to the plan. The 

credit is limited to a maximum of $500 per year for three years. 

Individuals who do not have access to an employer-sponsored retirement savings arrangement 

may be eligible to make smaller tax-favored contributions to IRAs. 

For 2015, IRA contributions are limited to $5,500 a year (plus $1,000 for those age 50 or older). 

Section 401(k) plans can permit contributions (employee plus employer contributions) of up to 

$53,000 a year (of which $18,000 can be pre-tax employee contributions) plus $6,000 of 

additional pre-tax employee contributions for those age 50 or older.

Reasons for Change

Tens of millions of U.S. households have not placed themselves on a path to become financially 

prepared for retirement. In addition, the proportion of U.S. workers participating in employersponsored plans has remained stagnant for decades at no more than about half the total work 

force, notwithstanding repeated private- and public-sector efforts to expand coverage. Many 

employees eligible to participate in an employer-sponsored retirement savings plan such as a 

401(k) plan do not participate, but making saving easier by making it automatic has been shown 

to be remarkably effective at boosting participation. 

Beginning in 1998, Treasury and the IRS issued a series of rulings and other guidance defining, 

permitting, and encouraging automatic enrollment in 401(k) and other plans (i.e., enrolling 

employees by default unless they opt out). Automatic enrollment was further facilitated by the 

Pension Protection Act of 2006. In 401(k) plans, automatic enrollment has tended to increase 

participation rates to more than nine out of ten eligible employees. In contrast, for workers who 

lack access to a retirement plan at their workplace and are eligible to engage in tax-favored 

retirement saving by taking the initiative and making the decisions required to establish and 

contribute to an IRA, the IRA participation rate tends to be less than one out of ten.

 
135

Numerous employers, especially those with smaller or lower-wage work forces, have been 

reluctant to adopt a retirement plan for their employees, in part out of concern about their ability 

to afford the cost of making employer contributions or the per-capita cost of complying with taxqualification and ERISA (Employee Retirement Income Security Act) requirements. These 

employers could help their employees save – without employer contributions or plan 

qualification or ERISA compliance – simply by making their payroll systems available as a 

conduit for regularly transmitting employee contributions to an employee’s IRA. Such “payroll 

deduction IRAs” could build on the success of workplace-based payroll-deduction saving by 

using the capacity to promote saving that is inherent in employer payroll systems, and the effort 

to help employees save would be especially effective if automatic enrollment were used. 

However, despite efforts more than a decade ago by the Department of the Treasury, the IRS, 

and the Department of Labor to approve and promote the option of payroll deduction IRAs, few 

employers have adopted them or even are aware that this option exists. 

Accordingly, requiring employers that do not sponsor any retirement plan (and meet other 

criteria such as being above a certain size) to make their payroll systems available to employees 

and automatically enroll them in IRAs could expand retirement savings coverage. In addition, 

requiring automatic IRAs could encourage employers to adopt an employer plan, thereby 

permitting much greater tax-favored employee contributions than an IRA and offer the option of 

employer contributions. The potential for the use of automatic IRAs to lead to the adoption of 

401(k)s, SIMPLEs, and other employer plans would be enhanced by raising the existing small 

employer tax credit for the start-up costs of adopting a new retirement plan to an amount 

significantly higher than both its current level and the level of the proposed new automatic IRA 

tax credit for employers. 

In addition, the process of saving and choosing investments in automatic IRAs could be 

simplified for employees, and costs minimized, through a standard default investment as well as 

electronic information and fund transfers. Workplace retirement savings arrangements made 

accessible to most workers also could be used as a platform to provide and promote retirement 

distributions over the worker’s lifetime. 

Proposal

The proposal would require employers in business for at least two years that have more than ten 

employees to offer an automatic IRA option to employees, under which regular contributions 

would be made to an IRA on a payroll-deduction basis. If the employer sponsored a qualified 

retirement plan, SEP, or SIMPLE for its employees, it would not be required to provide an 

automatic IRA option for its employees. Thus, for example, a qualified plan sponsor would not 

have to offer automatic IRAs to employees it excludes from qualified plan eligibility because 

they are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, are under age eighteen, are nonresident 

aliens, or have not completed the plan’s eligibility waiting period. However, if the qualified plan 

excluded from eligibility a portion of the employer’s work force or a class of employees such as 

all employees of a subsidiary or division, the employer would be required to offer the automatic 

IRA option to those excluded employees.
136

The employer offering automatic IRAs would give employees a standard notice and election 

form informing them of the automatic IRA option and allowing them to elect to participate or opt 

out. Any employee who did not provide a written participation election would be enrolled at a 

default rate of three percent of the employee’s compensation in an IRA. Employees could opt 

out or opt for a lower or higher contribution rate up to the IRA dollar limits. Employees could 

choose either a traditional IRA or a Roth IRA, with Roth being the default. For most employees, 

the payroll deductions would be made by direct deposit similar to the direct deposit of 

employees’ paychecks to their accounts at financial institutions. 

Payroll-deduction contributions from all participating employees could be transferred, at the 

employer’s option, to a single private-sector IRA trustee or custodian designated by the 

employer. Alternatively, the employer, if it preferred, could allow each participating employee 

to designate the IRA provider for that employee’s contributions or could designate that all 

contributions would be forwarded to a savings vehicle specified by statute or regulation. 

Employers making payroll deduction IRAs available would not have to choose or arrange default 

investments. Instead, a low-cost, standard type of default investment and a handful of standard, 

low-cost investment alternatives would be prescribed by statute or regulation. In addition, this 

approach would involve no employer contributions, no employer compliance with qualified plan 

requirements, and no employer liability or responsibility for determining employee eligibility to 

make tax-favored IRA contributions or for opening IRAs for employees. A national web site 

would provide information and basic educational material regarding saving and investing for 

retirement, including IRA eligibility, but, as under current law, individuals (not employers) 

would bear ultimate responsibility for determining their IRA eligibility. 

Contributions by employees to automatic IRAs would qualify for the saver’s credit to the extent 

the contributor and the contributions otherwise qualified.

Small employers (those that have no more than 100 employees) that offer an automatic IRA 

arrangement could claim a temporary non-refundable tax credit for the employer’s expenses 

associated with the arrangement up to $1,000 per year for three years. Furthermore, these 

employers would be entitled to an additional non-refundable credit of $25 per enrolled employee 

up to $250 per year for six years. The credit would be available both to employers required to 

offer automatic IRAs and employers not required to do so (for example, because they have ten or 

fewer employees).

In conjunction with the automatic IRA proposal, to encourage employers not currently 

sponsoring a qualified retirement plan, SEP, or SIMPLE to do so, the non-refundable “start-up 

costs” tax credit for a small employer that adopts a new qualified retirement plan, SEP, or 

SIMPLE would be tripled from the current maximum of $500 per year for three years to a 

maximum of $1,500 per year for three years and extended to four years (rather than three) for 

any employer that adopts a new qualified retirement plan, SEP, or SIMPLE during the three 

years beginning when it first offers (or first is required to offer) an automatic IRA arrangement. 

This expanded “start-up costs” credit for small employers would be allowed against 

administrative costs and employer plan contributions. Like the current “start-up costs” credit, 
137

the expanded credit would encourage small employers to adopt a new 401(k), SIMPLE, or other 

employer plan and would not apply to automatic IRAs or other payroll deduction IRAs.

Lastly, small employers would be allowed a credit of $500 per year for up to three years for new 

plans that include auto enrollment (which would be in addition to the “start-up costs” credit of up 

to $1,500 per year). Small employers would also be allowed a credit of $500 per year for up to 

three years if they added auto enrollment as a feature to an existing plan.

The proposal would become effective after December 31, 2016.
138

EXPAND PENALTY-FREE WITHDRAWALS FOR LONG-TERM UNEMPLOYED

Current Law

Early withdrawals from a tax-qualified retirement plan or IRA are subject to a 10-percent 

additional tax, unless an exception applies. An individual is eligible for an exception from the 

10-percent additional tax with respect to a distribution from an IRA after separation from 

employment if (1) the individual has received unemployment compensation for 12 consecutive 

weeks by reason of the separation from employment, (2) the distribution is made during the 

taxable year in which the unemployment compensation is paid or in the succeeding taxable year, 

and (3) the aggregate of all such distributions does not exceed the premiums paid during the 

taxable year for health insurance. A distribution that is made after an individual has again been 

employed for at least 60 days is not eligible for this exception from the 10-percent additional tax. 

There is no corresponding exception from the 10-percent additional tax for distributions from a 

qualified retirement plan by reason of a period of unemployment.

The fair market value of an individual’s IRA is reported to the IRS as of the end of each year on 

Form 5498. No similar reporting is required with respect to the fair market value of an 

individual’s account balance in a tax-qualified defined contribution plan.

Reasons for Change

Because unemployment compensation is available only for a limited period, some long-term 

unemployed individuals may have no choice but to take distributions from an IRA or taxqualified retirement plan to pay for basic necessities for themselves and their families. Although 

the 10-percent additional tax is intended to deter individuals from using retirement savings for 

purposes other than retirement, imposing the additional tax on distributions to a long-term 

unemployed individual further erodes the limited resources available to the individual without 

having a substantial deterrent effect. 

Proposal

The proposal would expand the exception from the 10-percent additional tax to cover more 

distributions to long-term unemployed individuals from an IRA (in excess of the premiums paid 

for health insurance) and to include distributions to long-term unemployed individuals from a 

401(k) or other tax-qualified defined contribution plan. An individual would be eligible for this 

expanded exception with respect to any distribution from an IRA, 401(k), or other tax-qualified 

defined contribution plan if (1) the individual has been unemployed for more than 26 weeks by 

reason of a separation from employment and has received unemployment compensation for that 

period (or, if less, for the maximum period for which unemployment compensation is available 

under State law applicable to the individual) (an eligible individual), (2) the distribution is made 

during the taxable year in which the unemployment compensation is paid or in the succeeding 

taxable year (which allows for distributions over the same two-year period applicable under 

current law), and (3) the aggregate of all such distributions does not exceed the annual limits 

described below. 
139

To be eligible for the exception from the 10-percent additional tax, the aggregate of all such 

distributions received by an eligible individual from IRAs with respect to the separation from 

employment may not exceed half of the aggregate fair market value of the individual’s IRAs (as 

of the end of the taxable year preceding the first distribution, as reported on the Form 5498 for 

each such IRA), and the aggregate of all such distributions received by the eligible individual 

from 401(k) or other tax-qualified defined contributions plans with respect to the separation from 

employment may not exceed half of the aggregate fair market value of the individual’s 

nonforfeitable accrued benefits under those plans as of the date of the first distribution. 

However, an individual would in any event be eligible for this exception for the first $10,000 of 

otherwise eligible distributions (even if that is greater than half of the aggregate fair market value 

of the individual’s IRAs or nonforfeitable defined contribution plan benefits). Eligible 

distributions with respect to any separation from employment from all of an eligible individual’s 

IRAs and tax-qualified defined contribution plans in the aggregate would be limited to a 

maximum of $50,000 per year during each of the two years when distributions would be 

permitted under this exception, for a total of $100,000 with respect to any single period of longterm unemployment.

A plan would be entitled to rely upon an individual’s representation that the individual is an 

eligible individual in order to allow the plan administrator to separately track distributions that 

are entitled to the exception from the 10-percent additional tax. A new code would be added to 

the Form 1099-R for the administrator of a tax-qualified defined contribution plan to report a 

distribution that is eligible for this exception. No additional reporting would apply to an IRA 

trustee. There would be no need for the trustee to monitor compliance with the limit because the 

necessary reference information (the fair market value of the individual’s IRAs) is already 

provided to the IRS as of the end of each taxable year.

The current exception from the 10-percent additional tax, for distributions up to the amount of 

health insurance premiums paid during the year after receiving unemployment compensation for 

12 consecutive weeks, will still apply.

This proposal would apply to eligible distributions occurring after December 31, 2015.
140

REQUIRE RETIREMENT PLANS TO ALLOW LONG-TERM PART-TIME 

WORKERS TO PARTICIPATE

Current Law

A qualified retirement plan sponsor is permitted to delay covering employees until after they 

work at least 1,000 hours in a year. In other words, retirement plans are not required to cover 

employees working less than about half time. Also, if a sponsor provides for immediate vesting, 

it can delay covering employees until they work at least 1,000 hours in each of two years. 

However, this two-year eligibility rule cannot delay beyond one year an employee’s eligibility to 

make section 401(k) elective contributions. Similar to the 1,000-hour threshold for coverage 

eligibility, employees also are not required to be credited with a year of service for purposes of 

vesting in employer contributions unless they work at least 1,000 hours in a year.

A qualified section 401(k) plan must benefit eligible employees in a way that does not 

discriminate in favor of highly compensated employees (HCEs). In particular, the amount HCEs 

can contribute is limited based on the amount non-HCEs contribute. In general, all eligible 

employees (and their contributions) count in applying this test. To encourage employers to cover 

employees earlier than required, the plan sponsor may apply the test separately for the group of 

“early entry” employees as distinct from other eligible employees. 

Reasons for Change

Part-time employees who work less than 1,000 hours each year can be permanently excluded not 

only from eligibility to participate in a qualified retirement plan and benefit from employer 

contributions but even from eligibility to make section 401(k) salary reduction contributions. 

Overall retirement savings could increase if more part-time employees were eligible at least to 

make section 401(k) salary reduction contributions under employer-sponsored plans, provided 

that the expansion was designed to avoid having the unintended effects of discouraging 

employers from sponsoring plans or prompting employers to limit hours or refrain from hiring 

part-time workers.

Proposal

The proposal would require section 401(k) plans to expand eligibility to participate by permitting 

employees to make salary reduction contributions if the employee has worked at least 500 hours 

per year with the employer for at least three consecutive years. The proposal would not require 

expanded eligibility to receive employer contributions, including employer matching 

contributions. The three-year condition would help address the concern that part-time workers 

tend to change jobs frequently, after accumulating only small account balances that either are 

cashed out or, if left behind in the plan, can be costly to administer relative to the size of the 

balance. The proposal would also require a plan to credit, for each year in which such an 

employee worked at least 500 hours, a year of service for purposes of vesting in any employer 

contributions. 
141

With respect to employees newly covered under the proposed change, employers would receive 

nondiscrimination testing relief (similar to current-law relief for plans covering otherwise 

excludable employees), including permission to exclude these employees from top-heavy vesting 

and top-heavy benefit requirements. 

This proposal would apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2015. 
142

FACILITATE ANNUITY PORTABILITY

Current Law

A section 401(k) plan generally cannot distribute amounts attributable to an employee’s elective

contributions before (i) the employee’s death, disability, severance from employment, attainment 

of age 591⁄2, or hardship, or (ii) termination of the plan.

Distributions from a qualified retirement plan are subject to a 10-percent tax, in addition to any 

income or other applicable taxes, unless the distribution is (i) made on or after the employee has 

attained age 591⁄2, (ii) made to a beneficiary on or after the death of the employee, (iii) 

attributable to the employee being disabled, (iv) part of a series of substantially equal periodic 

payments (made not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the 

employee or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the employee and a designated beneficiary, 

(v) made to an employee after separation from service after attaining age 55, (vi) a dividend paid 

with respect to certain employer securities held in an employee stock ownership plan, or (vii) 

made under certain other limited circumstances.

Reasons for Change

In recent years, the Department of the Treasury has sought to reduce or eliminate impediments to 

offering lifetime income options, such as annuities, within 401(k) and other defined contribution 

retirement plans. For example, the Department of the Treasury has issued guidance permitting

qualified longevity annuities in retirement plans and IRAs and providing relief under 

nondiscrimination rules to facilitate the inclusion of deferred annuities inside target date funds 

that are offered as a default investment in a section 401(k) plan.

Another impediment to offering annuities is a concern that employers making an accumulation 

annuity investment available within a plan do not have good options if the employer wants (or 

needs) to remove the annuity investment option from the plan (for example, because a new 

trustee or recordkeeper will not support the annuity investment or the annuity product is no 

longer available on favorable terms). In some cases, plans and participants may incur significant 

surrender charges or other penalties if the annuity investment option is discontinued.

Proposal

The proposal would permit a plan to allow participants to take a distribution of a lifetime income 

investment through a direct rollover to an IRA or other retirement plan if the annuity investment 

is no longer authorized to be held under the plan, without regard to whether another event 

permitting a distribution (such as a severance from employment) has occurred. The distribution 

would not be subject to the 10-percent additional tax. By requiring the distribution to be 

accomplished through a direct rollover to an IRA or other retirement plan, the proposal would 

keep assets within the tax-favored retirement system to the extent possible. 

The proposal would be effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2015.
143

SIMPLIFY MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTION (MRD) RULES 

Current Law

The MRD rules generally require participants in tax-favored retirement plans, including qualified 

plans under section 401(a), section 401(k) cash or deferred arrangements, section 403(a) annuity 

plans, section 403(b) programs for public schools and charitable organizations, eligible deferred 

compensation plans under section 457(b), Simplified Employee Pensions (SEPs), and SIMPLE 

plans, as well as owners of IRAs, to begin receiving distributions shortly after attaining age 701⁄2. 

The rules also generally require that these retirement assets be distributed to the plan participant 

or IRA owner (or their spouses or other beneficiaries), in accordance with regulations, over their 

life or a period based on their life expectancy (or the joint lives or life expectancies of the 

participant/owner and beneficiary).

1

 The MRD rules apply not only to distributions during the 

lifetime of the participant/owner but also to distributions from a plan or IRA after the 

participant/owner’s death. 

While designated Roth accounts held in employer-sponsored plans are subject to the MRD rules 

during the life of the designated Roth account holder, Roth IRAs are not subject to these MRD 

rules during the life of the Roth IRA holder. The MRD rules do apply, however, to both Roth 

IRAs and designated Roth accounts after the death of the holder.

If a participant or account owner fails to take, in part or in full, the minimum required 

distribution for a year by the applicable deadline, the amount not withdrawn is subject to a 50-

percent excise tax. 

In addition, taxpayers age 701⁄2 and older are prohibited from contributing to traditional IRAs 

(beginning with the year they turn 701⁄2).

Reasons for Change

The MRD rules are designed largely to prevent taxpayers from using for other purposes amounts 

that were accorded tax-favored treatment in order to provide financial security for the taxpayers 

during retirement. In particular, they are designed to prevent taxpayers from leaving these 

amounts to accumulate in tax-exempt arrangements for the benefit of the taxpayers’ heirs. Under 

current law, however, the MRD rules also apply to millions of senior citizens who do not have 

large tax-favored retirement benefits to fall back on during retirement. The rules require these 

individuals to calculate the annual amount of their minimum required distributions, subject to the 

50-percent excise tax for failure to withdraw a sufficient amount, even though they are highly 

unlikely to try to defer withdrawal and taxation of these benefits for estate planning purposes. 

Exempting those with modest balances from the rules would simplify tax compliance for 

millions of senior citizens without compromising important policy objectives. In addition, the 

 1 Participants in tax-favored retirement plans (excluding IRAs) other than owners of at least five percent of the 

business sponsoring the retirement plan may wait to begin distributions until the year of retirement, if that year is 

later than the year in which the participant reaches age 701⁄2 .
144

proposal permits these individuals greater flexibility in determining when and how rapidly to 

draw down their limited retirement savings. 

While no tax is due on distributions from Roth accounts, Roth account-holders, like savers using 

traditional retirement accounts, continue to benefit from the accumulation of tax-free earnings as 

long as the funds are not withdrawn. Therefore it is reasonable to apply the same MRD and 

contribution rules to Roth IRAs, to support the purpose of the accounts in providing resources for 

retirement. In addition, because Roth accounts in employee plans are subject to the MRD rules 

during the life of designated Roth account holders, but Roth IRAs are not, individuals have a tax 

incentive to save outside of employer-sponsored plans (or to roll over amounts saved in 

employer-sponsored plans into Roth IRAs). However, setting aside these tax considerations, 

individuals may not be better off saving in IRAs than in employer-sponsored plans. For 

example, employer plans may provide greater fiduciary protections, lower fees and expenses, 

better investment options and protection from creditors and legal judgments. 

Proposal

The proposal would exempt an individual from the MRD requirements if the aggregate value of 

the individual’s IRA and tax-favored retirement plan accumulations does not exceed $100,000 

(indexed for inflation after 2016) on a measurement date. However, benefits under qualified 

defined benefit pension plans that have already begun to be paid in life annuity form (including 

any form of life annuity, such as a joint and survivor annuity, a single life annuity, or a life 

annuity with a term certain) would be excluded in determining the dollar amount of the 

accumulations. The MRD requirements would phase in ratably for individuals with aggregate 

retirement benefits between $100,000 and $110,000. The initial measurement date for the dollar 

threshold would be the beginning of the calendar year in which the individual reaches age 701⁄2 

or, if earlier, in which the individual dies, with additional measurement dates occurring only at 

the beginning of the calendar year immediately following any calendar year in which the 

individual’s IRAs or plans receive contributions, rollovers, or transfers of amounts that were not 

previously taken into account. 

The proposal would also harmonize the application of the MRD requirements for holders of 

designated Roth accounts and of Roth IRAs by generally treating Roth IRAs in the same manner 

as all other tax-favored retirement accounts, i.e., requiring distributions to begin shortly after age 

701⁄2, without regard to whether amounts are held in designated Roth accounts or in Roth IRAs. 

In addition, individuals would not be permitted to make additional contributions to Roth IRAs 

after they reach age 701⁄2. 

The proposal would be effective for taxpayers attaining age 701⁄2 on or after December 31, 2015 

and for taxpayers who die on or after December 31, 2015 before attaining age 701⁄2.
145

ALLOW ALL INHERITED PLAN AND IRA BALANCES TO BE ROLLED OVER 

WITHIN 60 DAYS

Current Law

Generally, assets can be moved from a tax-favored employer retirement plan or from an IRA into 

an IRA or into an eligible retirement plan without adverse tax consequences. This movement of 

assets can generally be accomplished through a direct rollover of a distribution, a 60-day 

rollover, or a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer that is not a distribution. However, not all of these 

methods are available with respect to assets of a plan or IRA account inherited by a non-spouse 

beneficiary.

In particular, when a participant in a tax-favored employer retirement plan dies before all assets 

in the plan have been distributed, a beneficiary who is a surviving spouse may roll over the 

assets, by direct rollover or 60-day rollover, into an IRA that is treated either as a spousal 

inherited IRA or as the surviving spouse’s own IRA. A beneficiary who is not a surviving 

spouse, on the other hand, may roll over the assets into an IRA that is a non-spousal inherited 

IRA only by means of a direct rollover; a 60-day rollover is not available to a surviving nonspouse beneficiary. 

Similarly, when the owner of an IRA dies before all assets in the IRA have been distributed, a 

surviving spouse beneficiary may elect to treat the assets as his or her own IRA or as a spousal 

inherited IRA. In addition, a surviving spouse beneficiary may roll over the assets into an IRA 

that is treated either as the surviving spouse’s own IRA or as a spousal inherited IRA. A 

surviving non-spouse beneficiary, on the other hand, may treat the assets as a non-spousal 

inherited IRA, and may move the assets to another non-spousal inherited IRA only by means of a 

direct trustee-to-trustee transfer; rollovers from the deceased owner’s IRA to another IRA are not 

available for a surviving non-spouse beneficiary.

Reasons for Change

The rules that a surviving non-spouse beneficiary under a tax-favored employer retirement plan 

may roll over assets to an IRA only by means of a direct rollover and that a surviving non-spouse 

beneficiary under an IRA may move assets to a non-spousal inherited IRA only by means of a 

direct trustee-to-trustee transfer create traps for the unwary. These differences in rollover 

eligibility between surviving non-spouse beneficiaries and surviving spouse beneficiaries (and 

living participants) serve little purpose and generate confusion among plan and IRA 

administrators and beneficiaries. For example, IRA administrators often treat all transfers 

(whether or not an IRA account is a non-spousal inherited IRA) as rollovers, thereby causing 

confusion for individuals and the IRS. Similarly non-spouse beneficiaries may attempt to move 

assets to an inherited IRA by means of a 60-day rollover. 

Proposal

The proposal would expand the options that are available to a surviving non-spouse beneficiary 

under a tax-favored employer retirement plan or IRA for moving inherited plan or IRA assets to 
146

a non-spousal inherited IRA by allowing 60-day rollovers of such assets. This treatment would 

be available only if the beneficiary informs the new IRA provider that the IRA is being 

established as an inherited IRA, so that the IRA provider can title the IRA accordingly.

The proposal would be effective for distributions made after December 31, 2015.
147

EXPAND THE EARNED INCOME TAX CREDIT (EITC) FOR WORKERS WITHOUT 

QUALIFYING CHILDREN

Current Law

Low- and moderate-income workers may be eligible for a refundable EITC. Eligibility for the 

EITC is based on the presence and number of qualifying children in the worker’s household, 

AGI, earned income, investment income, filing status, age, and immigration and work status in 

the United States. 

The EITC has a phase-in range (where each additional dollar of earned income results in a larger 

credit), a plateau (where additional dollars of earned income or AGI have no effect on the size of 

the credit), and a phase-out range (where each additional dollar of the larger of earned income or 

AGI results in a smaller total credit). The dollar thresholds are adjusted annually for inflation. 

In 2015, the credit is phased in at a rate of 7.65 percent on earnings up to about $6,580, such that 

the maximum credit will be just over $500. The credit is phased out at a rate of 7.65 percent on 

income in excess of $8,240 ($13,750 for married couples filing jointly). The credit is phased out 

completely at incomes of $14,820 for unmarried taxpayers and $20,330 for married couples 

filing jointly. 

To be eligible for the EITC for workers without qualifying children, the taxpayer must be at least 

25 years old and less than 65 years old. (In the case of married taxpayers filing jointly, the credit 

may be claimed if at least one spouse is over age 24 and less than age 65.) A taxpayer who may 

be claimed as a dependent or as a qualifying child by another taxpayer, including most college 

students, may not claim the EITC for workers without children. 

There is no age limitation of the EITC for workers with qualifying children. 

Reasons for Change

The EITC for workers without children is relatively small and phases out at very low incomes. 

As such, it provides little or no assistance to individuals at or near the poverty line. For example, 

in 2016 a single worker without children who earned $12,000 (a wage close to the poverty line), 

would be in the phase-out range and eligible for a credit of about $230 and would receive a 

refund of about $76 after subtracting his or her Federal income tax (and would pay nearly $920 

in Federal payroll taxes). A single individual working full-time at minimum wage would receive 

$40 of EITC and face income tax liability of $365 after subtracting his or her EITC. A larger 

EITC for workers without children would promote employment and reduce poverty for this 

group of workers. 

The current age restrictions prevent young workers and older workers from claiming the EITC. 

As a result, young workers living independently from their families are unable to benefit from 

the antipoverty and work related effects of the EITC just when they are establishing the patterns 

of behavior that may persist throughout their working lives. The EITC, by increasing the 

effective wage, encourages additional work effort in the short run, which may in turn affect longrun labor force attachment and wages. The current age restriction on older workers is 
148

inconsistent with recent increases in the full retirement age. As a result, workers age 65 and 66 

with low incomes may lose the benefit of the EITC before retiring and claiming their social 

security benefits. 

Proposal

The proposal would increase the EITC for workers without qualifying children by doubling the 

phase-in rate and the phase-out rate from 7.65 percent to 15.3 percent, thereby doubling the 

maximum credit from about $500 to about $1,000. The beginning of the phase-out range would 

be increased from an estimated $8,350 to $11,500 for 2016 (from $13,940 to $17,090 for joint 

filers) and be indexed for inflation in subsequent years as under current law. Thus, the credit for 

workers without qualifying children would be phased out completely at $18,173 for single 

taxpayers and $23,763 for married taxpayers filing jointly.

The proposal would also allow taxpayers who are at least age 21 and under age 67 to claim the 

EITC for workers without qualifying children, if otherwise eligible. In the case of married 

taxpayers filing jointly, the credit could be claimed if either spouse were at least age 21 and 

under age 67. As under current law, taxpayers who could be claimed as a qualifying child or a 

dependent would not be eligible for the EITC for childless workers. Thus, full-time students 

who are dependent upon their parents would not be allowed to claim the EITC for workers 

without qualifying children, despite meeting the new age requirements, even if their parents did 

not claim a dependent exemption or an EITC on their behalf.

In addition, a separate proposal would simplify the EITC rules by allowing certain taxpayers 

who reside with a qualifying child that they do not claim to receive the EITC for workers without 

qualifying children.

This proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
149

SIMPLIFY THE RULES FOR CLAIMING THE EARNED INCOME TAX CREDIT

(EITC) FOR WORKERS WITHOUT QUALIFYING CHILDREN

Current Law

Low- and moderate-income workers may be eligible for a refundable EITC. Eligibility for the 

EITC is based on the number of qualifying children in the worker’s household, AGI, earned 

income, investment income, filing status, age, and immigration and work status in the United 

States. 

The EITC has a phase-in range (where each additional dollar of earned income results in a larger 

credit), a plateau (where additional dollars of earned income or AGI have no effect on the size of 

the credit), and a phase-out range (where each additional dollar of the larger of earned income or 

AGI results in a smaller total credit). The EITC for workers without qualifying children is much 

smaller and phases out at a lower income level than does the EITC for workers with qualifying 

children. 

In general, taxpayers with low wages who do not have any qualifying children may be eligible to 

claim the small EITC for workers without qualifying children. However, if the taxpayer resides 

with a qualifying child whom the taxpayer does not claim (perhaps because that child is claimed 

by another individual within the household), the taxpayer is not eligible for any EITC.

Reasons for Change

Prohibiting a taxpayer who resides with a qualifying child whom the taxpayer does not claim 

from claiming the EITC for workers without qualifying children is confusing to taxpayers and 

difficult for the IRS to enforce. The prohibition is also inequitable and weakens the work 

incentives of the credit. 

Proposal

The proposal would allow otherwise eligible taxpayers residing with qualifying children whom 

they do not claim to receive the EITC for workers without qualifying children. 

In addition, a separate proposal would expand the EITC for workers without qualifying children.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
150

PROVIDE A SECOND-EARNER TAX CREDIT

Current Law

Married couples generally file their Federal income tax returns jointly by pooling income and 

deducting combined allowable expenses between both spouses. Married persons cannot choose 

single or head of household filing status. Married persons also can use the “married filing 

separately” status, but will usually face a higher tax liability as married filing separately than 

married filing jointly. The rate brackets for taxable income, which vary by filing status, for tax 

year 2015 are:

Rate Single Married Filing Jointly Head of Household

10% Not over $9,225 Not over $18,450 Not over $13,150

15% Over $9,225 

but not over $37,450

Over $18450 

but not over $74,900

Over $13,150 

but not over $50,200

25% Over $37,450 

but not over $90,750

Over $74,900 

but not over $151,200

Over $50,200 

but not over $129,600

28% Over $90,750 

but not over $189,300

Over $151,200 

but not over $230,450

Over $129,600 

but not over $209,850

33% Over $189,300 

but not over $411,500

Over $230,450 

but not over $411,500

Over $209,850 

but not over $411,500

35% Over $411,500 

but not over $413,200

Over $411,500 

but not over $464,850

Over $411,500 

but not over $439,000

39.6% Over $413,200 Over $464,850 Over $439,000

Under this rate structure, different segments of taxable income are taxed at different marginal tax 

rates, with the rates rising as taxable income increases. 

A taxpayer’s effective marginal tax rate is also affected by other elements of the individual 

income tax. For example, phaseins and phaseouts of tax credits targeted to low- and moderateincome families decrease and increase, respectively, the effective marginal tax rate. 

Reasons for Change

About 60 percent of married-couple families between the ages of 25 and 64 will include two 

earners in 2016. By taxing the second (lower) earner’s income based on the couple’s joint 

income, the second earner can face higher marginal tax rates under the progressive tax system 

based on family income and can be discouraged from working. A credit for two-earner married 

couples would provide tax relief for working families and promote employment among second 

earners. 

Proposal

The proposal would provide two-earner married couples who file as married-filing-jointly a 

nonrefundable tax credit equal to a percentage of the lower earner’s earned income up to 

$10,000. For purposes of this credit, earned income includes wages and net earnings from self-
151

employment. The credit rate would be five percent and would phase down at a rate of one-half 

of a percentage point for every $10,000 of AGI over $120,000. Therefore, the maximum credit 

would be $500 and the credit would be fully phased out at AGI over $210,000. The maximum 

creditable earned income ($10,000) and the AGI at which the credit rate starts to phase down 

($120,000) would be indexed for inflation after 2016.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
152

EXTEND EXCLUSION FROM INCOME FOR CANCELLATION OF CERTAIN HOME 

MORTGAGE DEBT

Current Law

Gross income generally includes income that is realized by a debtor from the discharge of 

indebtedness. Exceptions to this general rule include exclusions for debtors in Title 11 

bankruptcy cases, for insolvent debtors, for discharges of certain farm and non-farm business 

indebtedness, and for discharges of qualified principal residence indebtedness (QPRI). Most of 

the exceptions require taxpayers to take steps (such as reducing basis) to merely defer the income 

from the discharge rather than excluding it permanently. 

The amount of discharge generally is the excess of the adjusted issue price of the debt being 

discharged over the amount, if any, that the borrower uses to satisfy the debt. If a modification 

of indebtedness is treated as an exchange of an old debt instrument for a new one, then the 

amount of discharge is measured as the difference between the adjusted issue price of the old 

debt instrument and the issue price of the new debt instrument. 

QPRI is acquisition indebtedness with respect to the taxpayer’s principal residence (limited to $2 

million). Acquisition indebtedness with respect to a principal residence generally means 

indebtedness that is incurred in the acquisition, construction, or substantial improvement of the 

taxpayer’s principal residence and that is secured by the residence. It also includes refinancing 

of preexisting acquisition indebtedness to the extent the amount of the new debt does not exceed 

the old. If, immediately before the discharge, only a portion of discharged indebtedness is QPRI, 

then the discharge is treated as applying first to the portion of the debt that is not QPRI, and thus 

the exclusion applies only to the extent that the total discharge was greater than that non-QPRI 

portion. The basis of the taxpayer’s principal residence is reduced by the amount excluded from 

income under the provision. 

The exclusion for discharges of QPRI was added to the Code by the Mortgage Forgiveness Debt 

Relief Act of 2007, effective for discharges in 2007 through 2009. The Emergency Economic 

Stabilization Act of 2008 extended the exclusion to discharges in 2010, 2011, and 2012. The 

American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 extended the exclusion through 2013. The Tax Increase 

Prevention Act of 2014 extended the exclusion through 2014.

Reasons for Change

In recent years, home values in regions across the country have fallen substantially, leaving 

millions of homeowners now owing more on their mortgage loans than the value of the homes 

securing those loans. Many homeowners are also experiencing difficulty making timely 

payments on their mortgage loans. In these circumstances, there is a substantial volume of 

foreclosures. In addition, it is often in the best interests of both the homeowner and the holder of 

the mortgage to avoid foreclosure in one of several ways. For example, the homeowner may sell 

the home for less than the amount owed on the mortgage loan, and (despite the shortfall) the 

holder of the loan accepts the sales proceeds in full satisfaction of the loan. Alternatively, the 

homeowner may transfer title to the house to the lender in return for cancellation of the 
153

mortgage. Or, the homeowner and the holder may agree for the loan to be modified so that the 

homeowner can again become timely in making payments. Although there has been 

improvement in the residential real estate market, there is still an elevated number of cases in 

which homeowners may have discharge of indebtedness income with respect to their home 

mortgage loans.

Beyond the many modifications being made without Government assistance, large numbers of 

mortgage modifications are being made under the Treasury program Making Home Affordable, 

including the Home Affordable Modification Program® (HAMP®). Facilitating home mortgage 

modifications remains important for the continued recovery of the residential real estate market. 

The importance is demonstrated by the fact that HAMP® has been extended at least through the 

end of 2016. Also, many lenders have reached settlements with Federal and State authorities, 

which include terms committing lenders to engage in certain borrower-favorable conduct, and 

writing down mortgage loan principal in many instances counts toward meeting this requirement.

Proposal

The exclusion for income from the discharge of QPRI would be extended to amounts that are 

discharged before January 1, 2018, and to amounts that are discharged pursuant to an 

arrangement entered into before that date. 
154

REFORMS TO CAPITAL GAINS TAXATION, UPPER-INCOME TAX 

BENEFITS, AND THE TAXATION OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

REDUCE THE VALUE OF CERTAIN TAX EXPENDITURES 

Current Law

Under current law, individual taxpayers may reduce their taxable income by excluding certain 

types or amounts of income, claiming certain deductions in the computation of AGI, and 

claiming either itemized deductions or a standard deduction. The tax reduction from the last 

dollar excluded or deducted is $1.00 times the taxpayer’s marginal income tax rate (e.g., if the 

marginal tax rate were 39.6 percent, then the tax value of the last dollar deducted would be 39.6 

cents). 

Certain types of income are excluded permanently or deferred temporarily from income subject 

to tax. These items include interest on State or local bonds, amounts paid by employers and 

employees for employer-sponsored health coverage, contributions to health savings accounts and 

Archer MSAs, amounts paid by employees and employers for defined contribution retirement 

plans, certain premiums for health insurance for self-employed individuals, certain income 

attributable to domestic production activities, certain trade and business deductions of 

employees, moving expenses, interest on education loans, and certain higher education expenses.

Individual taxpayers may elect to itemize their deductions instead of claiming a standard 

deduction. In general, itemized deductions include medical and dental expenses (in excess of 7.5 

percent of AGI in 2015 for taxpayers age 65 or over and 10 percent of AGI for other taxpayers), 

State and local property taxes and income taxes, interest paid, gifts to charities, casualty and theft 

losses (in excess of 10 percent of AGI), job expenses and certain miscellaneous expenses (some 

only in excess of two percent of AGI). 

For higher-income taxpayers, otherwise allowable itemized deductions (other than medical 

expenses, investment interest, theft and casualty losses, and gambling losses) are reduced if AGI 

exceeds a statutory floor that is indexed annually for inflation (so called Pease limitation).

Reasons for Change

Increasing the income tax liability of higher-income taxpayers would reduce the deficit, make the 

income tax system more progressive, and distribute the cost of government more fairly among 

taxpayers of various income levels. In particular, limiting the value of tax expenditures 

including itemized deductions, certain exclusions in income subject to tax, and certain 

deductions in the computation of AGI, would reduce the benefit that high-income taxpayers 

receive from those tax expenditures and help close the gap between the value of these tax 

expenditures for high-income Americans and the value for middle-class Americans. 
155

Proposal

The proposal would limit the tax value of specified deductions or exclusions from AGI and all 

itemized deductions. This limitation would reduce the value to 28 percent of the specified 

exclusions and deductions that would otherwise reduce taxable income in the 33-percent, 35-

percent, or 39.6-percent tax brackets. A similar limitation also would apply under the alternative 

minimum tax.

The income exclusions and deductions limited by this provision would include any tax-exempt 

State and local bond interest, employer-sponsored health insurance paid for by employers or with 

before-tax employee dollars, health insurance costs of self-employed individuals, employee 

contributions to defined contribution retirement plans and IRAs, the deduction for income 

attributable to domestic production activities, certain trade or business deductions of employees, 

moving expenses, contributions to health savings accounts and Archer MSAs, and interest on 

education loans. 

The proposal would apply to itemized deductions after they have been reduced by the statutory 

limitation on certain itemized deductions for higher-income taxpayers. If a deduction or 

exclusion for contributions to retirement plans or IRAs is limited by this proposal, then the 

taxpayer’s basis will be adjusted to reflect the additional tax imposed.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
156

REFORM THE TAXATION OF CAPITAL INCOME

Current Law

Capital gains are taxable only upon the sale or other disposition of an appreciated asset. Most 

capital gains and dividends are taxed at graduated rates, with 20 percent generally being the 

highest rate. In addition, higher-income taxpayers are subject to a tax of 3.8 percent of the lesser 

of net investment income, including capital gains and dividends, or modified AGI in excess of 

$200,000 ($250,000 for married couples filing jointly and $125,000 for married persons filing 

separately).

 

When a donor gives an appreciated asset to a donee during life, the donee’s basis in the asset is 

its basis in the hands of the donor; there is no realization of capital gain by the donor at the time 

of the gift, and there is no recognition of capital gain by the donee until the donee later disposes 

of that asset. When an appreciated asset is held by a decedent at death, the decedent’s heir 

receives a basis in that asset equal to its fair market value at the date of the decedent’s death. As 

a result, the appreciation accruing during the decedent’s life on assets that are still held by the 

decedent at death is never subjected to income tax. 

Reasons for Change

Preferential tax rates on long-term capital gains and qualified dividends disproportionately 

benefit high-income taxpayers and provide many high-income taxpayers with a lower tax rate 

than many low- and middle-income taxpayers. 

Because the person who inherits an appreciated asset receives a basis in that asset equal to the 

asset’s fair market value on the decedent’s death, the appreciation that accrued during the 

decedent’s life is never subjected to income tax. In contrast, less-wealthy individuals who must 

spend down their assets during retirement must pay income tax on their realized capital gains. 

This increases the inequity in the tax treatment of capital gains. In addition, the preferential 

treatment for assets held until death produces an incentive for taxpayers to inefficiently lock in 

portfolios of assets and hold them primarily for the purpose of avoiding capital gains tax on the 

appreciation, rather than reinvesting the capital in more economically productive investments.

Proposal

The proposal would increase the highest long-term capital gains and qualified dividend tax rate 

from 20 percent to 24.2 percent. The 3.8 percent net investment income tax would continue to 

apply as under current law. The maximum total capital gains and dividend tax rate including net 

investment income tax would thus rise to 28 percent. 

Under the proposal, transfers of appreciated property generally would be treated as a sale of the 

property. The donor or deceased owner of an appreciated asset would realize a capital gain at the 

time the asset is given or bequeathed to another. The amount of the gain realized would be the 

excess of the asset’s fair market value on the date of the transfer over the donor’s basis in that 

asset. That gain would be taxable income to the donor in the year the transfer was made, and to 
157

the decedent either on the final individual return or on a separate capital gains return. The 

unlimited use of capital losses and carry-forwards would be allowed against ordinary income on 

the decedent’s final income tax return, and the tax imposed on gains deemed realized at death 

would be deductible on the estate tax return of the decedent’s estate (if any). Gifts or bequests to 

a spouse or to charity would carry the basis of the donor or decedent. Capital gain would not be 

realized until the spouse disposes of the asset or dies, and appreciated property donated or 

bequeathed to charity would be exempt from capital gains tax.

The proposal would exempt any gain on all tangible personal property such as household 

furnishings and personal effects (excluding collectibles). The proposal also would allow a 

$100,000 per-person exclusion of other capital gains recognized by reason of death that would be 

indexed for inflation after 2016, and would be portable to the decedent’s surviving spouse under 

the same rules that apply to portability for estate and gift tax purposes (making the exclusion 

effectively $200,000 per couple). The $250,000 per person exclusion under current law for 

capital gain on a principal residence would apply to all residences, and would also be portable to 

the decedent’s surviving spouse (making the exclusion effectively $500,000 per couple).

The exclusion under current law for capital gain on certain small business stock would also 

apply. In addition, payment of tax on the appreciation of certain small family-owned and familyoperated businesses would not be due until the business is sold or ceases to be family-owned and 

operated. The proposal would further allow a 15-year fixed-rate payment plan for the tax on 

appreciated assets transferred at death, other than liquid assets such as publicly traded financial 

assets and other than businesses for which the deferral election is made.

The proposal also would include other legislative changes designed to facilitate and implement 

this proposal, including without limitation: the allowance of a deduction for the full cost of 

appraisals of appreciated assets; the imposition of liens; the waiver of penalty for underpayment 

of estimated tax if the underpayment is attributable to unrealized gains at death; the grant of a 

right of recovery of the tax on unrealized gains; rules to determine who has the right to select the 

return filed; the achievement of consistency in valuation for transfer and income tax purposes; 

and a broad grant of regulatory authority to provide implementing rules.

To facilitate the transition to taxing gains at death and gift, the Secretary would be granted 

authority to issue any regulations necessary or appropriate to implement the proposal, including 

rules and safe harbors for determining the basis of assets in cases where complete records are 

unavailable. 

This proposal would be effective for capital gains realized and qualified dividends received in 

taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015, and for gains on gifts made and of decedents 

dying after December 31, 2015.
158

IMPLEMENT THE BUFFETT RULE BY IMPOSING A NEW “FAIR SHARE TAX”

Current Law

Under current law, individual taxpayers may reduce their taxable income by excluding certain 

types or amounts of income, claiming certain deductions in the computation of AGI, and 

claiming either itemized deductions or a standard deduction. Major exclusions include the value 

of health insurance premiums paid by employers and interest on tax-exempt bonds. Major 

itemized deductions include those for State and local taxes and for home mortgage interest.

Qualified dividends and long-term capital gains are taxed at a maximum rate of 23.8 percent, 

while ordinary income, including wages, is taxed at graduated rates that rise as high as 39.6 

percent. In addition, wages and self-employment earnings are subject to payroll taxes as high as 

15.3 percent (7.65 percent each for employee and employer), but average and marginal payroll 

tax rates are much lower for higher-income families, because the wage base for much of the 

payroll tax is capped at $118,500 in 2015.

Reasons for Change

Deductions can significantly reduce tax liability for high-income taxpayers. For example, under 

current law, almost eight percent of itemized deductions would accrue to the top 0.1 percent of 

families in 2015. Higher-income families also face lower payroll average tax rates than do 

middle income families.

In addition, many high-income taxpayers derive large benefits from the preferentially low tax 

rates on dividends and capital gains. For example, nearly 90 percent of families in the top 0.1 

percent of the income distribution benefit from the lower tax rate on dividends and capital gains, 

compared to less than 10 percent of families in the bottom 60 percent of the income distribution. 

High-income investors, who have large amounts of dividends and capital gains, can have tax 

burdens that are much lower than those paid by equally well-off high-income workers. In 

addition, the maximum 23.8-percent tax rate on dividends and capital gains (inclusive of the 3.8 

percent net investment income tax) is below the statutory tax rates on wages faced by many 

families with moderate incomes. Consequently, a high-income taxpayer whose income is largely 

derived from capital gains or dividend income may have a lower average tax rate than a taxpayer 

with less income whose income is largely or exclusively derived from wages.

Increasing the income tax liability of higher-income taxpayers with relatively low tax burdens 

would reduce the deficit, make the tax system more progressive, and distribute the cost of 

government more fairly among taxpayers.

In a separate proposal, the Administration proposes to increase the top long-term capital gains 

and qualified dividends tax rate from 20 percent to 24.2 percent. Including the 3.8 percent tax on 

net investment income, this would increase the top effective long-term capital gains and qualified 

dividends tax rate to 28 percent. Although this tax rate increase would reduce the effect of the 

Buffett Rule, the Rule would still be needed to address tax inequities. 
159

Proposal

The proposal would impose a new minimum tax, called the Fair Share Tax (FST), on highincome taxpayers. The tentative FST would equal 30 percent of AGI less a credit for charitable 

contributions. The charitable credit would equal 28 percent of itemized charitable contributions 

allowed after the overall limitation on itemized deductions (so called Pease limitation). The final 

FST would be the excess, if any, of the tentative FST over the sum of the taxpayer’s (1) regular 

income tax (after certain credits) including the 3.8-percent net investment income tax, (2) the 

alternative minimum tax, and (3) the employee portion of payroll taxes. The set of certain 

credits subtracted from regular income tax would exclude the foreign tax credit, the credit for tax 

withheld on wages, and the credit for certain uses of gasoline and special fuels.

The amount of FST payable (i.e., the excess of tentative FST over regular tax) would be phased 

in linearly starting at $1 million of AGI ($500,000 in the case of a married individual filing a 

separate return). The FST would be fully phased in at $2 million of AGI ($1 million in the case 

of a married individual filing a separate return). For example, if a single taxpayer had AGI of 

$1.25 million, tentative FST of $375,000 and regular tax of $250,000, his payable FST would be 

(($1.25 million - $1 million) / ($2 million - $1 million)) × ($375,000-$250,000) = $31,250. The 

AGI thresholds would be indexed for inflation beginning after 2016.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
160

IMPOSE A FINANCIAL FEE

Current Law 

There is no sector-specific Federal tax applied to financial firms (although these firms are subject 

to the general corporate income tax and potentially a wide range of excise taxes). Financial 

sector firms are subject to a range of fees, depending on the lines of business in which they 

participate. For example, banks are assessed fees by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 

to cover the costs of insuring deposits made at these institutions.

Reasons for Change

Excessive risk undertaken by major financial firms was a significant cause of the recent financial 

crisis and an ongoing potential risk to macroeconomic stability. The financial fee is designed to 

reduce the incentive for large financial institutions to leverage, reducing the cost of externalities 

arising from financial firm default as a result of high leverage. The structure of this fee would be 

broadly consistent with the principles agreed to by the G-20 leaders.

Proposal

The Administration proposes to assess a financial fee on certain liabilities of large firms in the 

financial sector. Specific components of the proposal are described below.

The fee would apply to banks, both U.S. and foreign, and would also apply to bank holding 

companies, and “nonbanks,” such as insurance companies, savings and loan holding companies, 

exchanges, asset managers, broker-dealers, specialty finance corporations, and financial captives. 

Firms with worldwide consolidated assets of less than $50 billion would not be subject to the fee 

for the period when their assets are below this threshold. U.S. subsidiaries and branches of 

foreign entities that fall into these business categories and that have assets in excess of $50 

billion also would be covered. 

The fee would apply to the covered liabilities of a financial entity. Covered liabilities are assets 

less equity for banks and nonbanks based on audited financial statements with a deduction for 

separate accounts (primarily for insurance companies). 

The rate of the fee applied to covered liabilities would be seven basis points. 

The fee would be deductible in computing corporate income tax.

A financial entity subject to the fee would report it on its annual Federal income tax return. 

Estimated payments of the fee would be made on the same schedule as estimated income tax 

payments.

The fee would be effective as of January 1, 2016.
161

LOOPHOLE CLOSERS

REQUIRE CURRENT INCLUSION IN INCOME OF ACCRUED MARKET DISCOUNT 

AND LIMIT THE ACCRUAL AMOUNT FOR DISTRESSED DEBT

Current Law

Market discount is generally the difference between a bond’s acquisition price and its stated 

redemption price at maturity. In most instances, market discount arises when a bond is 

purchased in the secondary market for a price less than its principal amount (or its adjusted issue 

price in the case of a bond originally issued at a discount). Market discount is generally created 

when interest rates increase after a bond is issued, the creditworthiness of the issuer declines, or 

both of these events occur.

Market discount that accrues while a taxpayer holds a bond is treated as ordinary income, and 

taxed when the bond matures or the taxpayer otherwise disposes of it. The amount of accrued 

market discount treated as ordinary income is limited to the amount of gain recognized on the 

disposition of the bond. A partial principal payment on a bond also causes accrued market 

discount to be recognized. Market discount accrues on a ratable basis unless the taxpayer elects 

to accrue on the basis of a constant interest rate. 

Reasons for Change

Market discount generated by a change in interest rates, or by a decrease in an issuer’s 

creditworthiness, is economically similar to original issue discount (OID). Unlike market 

discount, however, OID is includible in income of the holder currently using a constant interest 

rate. Given the economic similarities between market discount and OID, the tax treatment 

should also be aligned.

Including market discount in income annually has previously been complicated by the fact that 

each purchaser of debt may have an amount of market discount that differs from other purchasers 

because the debt will be purchased at different times and for different prices. Moreover, 

historically market discount has not been reportable by brokers. New information reporting 

rules, however, will require that market discount be reported along with basis and other 

information with respect to a debt instrument. Once information reporting for debt instruments 

goes into effect, market discount will be reported to holders on their annual information returns. 

Proposal

The proposal would require taxpayers to take accrued market discount into income currently, in 

the same manner as OID. To prevent over-accrual of market discount on distressed debt, the 

accrual would be limited to the greater of (1) an amount equal to the bond’s yield to maturity at 

issuance plus five percentage points, or (2) an amount equal to the applicable Federal rate plus 

10 percentage points. 

The proposal would apply to debt securities acquired after December 31, 2015. 
162

REQUIRE THAT THE COST BASIS OF STOCK THAT IS A COVERED SECURITY 

MUST BE DETERMINED USING AN AVERAGE COST BASIS METHOD

Current Law

Gain or loss generally is recognized for Federal income tax purposes when it is realized 

(typically, when property is sold). A taxpayer’s gain or loss on the disposition of property is the 

difference between the amount realized and the property’s adjusted basis. To compute adjusted 

basis, a taxpayer first determines the property’s unadjusted or original basis and then makes any 

adjustments prescribed by the Code. The original basis of property is its cost, except as 

otherwise determined under the Code (for example, in the case of property acquired by gift or 

bequest or in a tax-free exchange). 

When a taxpayer sells or otherwise disposes of identical shares of stock that have different cost 

basis, current regulations permit the taxpayer to identify the specific shares of stock sold. This 

“specific identification” method allows a taxpayer to determine the amount of gain or loss to 

recognize on the disposition by choosing among identical shares of stock with different cost 

bases. 

Reasons for Change

The use of specific identification allows taxpayers to manipulate recognition of gain or loss on 

fungible shares of portfolio stock. Once portfolio stock has acquired a long-term holding period, 

it becomes economically indistinguishable from other identical shares held long term by the 

taxpayer, and it should be treated accordingly for tax purposes. 

Proposal

The proposal would require the use of average basis for all identical shares of portfolio stock 

held by a taxpayer that have a long-term holding period. Thus, the provision would require that 

the cost of any portfolio stock sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of be determined in 

accordance with the average basis method now permitted for regulated investment company 

stock. The provision would apply to all identical shares of portfolio stock held by the taxpayer, 

including identical shares of portfolio stock held by the taxpayer in separate accounts with the 

same broker or with different brokers. Shares held by a taxpayer in a nontaxable account, 

however, such as an IRA, would not be subject to the requirement to use average basis. The 

statute would provide the Secretary with authority to draft regulations applying the average basis 

method to stock other than portfolio stock. Special rules may also be required to coordinate the 

average basis method with the rules applicable to stock in a passive foreign investment company. 

The proposal would apply to portfolio stock acquired after December 31, 2015. 
163

TAX CARRIED (PROFITS) INTERESTS AS ORDINARY INCOME 

Current Law

A partnership is not subject to Federal income tax. Instead, an item of income or loss of the 

partnership retains its character and flows through to the partners, who must include such item on 

their tax returns. Generally, certain partners receive partnership interests in exchange for 

contributions of cash and/or property, while certain partners (not necessarily other partners) 

receive partnership interests, typically interests in future profits (“profits interests” or “carried 

interests”), in exchange for services. Accordingly, if and to the extent a partnership recognizes 

long-term capital gain, the partners, including partners who provide services, will reflect their 

shares of such gain on their tax returns as long-term capital gain. If the partner is an individual, 

such gain would be taxed at the reduced rates for long-term capital gains. Gain recognized on 

the sale of a partnership interest, whether it was received in exchange for property, cash, or 

services, is generally treated as capital gain. 

Under current law, income attributable to a profits interest of a general partner is generally 

subject to self-employment tax, except to the extent the partnership generates types of income 

that are excluded from self-employment taxes, e.g., capital gains, certain interest, and dividends. 

Reasons for Change

Although profits interests are structured as partnership interests, the income allocable to such 

interests is received in connection with the performance of services. A service provider’s share 

of the income of a partnership attributable to a carried interest should be taxed as ordinary 

income and subject to self-employment tax because such income is derived from the 

performance of services. By allowing service partners to receive capital gains treatment on labor 

income without limit, the current system creates an unfair and inefficient tax preference. The 

recent explosion of activity among large private equity firms and hedge funds has increased the 

breadth and cost of this tax preference, with some of the highest-income Americans benefiting 

from the preferential treatment. 

Proposal 

The proposal would tax as ordinary income a partner’s share of income on an “investment 

services partnership interest” (ISPI) in an investment partnership, regardless of the character of 

the income at the partnership level. Accordingly, such income would not be eligible for the 

reduced rates that apply to long-term capital gains. In addition, the proposal would require the 

partner to pay self-employment taxes on such income. In order to prevent income derived from 

labor services from avoiding taxation at ordinary income rates, this proposal assumes that the 

gain recognized on the sale of an ISPI would generally be taxed as ordinary income, not as 

capital gain. To ensure more consistent treatment with the sales of other types of businesses, the 

Administration remains committed to working with the Congress to develop mechanisms to 

assure the proper amount of income recharacterization where the business has goodwill or other 

assets unrelated to the services of the ISPI holder.
164

An ISPI is a carried interest in an investment partnership that is held by a person who provides 

services to the partnership. A partnership is an investment partnership if substantially all of its 

assets are investment-type assets (certain securities, real estate, interests in partnerships, 

commodities, cash or cash equivalents, or derivative contracts with respect to those assets), but 

only if over half of the partnership’s contributed capital is from partners in whose hands the 

interests constitute property not held in connection with a trade or business. To the extent (1) the 

partner who holds an ISPI contributes “invested capital” (which is generally money or other 

property) to the partnership, and (2) such partner’s invested capital is a qualified capital interest 

(which generally requires that (a) the partnership allocations to the invested capital be in a same 

manner as allocations to other capital interests held by partners who do not hold an ISPI and (b) 

the allocations to these non-ISPI holders are significant), income attributable to the invested 

capital would not be recharacterized. Similarly, the portion of any gain recognized on the sale of 

an ISPI that is attributable to the invested capital would be treated as capital gain. However, 

“invested capital” will not include contributed capital that is attributable to the proceeds of any 

loan or other advance made or guaranteed by any partner or the partnership.

Also, any person who performs services for an entity and holds a “disqualified interest” in the 

entity is subject to tax at rates applicable to ordinary income on any income or gain received with 

respect to the interest. A “disqualified interest” is defined as convertible or contingent debt, an 

option, or any derivative instrument with respect to the entity (but does not include a partnership 

interest, stock in certain taxable corporations, or stock in an S corporation). This is an anti-abuse 

rule designed to prevent the avoidance of the proposal through the use of compensatory 

arrangements other than partnership interests. Other anti-abuse rules may be necessary. 

The proposal is not intended to adversely affect qualification of a real estate investment trust 

owning a carried interest in a real estate partnership. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years ending after December 31, 2015.
165

REQUIRE NON-SPOUSE BENEFICIARIES OF DECEASED IRA OWNERS AND 

RETIREMENT PLAN PARTICIPANTS TO TAKE INHERITED DISTRIBUTIONS

OVER NO MORE THAN FIVE YEARS

Current Law

Minimum distribution rules apply to employer sponsored tax-favored retirement plans and to 

IRAs. In general, under these rules, distributions must begin no later than the required beginning 

date and a minimum amount must be distributed each year. For traditional IRAs, the required 

beginning date is April 1 following the calendar year in which the IRA owner attains age 701⁄2. 

For employer-sponsored tax-favored retirement plans, the required beginning date for a 

participant who is not a five-percent owner is April 1 after the later of the calendar year in which 

the participant attains age 701⁄2 or retires. Under a defined contribution plan or IRA, the 

minimum amount required to be distributed is based on the joint life expectancy of the 

participant or employee and a designated beneficiary (who is generally assumed to be 10 years 

younger), calculated at the end of each year.

Minimum distribution rules also apply to balances remaining after a plan participant or IRA 

owner has died. The after-death rules vary depending on (1) whether a participant or IRA owner 

dies on or after the required beginning date or before the required beginning date, and (2) 

whether there is an individual designated as a beneficiary under the plan. The rules also vary 

depending on whether the participant’s or IRA owner’s spouse is the sole designated beneficiary.

If a plan participant or IRA owner dies on or after the required beginning date and there is a nonspouse individual designated as beneficiary, the distribution period is the beneficiary’s life 

expectancy, calculated in the year after the year of death. The distribution period for later years 

is determined by subtracting one year from the initial distribution period for each year that 

elapses. If there is no individual designated as beneficiary, the distribution period is equal to the 

expected remaining years of the participant’s or IRA owner’s life, calculated as of the year of 

death.

If a participant or IRA owner dies before the required beginning date and any portion of the 

benefit is payable to a non-spouse designated beneficiary, distributions must either begin within 

one year of the participant’s or IRA owner’s death and be paid over the life or life expectancy of 

the designated beneficiary or be paid entirely by the end of the fifth year after the year of death. 

If the designated beneficiary dies during the distribution period, distributions continue to any 

subsequent beneficiaries over the remaining years in the distribution period.

If a participant or IRA owner dies before the required beginning date and there is no individual 

designated as beneficiary, then the entire remaining interest of the participant or IRA owner must 

generally be distributed by the end of the fifth year following the individual’s death.

The minimum distribution rules do not apply to Roth IRAs during the life of the account owner, 

but do apply to balances remaining after the death of the owner.
166

Reasons for Change

The Code gives tax preferences for retirement savings accounts primarily to provide retirement 

security for individuals and their spouses. The preferences were not created with the intent of 

providing tax preferences to the non-spouse heirs of individuals. Because the beneficiary of an 

inherited account can be much younger than a plan participant or IRA owner, the current rules 

allowing such a beneficiary to stretch the receipt of distributions over many years permit the 

beneficiary to enjoy tax-favored accumulation of earnings over long periods of time.

Proposal

Under the proposal, non-spouse beneficiaries of retirement plans and IRAs would generally be 

required to take distributions over no more than five years. Exceptions would be provided for 

eligible beneficiaries.

Eligible beneficiaries include any beneficiary who, as of the date of death, is disabled, a 

chronically ill individual, an individual who is not more than 10 years younger than the 

participant or IRA owner, or a child who has not reached the age of majority. For these 

beneficiaries, distributions would be allowed over the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary 

beginning in the year following the year of the death of the participant or owner. However, in 

the case of a child, the account would need to be fully distributed no later than five years after 

the child reaches the age of majority.

Any balance remaining after the death of a beneficiary (including an eligible beneficiary 

excepted from the five-year rule or a spouse beneficiary) would be required to be distributed by 

the end of the calendar year that includes the fifth anniversary of the beneficiary’s death. 

The proposal would be effective for distributions with respect to plan participants or IRA owners 

who die after December 31, 2015. The requirement that any balance remaining after the death of 

a beneficiary be distributed by the end of the calendar year that includes the fifth anniversary of 

the beneficiary’s death would also apply to participants or IRA owners who die before January 1, 

2015, but only if the beneficiary dies after December 31, 2015. The proposal would not apply in 

the case of a participant whose benefits are determined under a binding annuity contract in effect 

on the date of enactment. 
167

LIMIT THE TOTAL ACCRUAL OF TAX-FAVORED RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Current Law

Under current law, the maximum benefit permitted to be paid under a qualified defined benefit 

plan in 2015 is generally $210,000 per year and is adjusted for increases in the cost of living. 

The maximum benefit limit is reduced if distributions begin before age 62 and is increased if 

distributions begin after age 65. The maximum benefit is also adjusted if it is paid in a form 

other than a straight life annuity or a qualified joint and survivor annuity.

 

For a defined contribution plan, current law limits the amount of annual contributions or other 

additions to the account and applies a separate limit to elective deferrals made by taxpayers to 

the plan, but does not limit the amount that can be accumulated within the account. For 2015, 

the annual contribution limit is $53,000, and the elective deferral limit is $18,000. Each of these 

limits is adjusted for increases in the cost of living, and each limit is increased by $6,000 for 

taxpayers who are 50 or over. Similarly, current law limits the amount of the annual contribution 

to an IRA, but does not limit the amount that can be accumulated within the IRA. The annual 

contribution limit for 2015 is $5,500 (adjusted for changes in the cost of living) with an 

additional $1,000 for taxpayers who are 50 or over.

While the limitations on the extent to which a taxpayer can make contributions to an IRA are 

applied based on aggregating all of the taxpayer’s IRAs, the limitations on accruals under 

defined benefit plans and the limitations on contributions under defined contribution plans are 

not applied by aggregating all such arrangements. Instead, the aggregation is applied solely for 

multiple plans sponsored by the same employer or related employers, and for this purpose 

defined benefit plans are not aggregated with defined contribution plans. (Under a combined 

limit that was in effect from 1976 to 1996, an individual’s projected benefits under defined 

benefit plans were combined with the individual’s cumulative contributions under defined 

contribution plans maintained by the same employer). Furthermore, there is no aggregation for 

plans that are sponsored by unrelated employers and no coordination between the contribution 

limits that apply to IRAs and the limits that apply to plans. However, the Tax Reform Act of 

1986 imposed an excise tax on excess distributions (and accumulations remaining at death in 

excess of approximately $1 million) from (or accumulated in) all qualified plans in which a 

taxpayer participated (including both defined contribution and defined benefit plans and both 

related and unrelated employers) and all of the taxpayer’s IRAs. The excise tax was repealed in 

1997.

Under current law, the annual limit on elective deferrals for a plan also serves as an overall limit 

on elective deferrals for a taxpayer who participates in 401(k) plans sponsored by unrelated 

employers. If a taxpayer’s aggregate elective deferrals for a year exceed the limit for the year, 

the taxpayer must include the excess in income for the year of the excess deferral. A grace 

period is provided to allow taxpayers the opportunity to remove the excess deferrals. If the 

taxpayer fails to avail him or herself of this grace period and leaves the excess deferrals in the 

401(k) account, then the excess deferrals and attributable earnings will be subject to income tax 

when distributed, without any adjustment for basis (and without regard to whether the 

distribution is made from a designated Roth account within a plan).
168

Reasons for Change

The current law limitations on retirement contributions and benefits for each plan in which a 

taxpayer may participate do not adequately limit the extent to which a taxpayer can accumulate 

amounts in a tax-favored arrangement through the use of multiple plans. Such accumulations 

can be considerably in excess of amounts needed to fund reasonable levels of consumption in 

retirement and are well beyond the level of accumulation that justifies tax-advantaged treatment 

of retirement savings accounts. Requiring a taxpayer who, in the aggregate, has accumulated 

very large amounts within the tax-favored retirement system to discontinue adding to those 

accumulations would reduce the deficit, make the income tax system more progressive, and 

distribute the cost of government more fairly among taxpayers of various income levels, while 

still providing substantial tax incentives for reasonable levels of retirement saving. 

Proposal

A taxpayer who has accumulated amounts within the tax-favored retirement system (i.e., IRAs, 

section 401(a) plans, section 403(b) plans, and funded section 457(b) arrangements maintained 

by governmental entities) in excess of the amount necessary to provide the maximum annuity 

permitted for a tax-qualified defined benefit plan under current law (currently an annual benefit 

of $210,000) payable in the form of a joint and 100-percent survivor benefit commencing at age 

62 and continuing each year for the life of the participant and, if longer, the life of a spouse, 

assumed to be of the same age would be prohibited from making additional contributions or 

receiving additional accruals under any of those arrangements. Currently, the maximum 

permitted accumulation for an individual age 62 is approximately $3.4 million.

The limitation would be determined as of the end of a calendar year and would apply to 

contributions or accruals for the following calendar year. Plan sponsors and IRA trustees would 

report each participant’s account balance as of the end of the year as well as the amount of any 

contribution to that account for the plan year. For a taxpayer who is under age 62, the 

accumulated account balance would be converted to an annuity payable at 62, in the form of a 

100-percent joint and survivor benefit using the actuarial assumptions that apply to converting 

between annuities and lump sums under defined benefit plans. For a taxpayer who is older than 

age 62, the accumulated account balance would be converted to an annuity payable in the same 

form, where actuarial equivalence is determined by treating the individual as if he or she was still 

62. In either case, the maximum permitted accumulation would continue to be adjusted for cost 

of living increases. Plan sponsors of defined benefit plans would generally report the amount of 

the accrued benefit and the accrual for the year, payable in the same form. Regulations would 

provide for simplified reporting for defined benefit plans. As one example, a sponsor of a cash 

balance plan would be permitted to treat a participant’s hypothetical account balance under the 

plan as an accumulated account balance under a defined contribution plan for purposes of 

reporting under this provision. It is anticipated that other simplifications would be considered in 

order to ease administration.

If a taxpayer reached the maximum permitted accumulation, no further contributions or accruals 

would be permitted, but the taxpayer’s account balance could continue to grow with investment 

earnings and gains. If a taxpayer’s investment return for a year was less than the rate of return 
169

built into the actuarial equivalence calculation (so that the updated calculation of the equivalent 

annuity is less than the maximum annuity for a tax-qualified defined benefit plan), there would 

be room to make additional contributions. In addition, when the maximum defined benefit level 

increases as a result of the cost-of-living adjustment, the maximum permitted accumulation will 

automatically increase as well. This also could allow a resumption of contributions for a 

taxpayer who previously was subject to a suspension of contributions by reason of the overall 

limitation.

If a taxpayer received a contribution or an accrual that would result in an accumulation in excess 

of the maximum permitted amount, the excess would be treated in a manner similar to the 

treatment of an excess deferral under current law. Thus, the taxpayer would have to include the 

amount of the resulting excess accumulation in current income and would be allowed a grace 

period during which the taxpayer could withdraw the excess from the account or plan in order to 

comply with the limit. If the taxpayer did not withdraw the excess contribution (or excess 

accrual), then the excess amounts and attributable earnings would be subject to income tax when 

distributed, without any adjustment for basis (and without regard to whether the distribution is 

made from a Roth IRA or a designated Roth account within a plan). 

The proposal would be effective with respect to contributions and accruals for taxable years 

beginning after December 31, 2015.
170

CONFORM SELF-EMPLOYMENT CONTRIBUTIONS ACT (SECA) TAXES FOR 

PROFESSIONAL SERVICE BUSINESSES

Current Law

Social Security and Medicare benefits are financed via taxes on wages and self-employment 

earnings. Wages are subject to Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA) taxes while 

individuals’ self-employment earnings are subject to SECA taxes. Both FICA taxes and SECA 

taxes apply in full (at a 15.3-percent rate) to employment earnings up to a threshold (e.g., 

$117,000 in 2014) and at a reduced rate of 2.9 percent on employment earnings above that 

threshold. The tax on employment earnings above the threshold is devoted to funding Medicare. 

The Affordable Care Act (ACA) imposed an additional 0.9-percent Medicare tax on wages and 

self-employment earnings of high income taxpayers.

General partners and sole proprietors typically pay SECA taxes on the full amount of their net 

trade or business income. Limited partners pay SECA taxes only on the fairly narrow category 

of payments from the partnership that are for services provided and that are determined without 

regard to the income of the partnership. The application of SECA taxes to members of most 

limited liability companies (LLCs) is unclear because LLC members are neither general partners 

nor limited partners under State law. S corporation shareholders are not subject to SECA taxes. 

Instead, they are subject to FICA taxes on wages paid for services like any other employee. 

Nonwage distributions to employee-shareholders of S corporations are not subject to either FICA 

or SECA taxes, although the IRS may reclassify such distributions as wages to the extent that 

any wages paid do not represent reasonable compensation for services provided by the 

employee-shareholder. 

The ACA imposed a 3.8-percent net investment income tax (NIIT) for certain high income 

earners. The NIIT applies to investment income of individuals whose income exceeds a 

threshold, including passive income from partnerships and S corporations. The distributive share 

of trade or business income of active S corporation owners and active partners generally is not 

subject to the 3.8-percent NIIT. 

Reasons for Change

The taxation of employment income earned by owners of pass-through entities is outdated, 

unfair, and inefficient. It treats business owners differently according to the legal form of their 

ownership and the legal form of the payment that they receive. In part, this is a hold-over from 

earlier years when limited partners were prohibited by State law from holding managerial roles 

in their firms and LLCs did not exist. The differential treatment distorts choice of organizational 

form and provides tax planning opportunities for business owners, e.g., by some S corporation 

owners who receive substantial income in the form of distributions rather than as wages. As a 

result of these differences, some business owners pay employment taxes on nearly all their 

earnings (general partners and sole proprietors), other similarly situated owners pay employment 

taxes on only a portion of their earnings (S corporation owner-employees), and others pay little 

employment tax at all (limited partners and many LLC members). Thus, many owners of pass-
171

through entities successfully avoid payroll tax on income that is equivalent to self-employment 

earnings and that would be subject to employment taxes if the business had a different legal 

structure. 

High income owners of most businesses are subject either to the NIIT or to FICA/SECA on 

income from that business. However, active owners of S corporations and partnerships are not 

subject to the NIIT on their shares of income from those entities. Because active S corporation 

owners and certain active partners are not subject to SECA, high income owners of businesses 

conducted in these forms may be subject to neither the NIIT nor FICA/SECA taxes. Conforming 

SECA taxes for professional service businesses will close this unintended gap between the 

application of the NIIT and FICA/SECA taxes for such businesses.

The current system is also a challenge for the IRS to administer. The determination of 

“reasonable compensation” of S corporation owners generally depends on facts and 

circumstances and requires a valuation analysis, so this requirement is difficult for the IRS to 

enforce. The uncertainty surrounding the treatment of LLC members undermines the IRS’s 

ability to ensure payment of SECA. As a result, small business owners’ avoidance of 

employment taxes presents a serious enforcement challenge for the IRS.

The problems in appropriately subjecting the income earned by owners of pass-through 

businesses to employment taxes seems most obvious and most severe where the income derives 

primarily from services provided by these owners. 

Proposal

Individual owners of professional service businesses organized as S corporations, limited 

partnerships, general partnerships, and LLCs taxed as partnerships would all be treated as subject 

to SECA taxes in the same manner and to the same degree. Owners providing services who 

materially participate would be subject to SECA taxes on their distributive shares of partnership 

(or LLC or S corporation) income. The exemptions provided under current law for certain types 

of partnership income (e.g., rents, dividends, capital gains, and certain retired partner income) 

would apply to professional service business organized as S corporations and LLC, in addition to 

those organized as partnerships. Owners who do not materially participate would be subject to 

SECA taxes only on an amount of income equal to reasonable compensation, if any, for services 

provided to the business. (“Reasonable compensation” would be as large as any guaranteed 

payments received from the business for their services.) Distributions of compensation to 

owners of professional service S corporations would no longer be treated as wages subject to 

FICA taxes but would be included in earnings subject to SECA taxes. 

Material participation standards would apply to individuals who participate in a business in 

which they have a direct or indirect ownership interest. Taxpayers are generally considered to 

materially participate in a business if they are involved in a regular, continuous, and substantial 

way. Often this means they work for the business for at least 500 hours per year. Material 

participation would generally be determined as under the passive activity loss rules and 

associated regulations, except that the limited partner exception would not apply in the SECA 

context. 
172

“Professional service businesses” would be defined as partnerships, S corporations, or other 

entities taxed as partnerships substantially all the activities of which involve the performance of 

services in the fields of health, law, engineering, architecture, accounting, actuarial science, 

performing arts, and consulting (fields similar to those referenced in section 448(d)(2)(A)), as 

well as athletics, investment advice or management, brokerage services, and lobbying. 

Treasury would have authority to issue regulations to implement the legislation. 

This proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
173

LIMIT ROTH CONVERSIONS TO PRE-TAX DOLLARS

Current Law

A taxpayer is permitted to make a contribution to a Roth IRA only if the taxpayer’s modified 

adjusted gross income (MAGI) is less than a specified limit that is indexed for inflation. For 

2015, a married taxpayer filing a joint return is permitted to make a full contribution if the 

taxpayer’s MAGI is less than $183,000 and the contribution limit is phased out over the range of 

$183,000 to $193,000. An unmarried taxpayer is permitted to make a full contribution if the 

taxpayer’s MAGI is less than $116,000 and the contribution limit is phased out over the range of 

$116,000 to $131,000. No income limit applies to the ability to make contributions to a 

traditional IRA (although there is an income limit applicable for the deductibility of those 

contributions in the case of a taxpayer who is an active participant in a workplace retirement plan 

or who has a spouse who is an active participant).

A taxpayer can elect to convert amounts held in a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA by redesignating the IRA as a Roth IRA or by distributing the amount and then rolling it over into a 

Roth account. A taxpayer who converts an amount held in a traditional IRA must include the 

converted amount in income to the same extent it would be includible in income if distributed 

and not rolled over. That is, the amount is includible in income to the extent it is not a return of 

basis. A taxpayer can also roll over an amount held in an eligible retirement plan – such as a 

qualified plan – into a Roth IRA. If the distribution is not from a designated Roth account, the 

rollover to the Roth IRA is treated as a conversion and includible in the taxpayer’s income to the 

extent it does not represent a return of basis.

Reasons for Change

Some taxpayers who are not eligible to make contributions to Roth IRAs because their modified 

AGI exceeds the limit for such contributions have indirectly made contributions to a Roth IRA 

by making nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA and then converting the traditional 

IRA to a Roth IRA.

Proposal

The proposal would permit amounts held in a traditional IRA to be converted to a Roth IRA (or 

rolled over from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA) only to the extent a distribution of those 

amounts would be includable in income if they were not rolled over. Thus, after-tax amounts 

(those attributable to basis) held in a traditional IRA could not be converted to Roth amounts. A 

similar rule would apply to amounts held in eligible retirement plans. 

The proposal would apply to distributions occurring after December 31, 2015.
174

ELIMINATE DEDUCTION FOR DIVIDENDS ON STOCK OF PUBLICLY-TRADED 

CORPORATIONS HELD IN EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLANS

Current Law

Generally, corporations do not receive an income tax deduction for dividends paid to their 

shareholders. However, a deduction for dividends paid with respect to employer stock held in an 

employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) is allowed if certain conditions are met. The deduction 

is available even if the ESOP is merely an “ESOP account” that is one of the investment options 

available to employees under a section 401(k) plan (which holds salary reduction contributions 

elected by employees and, often, contributions that match those elective contributions). In 

addition, the special deduction is available regardless of the extent of the ESOP’s ownership 

interest in the corporation. 

To be deductible, the dividend paid must be an “applicable dividend.” A dividend qualifies as an 

applicable dividend only if the dividend is paid or used in accordance with one of four available 

alternatives. Specifically, a dividend qualifies as an applicable dividend if the dividend is (i) 

paid directly to the plan’s participants or their beneficiaries, (ii) paid to the plan and distributed 

to participants or their beneficiaries not later than 90 days after the end of the plan year, or (iii) at 

the election of the participants or their beneficiaries, could be paid either as described in (i) or 

(ii). Additionally, a dividend qualifies as an applicable dividend if it is used to repay a loan 

originally used to purchase the stock with respect to which the dividend is paid. For this 

purpose, the dividend qualifies as an applicable dividend only to the extent that employer 

securities with a fair market value of not less than the amount of the dividend are allocated to the 

accounts to which the dividend would have been allocated. The limitation on deductibility of 

dividends used to repay loans to those paid with respect to stock acquired with those loans does 

not apply to employer securities acquired by an ESOP prior to August 4, 1989 (if the plan was an 

ESOP prior to that date).

A deduction for a dividend that otherwise qualifies as an applicable dividend may be disallowed 

if the Secretary determines that the dividend is, in substance, an “avoidance or evasion” of 

taxation. This includes authority to disallow a deduction of unreasonable dividends, which has 

been used to recharacterize excess dividends as contributions subject to the limit on annual 

additions under section 415. Thus, the authority to disallow a deduction for a dividend serves 

not only to disallow the deduction but also to constrain any dividend that, in substance, 

constitutes an employer contribution to the ESOP in excess of the otherwise applicable limit on 

annual additions.

When distributed to participants or their beneficiaries, either directly or from the plan, applicable 

dividends constitute taxable plan distributions (ordinary income) but are not subject to the 10-

percent early distribution tax. Applicable dividends are not treated as wages for purposes of 

income tax withholding or Federal employment taxes.
175

Reasons for Change

Current law extends several tax benefits to ESOPs that are in addition to those applicable to other 

tax-qualified retirement plans. The ESOP dividend deduction is one of these benefits. Thus, 

while current law generally does not allow a paying corporation a deduction for dividends paid 

with respect to its stock, including stock that is held in a retirement plan, the deduction for 

dividends on employer stock held in an ESOP is an exception to this rule. The difference in 

treatment creates an additional incentive for employers to encourage investment in employer 

stock through ESOPs. However, concentration of employees’ retirement savings in the stock of 

the employees’ employer entails a risk that poor corporate performance or other factors will lead 

to a loss in value of the stock and hence of employees’ retirement savings (which is the same risk 

that could also affect their job security) without necessarily offering a commensurate return. 

Providing special tax benefits for ESOPs, including the tax deduction for current payments of 

dividends to ESOP participants, has been justified as encouraging employee ownership, which in 

turn has been viewed as having a productivity incentive effect, but this effect is more likely for 

employers that have a significant degree of employee ownership, where there may be a greater 

possibility that the benefits of any such incentives could justify the risks associated with the 

concentration of retirement savings in employer stock. Ownership of stock of a publicly traded 

corporation through an ESOP seems unlikely to offer significant productivity incentives to 

employees because their aggregate ownership interests in the corporation are more likely to be 

small relative to the ownership interests of public shareholders. Instead, in the context of 

publicly held corporations, the special dividend deduction for stock held in ESOPs has frequently 

served to encourage 401(k) plan sponsors to amend an existing employer stock fund investment 

option in a 401(k) plan to constitute an ESOP in order to benefit from the dividend deduction 

without significant changes in the character of the account or the extent of employee ownership. 

By eliminating the ESOP dividend deduction for dividends on employer stock of a publicly 

traded corporation held in an ESOP, the proposal seeks to strike a balance between the 

competing policy considerations. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the deduction for dividends paid with respect to employer stock held 

by an ESOP that is sponsored by a publicly traded corporation. Rules allowing for immediate 

payment of an applicable dividend would continue as would rules permitting the use of an 

applicable dividend to repay a loan used to purchase the stock of the publicly traded corporation. 

The Secretary would continue to have authority to disallow an unreasonable dividend or 

distribution (as described in section 1368(a)) for this purpose.

The proposal would apply to dividends and distributions that are paid after the date of enactment.
176

REPEAL EXCLUSION OF NET UNREALIZED APPRECIATION IN EMPLOYER 

SECURITIES

Current Law

In the case of a distribution of employer stock received as part of a lump-sum distribution from a 

tax-qualified retirement plan, the amount of net unrealized appreciation in the employer stock 

can be excluded from gross income in the year of the distribution. In the case of any other 

distribution (except a distribution that is not currently taxable under the rollover rules), the net 

unrealized appreciation in the employer stock generally can be excluded from gross income in 

the year of the distribution only to the extent that it is attributable to employee contributions. For 

this purpose, a distribution is a lump-sum distribution only if it is part of the distribution or 

payment within one taxable year of the recipient of the balance to the credit of a participant’s 

account in a tax-qualified retirement plan that becomes payable to the recipient (1) on account of 

the participant’s death, (2) after the participant attains age 591⁄2, (3) on account of the 

participant’s separation from service, or (4) after the participant has become disabled.

Net unrealized appreciation is the excess of the market value of employer stock at the time of 

distribution over the cost or other basis of that stock to the trust. Net unrealized appreciation is 

generally taxed as a capital gain at the time the employer stock is ultimately sold by the recipient. 

Reasons for Change

Current law extends several tax benefits to ESOPs and to participants in ESOPs and other plans 

that hold employer stock. These are in addition to the tax benefits applicable to other taxqualified retirement plans. The exclusion of net unrealized appreciation in employer securities 

from gross income in the year of a distribution is one of these benefits. The special tax benefits 

create an additional incentive for employees to invest in employer stock through tax-qualified 

retirement plans. Concentration of employees’ retirement savings in the stock of the company 

for which they work, however, subjects employees’ retirement benefits to increased risk 

(potentially the same risk that could affect their job security) without necessarily offering a 

commensurate return.

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the exclusion of net unrealized appreciation in employer stock in the 

year of a distribution for participants in tax-qualified retirement plans who have not yet attained 

age 50 as of December 31, 2015. Participants who have attained age 50 on or before December 

31, 2015 would not be affected by the proposal. 

The proposal would apply to distributions made after December 31, 2015. 
177

DISALLOW THE DEDUCTION FOR CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS THAT ARE A 

PREREQUISITE FOR PURCHASING TICKETS TO COLLEGE SPORTING EVENTS

Current Law

Under current law, donors who receive benefits in exchange for their contribution must reduce 

the value of their charitable contribution deduction by the fair market value of the benefits they 

receive. However, the law currently provides that donors to colleges and universities that receive 

in exchange for their contributions the right to purchase tickets for seating at an athletic event 

may deduct 80 percent of the contribution. 

Reasons for Change

Some colleges and universities give exclusive or priority purchasing privileges for sports ticket 

sales to donors, with the priority often dependent on the size of the gift. Donors may deduct 80 

percent of the contribution, even when the value of the right to purchase tickets is far in excess of 

20 percent of the contributed amount.

Proposal

The proposal would deny the deduction for contributions that entitle donors to a right to purchase 

tickets to sporting events.

The proposal would be effective for contributions made in taxable years beginning after 

December 31, 2015.
178

INCENTIVES FOR JOB CREATION, CLEAN ENERGY, AND 

MANUFACTURING

DESIGNATE PROMISE ZONES

Current Law

The Code contains various incentives targeted to encourage the development of particular 

geographic regions, including empowerment zones. There are 40 empowerment zones – 30 in 

urban areas and 10 in rural areas – that were designated through a competitive application 

process in three separate rounds in 1994, 1998, and 2002. State and local governments 

nominated distressed geographic areas, which were selected on the strength of their strategic 

plans for economic and social revitalization. The urban areas were designated by the Secretary 

of Housing and Urban Development. The rural areas were designated by the Secretary of 

Agriculture. Empowerment zone designation remained in effect through December 31, 2014.

Incentives for businesses in empowerment zones include (1) a 20-percent wage credit for 

qualifying wages, (2) additional expensing for qualified zone property, (3) tax-exempt financing 

for certain qualifying zone facilities, (4) deferral of capital gains on sales and reinvestment in 

empowerment zone assets, and (5) exclusion of 60 percent (rather than 50 percent) of the gain on 

the sale of qualified small business stock held more than five years. (For qualified small 

business stock acquired after September 27, 2010 and before January 1, 2015, the exclusion 

percentage increases to 100 percent. This provision (100-percent exclusion) applies to all 

qualified small business stock, not just that issued by enterprise zone businesses.)

The wage credit provides a 20-percent subsidy on the first $15,000 of annual wages paid to 

residents of empowerment zones by businesses located in these communities, if substantially all 

of the employee’s services are performed within the zone. The credit is not available for wages 

taken into account in determining the work opportunity tax credit (WOTC).

To be eligible for the capital incentives, businesses must generally satisfy the requirements of an 

enterprise zone business. Among other conditions, these requirements stipulate that at least 50 

percent of the total gross income of such business is derived from the active conduct of a 

business within an empowerment zone, a substantial portion of the use of tangible property of 

such business is within an empowerment zone, and at least 35 percent of its employees are 

residents of an empowerment zone. 

Enterprise zone businesses are allowed to expense the cost of certain qualified zone property 

(which, among other requirements, must be used in the active conduct of a qualified business in 

an empowerment zone) up to an additional $35,000 above the amounts generally available under 

Code section 179. In addition, only 50 percent of the cost of such qualified zone property counts 

toward the limitation under which section 179 deductions are reduced to the extent the cost of 

section 179 property exceeds a specified amount.
179

In addition, residents of empowerment zones who are 18-39 years old qualify as a targeted group 

for the WOTC. Employers who hire an individual in a targeted group receive a 40-percent credit 

that applies to the first $6,000 of qualified first-year wages. Empowerment zone residents aged 

16-17 can also qualify as a targeted group for WOTC, but the qualifying wage limit is reduced to 

$3,000 and the period of employment must be between May 1 and September 15.

Reasons for Change

Promise zones would promote job creation and investment in economically distressed areas that 

have demonstrated potential for future growth and diversification into new industries. While 

current law provides regionally targeted benefits to numerous areas, most of these incentives 

expired recently and some of these designations have been in effect for around 20 years. The 

Administration desires to target resources to areas where they would provide the most benefit on 

a going-forward basis. In particular, the national competition for promise zone status would 

encourage such areas to develop rigorous plans for economic growth that connect the zone to 

drivers of regional economic growth. The targeted tax incentives provided to the zone would 

encourage private sector investment and other forms of increased economic activity in these 

areas. The current tax incentives are perceived as complex and difficult for businesses to 

navigate, potentially reducing the take-up rate for these incentives.

Proposal

The Administration proposes to designate 20 promise zones (14 in urban areas and 6 in rural 

areas), including zones that competed for and received a Promise Zone designation in 2014 and 

2015. Zone designations for the purpose of the tax incentives would be in effect from January 1, 

2016 through December 31, 2025. The Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of Housing 

and Urban Development (HUD) would select the zones in consultation with the Secretary of 

Commerce, the Secretary of Education, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Health and 

Human Services, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of the Treasury. 

The zones would be chosen through a competitive application process, inclusive of zones that 

were awarded Promise Zone designation in 2014 and 2015. To apply, an applicant would need 

the formal support of a State, county, city, or other general purpose political subdivision of a 

State or possession (a “local government”), or an Indian tribal government. Applicant areas 

could be supported by more than one local government, if the applicant area is within the 

jurisdiction of more than one local government or State. In addition, local governments within a 

region could join together to jointly support multiple applicant areas for promise zone status, so 

long as each designated zone independently satisfies the eligibility criteria. To be eligible to 

apply, an area must satisfy the following criteria:

1. An applicant area would have to have a continuous boundary (that is, an area must be a 

single area; it cannot be comprised of two or more separate areas).

2. The population of an applicant area could not exceed 200,000.
180

3. An applicant urban area would have to include a portion of at least one local government 

jurisdiction with a population of at least 50,000. 

Applicant areas would be designated as promise zones based on the strength of the applicant’s 

“competitiveness plan” and its need to attract investment and jobs. Communities would be 

encouraged to develop a strategic plan to build on their economic strengths and outline targeted 

investments to develop their competitive advantages. Collaboration across a wide range of 

stakeholders would be useful in developing a coherent and comprehensive strategic plan. A 

successful plan would clearly outline how the economic strategy would connect the zone to 

drivers of regional economic growth. 

In evaluating applications, the Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of HUD could consider 

other factors for the affected population, including: unemployment rates, poverty rates, 

household income, home-ownership, labor force participation and educational attainment. In 

addition, the Secretary may set minimal standards for the levels of unemployment and poverty 

that must be satisfied by the nominated applicant area.

“Rural area” would be defined as any area that is (1) outside of a metropolitan statistical area 

(within the meaning of section 143(k)(2)(B)), or (2) determined by the Secretary of Agriculture 

to be a rural area. “Urban area” would be defined as any area that is not a rural area. 

Two tax incentives would be applicable to promise zones. First, an employment credit would be 

provided to businesses that employ zone residents. The credit would apply to the first $15,000 of 

annual qualifying zone employee wages. The credit rate would be 20 percent for zone residents 

who are employed within the zone and 10 percent for zone residents employed outside of the 

zone. The definition of a qualified zone employee would follow rules for a qualified 

empowerment zone employee found in section 1396(d). For the purposes of the 10-percent 

credit, the requirement that substantially all of the services performed by the employee for the 

employer are within the zone would not apply. The definition of qualified zone wages would 

follow the definitions provided in section 1396(c) and 1397(a) for the empowerment zone 

employment credit.

Second, qualified property placed in service within the zone would be eligible for additional 

first-year depreciation of 100 percent of the adjusted basis of the property. Qualified property 

for this purpose includes tangible property with a recovery period of 20 years or less, water 

utility property, certain computer software, and qualified leasehold improvement property. 

Qualified property must be new property. Qualified property excludes property that is required 

to be depreciated under the Alternative Depreciation System. The taxpayer must purchase (or 

begin the manufacture or construction of) the property after the date of zone designation and 

before the zone designation ends (but only if no written binding contract for the acquisition was 

in effect before zone designation). The property must be placed in service within the zone while 

the zone designation is in effect. 

The Secretary of the Treasury would be given authority to collect data from taxpayers on the use 

of such tax incentives by zone. The Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of HUD may 

require the nominating local government to provide other data on the economic conditions in the 
181

zones both before and after designation. These data would be used to evaluate the effectiveness 

of the promise zones program.

The proposal would be effective upon date of enactment.
182

PROVIDE A TAX CREDIT FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ADVANCED 

TECHNOLOGY VEHICLES 

Current Law

A tax credit is allowed for plug-in electric drive motor vehicles. A plug-in electric drive motor 

vehicle is a vehicle that has at least four wheels, is manufactured for use on public roads, is 

treated as a motor vehicle for purposes of Title II of the Clean Air Act (that is, is not a low-speed 

vehicle), has a gross vehicle weight of less than 14,000 pounds, meets certain emissions 

standards, draws propulsion energy using a traction battery with at least four kilowatt hours of 

capacity, is capable of being recharged from an external source, and meets certain other 

requirements. The credit is $2,500 plus $417 for each kilowatt hour of battery capacity in excess 

of four kilowatt hours, up to a maximum credit of $7,500. The credit phases out for a 

manufacturer’s vehicles over four calendar quarters beginning with the second calendar quarter 

following the quarter in which 200,000 of the manufacturer’s credit-eligible vehicles have been 

sold. The credit is generally allowed to the taxpayer that places the vehicle in service (including 

a person placing the vehicle in service as a lessor). In the case of a vehicle used by a tax-exempt 

or governmental entity, however, the credit is allowed to the person selling the vehicle to the taxexempt or governmental entity, but only if the seller clearly discloses the amount of the credit to 

the purchaser.

Reasons for Change

The President is proposing increased investment in research and development and a competitive 

program to encourage communities to invest in the advanced vehicle infrastructure, address the 

regulatory barriers, and provide the local incentives to achieve deployment at critical mass. The 

President is also proposing a transformation of the existing tax credit for plug-in electric drive 

motor vehicles into one that is allowed for a wider range of advanced technologies and that is 

allowed generally to the seller.

Making the credit available to a wider range of technologies, removing the cap placed on the 

number of vehicles per manufacturer that can receive the credit, and allowing for a scalable 

credit up to a maximum of $10,000 will help increase production of advanced vehicles that 

diversify our fuel use and bring down the cost of producing such vehicles. 

Making the credit transferable will add flexibility to the market. This flexibility would enable 

the seller or person financing the sale to offer a point-of-sale rebate to consumers. 

Proposal

The proposal would replace the credit for plug-in electric drive motor vehicles with a credit for 

advanced technology vehicles. The credit would be available for a vehicle that meets the 

following criteria: (1) the vehicle operates primarily on an alternative to petroleum; (2) as of 

January 1, 2014, there are few vehicles in operation in the U.S. using the same technology as 

such vehicle; and (3) the technology used by the vehicle exceeds the footprint based target miles 

per gallon by at least 25 percent. The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the 
183

Secretary of Energy, will determine what constitutes the “same technology” for this purpose. 

The credit would be limited to vehicles that weigh no more than 14,000 pounds and are treated as 

motor vehicles for purposes of Title II of the Clean Air Act. In general, the credit would be the 

sum of $5,000 and the product of 100 and the amount by which the vehicle’s miles per gallon 

equivalent exceeds its footprint-based target miles per gallon, but would be capped at $10,000 

($7,500 for vehicles with an MSRP above $45,000). The credit for a battery-powered vehicle 

would be determined under current law rules for the credit for plug-in electric drive motor 

vehicles if that computation results in a greater credit. The credit would be available to the 

manufacturer of the vehicle, but the manufacturer would have the option to transfer the credit to 

a dealer that sells the vehicle or to the end-use purchaser of the vehicle. If the credit is 

transferred to an end-use business purchaser, the purchaser would not be required to reduce the 

basis of depreciable property by the amount of the credit.

The credit would be allowed for vehicles placed in service after December 31, 2015 and before 

January 1, 2023. The credit would be 75 percent of the otherwise allowable amount for vehicles 

placed in service in 2020, 50 percent of such amount for vehicles placed in service in 2021, and 

25 percent of such amount for vehicles placed in service in 2022.
184

PROVIDE A TAX CREDIT FOR MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY ALTERNATIVEFUEL COMMERCIAL VEHICLES 

Current Law

A tax credit is allowed for fuel-cell vehicles purchased before 2015. The credit is $20,000 for 

vehicles weighing more than 14,000 pounds but not more than 26,000 pounds and $40,000 for 

vehicles weighing more than 26,000 pounds. There is no tax incentive for other types of 

alternative-fuel vehicles (vehicles operating on compressed natural gas, liquefied natural gas, 

liquefied petroleum gas, hydrogen, or any liquid at least 85 percent of the volume of which 

consists of methanol) weighing more than 14,000 pounds.

Reasons for Change

Alternative-fuel vehicles have the potential to reduce petroleum consumption. A tax credit 

would encourage the purchase of such vehicles and the development of a commercially viable 

manufacturing base for alternative-fuel medium and heavy-duty vehicles. Making the credit 

transferable would add flexibility to the market. This flexibility would enable the seller or 

person financing the sale of these vehicles to offer a point-of-sale rebate to purchasers.

Proposal

The proposal would allow a tax credit of $25,000 for dedicated alternative-fuel vehicles 

weighing between 14,000 pounds and 26,000 pounds and $40,000 for dedicated alternative-fuel 

vehicles weighing more than 26,000 pounds.

The credit would be available to the manufacturer of the vehicle, but the manufacturer would 

have the option to transfer the credit to a dealer that sells the vehicle or to the vehicle’s end-use 

purchaser. If the credit is transferred to an end-use business purchaser, the purchaser would not 

be required to reduce the basis of depreciable property by the amount of the credit. 

The credit would be allowed for vehicles placed in service after December 31, 2015, and before 

January 1, 2022. For vehicles placed in service in calendar year 2021, the credit would be 

limited to 50 percent of the otherwise allowable amount.
185

MODIFY AND EXTEND THE TAX CREDIT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF 

ENERGY-EFFICIENT NEW HOMES

Current Law

The general business tax credit included a new energy-efficient home credit available to eligible 

contractors for the construction of qualified new energy-efficient homes acquired for use as 

residences. To have qualified as a new energy-efficient home, the home must have been 

certified in accordance with guidance prescribed by the Secretary to achieve either a 30-percent 

or 50-percent reduction in heating and cooling energy consumption compared to a comparable 

dwelling constructed in accordance with the standards of chapter 4 of the 2006 International 

Energy Conservation Code (IECC) as in effect (including supplements) on January 1, 2006, and 

any applicable Federal minimum efficiency standards for heating and cooling equipment. For 

homes meeting the 30-percent standard, one-third of such 30-percent savings must come from 

the building envelope (i.e., windows, wall, and doors), and for homes meeting the 50-percent 

standard, one-fifth of such 50-percent savings must come from the building envelope. The credit 

equaled $1,000 in the case of a new manufactured home (e.g., a mobile home or other pre-built 

home) that met the 30-percent standard and $2,000 in the case of a new home that met the 50-

percent standard.

In lieu of meeting the 30-percent efficiency improvement relative to the standards of chapter 4 of 

the 2006 IECC, manufactured homes certified by a method prescribed by the Administrator of 

the Environmental Protection Agency under the ENERGY STAR Labeled Homes program are 

eligible for the $1,000 credit.

The credit applies to homes acquired prior to January 1, 2015.

Reasons for Change

The prior tax credit expired at the end of 2013. The expired credit applied only to energy 

savings from heating and cooling, which accounts for about half of home energy use. Ideally, 

the tax incentive would encourage overall energy efficiency, not just heating and cooling 

efficiency. 

In addition, energy efficiency and other home building standards have continued to improve 

since the prior provision was enacted. For example, ENERGY STAR certified new homes are at 

least 15 percent more energy efficient than a home built to a model building code which sets 

minimum energy efficiency standards (the 2009 International Energy Conservation Code), and 

features additional measures that deliver a total energy efficiency improvement of up to 30 

percent compared to a typical new home. These savings may be even higher in States with less 

rigorous energy efficiency codes. ENERGY STAR certification includes energy efficiency in 

heating, cooling, and building envelope, in addition to efficiency standards for lighting and 

appliances and hot water. It also includes a checklist to help ensure quality installation 

procedures are followed and critical construction details are not omitted. The Department of 

Energy (DOE) Zero Energy Ready Home program, which began in 2013, is even more 

ambitious. DOE Zero Energy Ready Homes must meet all ENERGY STAR home requirements 
186

plus additional higher standards for the best proven practices and technologies for energy 

efficiency, indoor air quality, durability, and readiness for the transition to renewable 

energy. The ENERGY STAR and DOE Zero Energy Ready Homes requirements are 

coordinated and share a common certification process.

Re-targeting the tax credit to the ENERGY STAR and DOE Zero Energy Ready Home standards 

would promote the adoption of high overall energy efficiency standards in the construction of 

new homes.

Proposal

The proposal would extend the tax credit for homes acquired prior to January 1, 2015. For 

homes acquired after December 31, 2015, and before January 1, 2026 the proposal would 

provide a $1,000 energy efficient new home tax credit for the construction of a qualified 

ENERGY STAR certified new home acquired for use as a residence. In addition, a $4,000 tax 

credit would be provided for the construction of a qualified DOE Zero Energy Ready Home 

acquired for use as a residence. To ensure that a new home meets ENERGY STAR or DOE 

Zero Energy Ready Home guidelines, verification by a qualified third party would be required.
187

REDUCE EXCISE TAXES ON LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS (LNG) TO BRING INTO 

PARITY WITH DIESEL

Current Law

An excise tax of 24.3 cents per gallon is imposed on diesel fuel and liquefied natural gas used as 

highway motor fuels to fund the Highway Trust Fund. With the exception of liquefied petroleum 

gas (propane), compressed natural gas, and LNG, highway motor fuels are subject to an 

additional 0.1 cent per gallon tax to fund the Leaking Underground Storage Tank Trust Fund. 

Without congressional action, most of these taxes will expire after September 30, 2016. 

However, a 4.3 cents per gallon fuels tax is a permanent funding mechanism for the Highway 

Trust Fund and will not expire. 

In contrast to current law, and because these excise taxes are routinely extended, the 

Administration’s tax receipts baseline assumes permanent extension. This reflects longstanding 

practice and conforms to the Balanced Budget and Emergency Control Act of 1985, as amended.

Reasons for Change

Vehicles fueled with LNG emit significantly lower levels of carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxide, and 

sulfur dioxide compared to diesel-fueled vehicles. In addition, the use of LNG as a 

transportation fuel helps reduce petroleum consumption. Reducing the excise tax on LNG so 

that is at parity with diesel fuel on an energy-content adjusted basis would promote the use of 

natural gas vehicles.

Proposal

The proposal would lower the 24.3 cents per gallon excise tax on LNG to 14.1 cents per gallon 

beginning after December 31, 2015. 
188

ENHANCE AND MODIFY THE CONSERVATION EASEMENT DEDUCTION

Current Law

A deduction is generally available for contributions of cash and property to tax-exempt 

charitable organizations. A donor must generally contribute his or her entire interest in donated 

property to take a deduction; donations of partial interests, i.e., only some of the owner’s 

property rights, are generally not deductible. However, under a special provision, a donor may 

deduct the fair market value of a qualified conservation contribution – including a contribution of 

a restriction granted in perpetuity on the use of real property made to a qualified charitable 

organization exclusively for conservation purposes (a “conservation easement”), including for 

the preservation of certain certified historic structures. (To qualify as a certified historic 

structure, a building must either be located in a registered historic district or be listed in the 

National Register of Historic Places.) This deduction is generally limited to a certain percentage 

of a taxpayer’s income. For individual taxpayers, the deduction is limited to 30 percent of the 

individual’s contribution base (generally, AGI) in the year of the contribution. If the value of the 

property contributed exceeds this limitation, the individual may deduct the remaining value over 

the succeeding five years. For corporate taxpayers, the deduction is limited to 10 percent of their 

taxable income. If any contribution results in a return benefit to the donor, the deduction amount

must be reduced by the value of the benefit received. 

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 temporarily raised the percentage-of-income limitations for 

gifts of conservation easements made after December 31, 2005, allowing individuals to deduct 

up to 50 percent of their contribution base and allowing individuals who are qualified farmers 

and ranchers to deduct up to 100 percent of their contribution base. In addition, certain corporate 

farmers and ranchers could deduct the value of contributions of property used in agriculture or 

livestock production (and restricted so as to remain available for such production) up to 

100 percent of taxable income. Additionally, all of these donors could deduct any remaining 

value of the donated easement over the succeeding 15 years. Although these provisions were 

extended four times, they lapsed on December 31, 2014. 

The Pension Protection Act also added several special requirements for contributions of 

easements protecting the exterior of buildings located in registered historic districts. These rules 

do not apply to buildings listed in the National Register of Historic Places.

Reasons for Change

A deduction is permitted for contributions of conservation easements to encourage land owners 

to restrict development of their land, thereby preserving fragile ecosystems and wildlife habitats, 

environmentally important open spaces, helping to build resilience to climate change by 

protecting natural infrastructure, public recreational areas, and historic buildings. Where 

conservation easements significantly reduce the value of the underlying land interests, economic 

incentives are needed to encourage landowners to voluntarily restrict development. The current 

tax deduction for conservation easement donations has been an important incentive for 

conservation, but it has been of limited value to some donors. Although these donors may own 

very valuable property, if they have relatively modest incomes, then the current percentage of 
189

income limitations and five-year carryforward provision limit their ability to deduct the full 

value of their conservation easement donations. The proposal would expand the ability of 

conservation easement donors – particularly qualified farmers and ranchers – to deduct the full 

value of the property contributed, increasing the effectiveness of this conservation incentive.

However, the deduction has also proven susceptible to abuse and difficult to administer, leading 

to numerous disputes between taxpayers and the IRS, and resulting in increased costs and 

uncertainty for both donors and the IRS. Donors have considerable latitude to determine 

whether an easement on their property furthers conservation purposes and over the appraised

value of the easement, because the donor chooses both the organization holding the easement 

and the appraiser. While the majority of donors and easement holders act in good faith, there are 

no repercussions on those organizations that knowingly accept contributions of easements that 

are overvalued or do not further conservation purposes. Court cases over the last decade have 

highlighted donors who have taken large deductions for overvalued easements and for easements 

that allow donors to retain significant rights or that do not further important conservation 

purposes. For example, large deductions taken for contributions of easements preserving 

recreational amenities, including golf courses, surrounded by upscale, private home sites have 

raised concerns both that the deduction amounts claimed for such easements are excessive, and 

also that the conservation easement deduction is not promoting only bona fide conservation 

activities, as opposed to the private interests of donors. In addition, easement valuations often do 

not appropriately take into account existing limitations on the property or rights retained by 

donors. Reforms are needed to ensure that conservation tax benefits encourage important 

conservation activities and do not provide opportunities for abuse. The proposal would make 

changes to the deduction provision to reduce the likelihood that contributed easements are 

overvalued, to better ensure that contributed easements further bona fide conservation purposes, 

and to improve the administrability and transparency of the deduction. 

In the case of contributions of easements on golf courses and historic preservation easements, 

where concerns have been particularly strong, the deduction would be eliminated or reduced. 

The benefit of an easement on a private golf course, especially one that is part of a luxury 

housing development, may accrue to a limited number of users such as members of the course 

club or the owners of the surrounding homes, not the general public, and the construction and 

operation of the course may even result in environmental degradation. Easements on golf 

courses are particularly susceptible to overvaluation, as private interests often profit from the 

contribution of the easement. Because of the difficulty determining both the value of the 

easement and the value of the return benefits provided to the donor – including indirect benefits, 

such as the increase in the value of home sites surrounding the golf course – it is difficult and 

costly for the IRS to challenge inflated golf course easement deductions. Thus, no charitable 

deduction should be allowed for contributions of easements on golf courses.

Similarly, concerns have been raised that the deduction amounts claimed for historic 

preservation easements are excessive and may not appropriately take into account existing 

limitations on the property. The value of the easement may be zero if it does not restrict future 

development more than the restrictions already imposed on the building, for example, by local 

zoning or historic preservation authorities. Some taxpayers, however, have taken large 

deductions for contributions of easements restricting the upward development of historic urban 
190

buildings even though such development was already restricted by local authorities. Because of 

the difficulty of determining the value of the contributed easement, it is difficult and costly for 

the IRS to challenge deductions for historic preservation easements. To prevent abuses, no 

deduction should be allowed for the value associated with forgone upward development above 

an historic building. In addition, to maintain consistency, the special rules applicable to 

buildings in registered historic districts should be extended to apply to buildings listed in the 

National Register.

Finally, to address the concerns described above, promote effective conservation efforts, reduce

opportunities for abuse, limit uncertainty and compliance burdens for donors and the IRS, and 

strengthen the relationship between the conservation value the public receives and the cost to the 

taxpayer of the donor’s contribution, the proposal would create a new conservation credit to pilot 

as an alternative to the current deduction. 

The conservation credit would give qualified conservation organizations, which are expert in the 

conservation priorities and values in their geographic areas of operation, a central role in the 

distribution of the tax benefit. Under the proposal, conservation organizations would be given an 

allotment of tax credits to use to further their conservation purposes, which they in turn would 

allocate to donors of easements. The organizations would have flexibility in their allocation of 

the credits to donors, and would naturally seek to maximize the amount of conservation value 

obtained with their conservation credits. The conservation credit would provide increased 

incentives for donors to contribute easements on important conservation lands by allowing larger 

tax benefits to be claimed with fewer restrictions. In addition, many of the requirements 

necessary to ensure compliance in the deduction context would no longer be necessary, reducing 

the burden on donors of costly compliance, uncertainty and litigation. Furthermore, because 

conservation organizations would be involved in valuing the easements and have an incentive to 

ensure that the tax benefits are commensurate with the conservation values received, the 

conservation credit would result in a more effective tax benefit that obtains better conservation 

outcomes for the same cost to taxpayers. This approach also would improve tax administration 

by removing oversight of conservation value from the IRS. Although the IRS would administer 

the credits, credits would be allocated to qualified organizations by an interagency group, and the 

value of easements would be determined between the donor and the qualified conservation 

organizations, who have deep knowledge of the conservation priorities and values in the 

communities in which they operate. 

Proposal

The Administration proposes to make the following enhancements and modifications to the 

conservation easement deduction.

Permanently enhance incentives and reform the deduction for donations of conservation 

easements

This proposal would make permanent the temporary enhanced incentives for conservation 

easement contributions that expired on December 31, 2014. In addition, to address concerns 
191

regarding abusive uses of this deduction and to promote effective, high-value conservation 

efforts, the proposal includes a number of reforms:

First, the proposal would strengthen standards for organizations to qualify to receive deductible 

contributions of conservation easements by requiring such organizations to meet minimum 

requirements, specified in regulations, which would be based on the experiences and best 

practices developed in several States and by voluntary accreditation programs. For example, the 

regulations could, among other things, specify that a “qualified organization” must not be related 

to the donor or to any person that is or has been related to the donor for at least ten years; must 

have sufficient assets and expertise to be reasonably able to enforce the terms of all easements it 

holds; and must have an approved policy for selecting, reviewing, and approving conservations 

easements that fulfill a conservation purpose. An organization that accepts contributions that it 

knows (or should know) are substantially overvalued or do not further an appropriate 

conservation purpose would jeopardize their status as a “qualified organization.”

Second, the proposal would modify the definition of eligible “conservation purposes” for which 

deductible contributions may be made, requiring that all contributed easements further a clearly 

delineated Federal conservation policy (or an authorized State or tribal government policy) and 

yield significant public benefit. 

Third, in order to take a deduction, a donor must provide a detailed description of the 

conservation purpose or purposes furthered by the contribution, including a description of the 

significant public benefits it will yield, and the donee organization must attest that the 

conservation purpose, public benefits, and fair market value of the easement reported to the IRS 

are accurate. Penalties would apply on organizations and organization managers that attest to 

values that they know (or should know) are substantially overstated or that receive contributions 

that do not serve an eligible conservation purpose.

Finally, the proposal would require additional reporting of information about contributed 

conservation easements and their fair market values. Section 6033 would be amended to require

electronic reporting and public disclosure by donee organizations regarding deductible 

contributions of easements that is sufficient for transparency and accountability including:

detailed descriptions of the subject property and the restrictions imposed on the property, the 

conservation purposes served by the easement, and any rights retained by the donor or related 

persons; the fair market value of both the easement and the full fee interest in the property at the 

time of the contribution; and a description of any easement modifications or actions taken to 

enforce the easement that were taken during the taxable year. As is the case under current law, 

personally identifying information regarding the donor would not be subject to public disclosure.

Pilot an allocable credit for conservation contributions and report to Congress

The Administration proposes to pilot a non-refundable credit for conservation easement 

contributions as an alternative to the conservation contribution deduction (i.e., donors taking the 

deduction would not be eligible for this credit). The credits of $100 million per year would be 

allocated by a Federal interagency board to qualified charitable organizations and governmental 

entities that hold and enforce conservation easements. These conservation organizations would 
192

in turn allocate the credits to donors of conservation easements. Donors would receive up to a 

maximum of 50 percent of the fair market value of the contributed easement in credits and could 

use the credits to offset up to 100 percent of their income tax liability. Any unused credit 

amounts could be carried forward for up to 15 years. The proposal also calls for a report to 

Congress from the Secretary of the Treasury in collaboration with the Secretaries of Agriculture 

and the Interior on the relative merits of the conservation credit and the deduction for 

conservation contributions, including an assessment of the conservation benefits and costs of 

both tax benefits.

Eliminate the deduction for contributions of conservation easements on golf courses

The proposal would amend the charitable contribution deduction provision to prohibit a 

deduction for any contribution of a partial interest in property that is, or is intended to be, used as 

a golf course.

Restrict deductions and harmonize the rules for contributions of conservation easements for 

historic preservation

The proposal would disallow a deduction for any value of an historic preservation easement 

associated with forgone upward development above an historic building. It would also require 

contributions of conservation easements for all historic buildings, including those listed in the 

National Register, to comply with a 2006 amendment that requires contributions of historic 

preservation easements on buildings in registered historic districts to comply with special rules 

relating to the preservation of the entire exterior of the building and the documentation of the 

easement contribution. 

The proposals are effective for contributions made after the date of enactment.
193

MODIFY ESTATE AND GIFT TAX PROVISIONS

RESTORE THE ESTATE, GIFT, AND GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFER (GST) 

TAX PARAMETERS IN EFFECT IN 2009 

Current Law

The current estate, GST, and gift tax rate is 40 percent, and each individual has a lifetime 

exclusion of $5 million for estate and gift tax and $5 million for GST (indexed after 2011 for 

inflation from 2010). The surviving spouse of a person who dies after December 31, 2010, may 

be eligible to increase the surviving spouse’s exclusion amount for estate and gift tax purposes 

by the portion of the predeceased spouse’s exclusion that remained unused at the predeceased 

spouse’s death (in other words, the exclusion is “portable”). 

Prior to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 

(EGTRRA), the maximum tax rate was 55 percent, plus a 5-percent surcharge on the amount of 

the taxable estate between approximately $10 million and $17.2 million (designed to recapture 

the benefit of the lower rate brackets). The exclusion for estate and gift tax purposes was 

$675,000 and was scheduled to increase to $1 million by 2006. Under EGTRRA, beginning in 

2002, the top tax rate for all three types of taxes was reduced incrementally until it was 45 

percent in 2007. In 2004, the exemption for estate taxes (but not for gift taxes) began to increase 

incrementally until it was $3.5 million in 2009, and the GST tax exemption and rate became 

unified with the estate tax exemption and rate. During this post-EGTRRA period through 2009, 

the gift tax exemption remained $1 million. Under EGTRRA, for 2010, the estate tax was to be 

replaced with carryover basis treatment of bequests, the GST tax was to be not applicable, and 

the gift tax was to remain in effect with a $1 million exclusion and a 35-percent tax rate. The 

EGTRRA provisions were scheduled to expire at the end of 2010, meaning that the estate tax and 

GST tax would be inapplicable for only one year.

The Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization and Job Creation Act of 2010 

(TRUIRJCA) retroactively changed applicable law for 2010 by providing a top estate tax rate of 

35 percent for taxpayers electing estate tax rather than carryover-basis treatment. It retroactively 

reinstated the GST tax and unified the exemption for estate, GST, and gift taxes beginning in 

2011 with a $5 million total lifetime exclusion for estate and gift tax and for GST tax (indexed 

after 2011 for inflation from 2010). It also enacted the portability of the exemption between 

spouses for both gift and estate tax purposes. The TRUIRJCA provisions were scheduled to 

expire at the end of 2012.

The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) permanently raised the top tax rate for 

estate, GST, and gift taxes to 40 percent. It also made permanent all the substantive estate, GST 

and gift tax provisions as in effect during 2012.
194

Reasons for Change

ATRA retained a substantial portion of the tax cut provided to the most affluent taxpayers under 

TRUIRJCA that we cannot afford to continue. We need an estate tax law that is fair and raises 

an appropriate amount of revenue.

Proposal

The proposal would make permanent the estate, GST, and gift tax parameters as they applied 

during 2009. The top tax rate would be 45 percent and the exclusion amount would be $3.5 

million for estate and GST taxes, and $1 million for gift taxes. There would be no indexing for 

inflation. The proposal would confirm that, in computing gift and estate tax liabilities, no estate 

or gift tax would be incurred by reason of decreases in the applicable exclusion amount with 

respect to a prior gift that was excluded from tax at the time of the transfer. Finally, the unused 

estate and gift tax exclusion of a decedent electing portability and dying on or after the effective 

date of the proposal would be available to the decedent’s surviving spouse in full on the 

surviving spouse’s death, but would be limited during the surviving spouse’s life to the amount 

of remaining exemption the decedent could have applied to his or her gifts made in the year of 

his or her death. 

The proposal would be effective for the estates of decedents dying, and for transfers made, after 

December 31, 2015.
195

REQUIRE CONSISTENCY IN VALUE FOR TRANSFER AND INCOME TAX

PURPOSES 

Current Law

Section 1014 provides that the basis of property acquired from a decedent generally is the fair 

market value of the property on the decedent’s date of death. Similarly, property included in the 

decedent’s gross estate for estate tax purposes generally must be valued at its fair market value 

on the date of death. Although the same valuation standard applies to both provisions, current 

law does not explicitly require that the recipient’s basis in that property be the same as the value 

reported for estate tax purposes. 

Section 1015 provides that the donee’s basis in property received by gift during the life of the 

donor generally is the donor’s adjusted basis in the property, increased by gift tax paid on the 

transfer. If, however, the donor’s basis exceeds the fair market value of the property on the date 

of the gift, the donee’s basis is limited to that fair market value for purposes of determining any 

subsequent loss. 

Section 1022, applicable to the estates of decedents dying during 2010 if a timely election to that 

effect was made, provides that the basis of property acquired from such a decedent is the lesser 

of the fair market value of the property on the decedent’s date of death, or the decedent’s 

adjusted basis in that property as increased by the additional basis (if any) allocated to that 

property by the executor under section 1022.

Section 6034A imposes a consistency requirement – specifically, that the recipient of a 

distribution of income from a trust or estate must report on the recipient’s own income tax return 

the exact information included on the Schedule K-1 of the trust’s or estate’s income tax return –

but this provision applies only for income tax purposes, and the Schedule K-1 does not include 

basis information.

Reasons for Change

Taxpayers should be required to take consistent positions in dealing with the IRS. The basis of 

property acquired from a decedent generally is the fair market value of the property on the 

decedent’s date of death. Consistency requires that the same value be used by the recipient 

(unless that value is in excess of the accurate value). In the case of property transferred on death 

or by gift during life, often the executor of the estate or the donor, respectively, will be in the 

best position to ensure that the recipient receives the information that will be necessary to 

accurately determine the recipient’s basis in the transferred property.

Proposal

The proposal would impose both a consistency and a reporting requirement. The basis of 

property received by reason of death under section 1014 must equal the value of that property for 

estate tax purposes. The basis of property received by gift during the life of the donor must 

equal the donor’s basis determined under section 1015. The basis of property acquired from a 
196

decedent to whose estate section 1022 is applicable is the basis of that property, including any 

additional basis allocated by the executor, as reported on the Form 8939 that the executor filed. 

The proposal would require that the basis of the property in the hands of the recipient be no 

greater than the value of that property as determined for estate or gift tax purposes (subject to 

subsequent adjustments). 

A reporting requirement would be imposed on the executor of the decedent’s estate and on the 

donor of a lifetime gift to provide the necessary valuation and basis information to both the 

recipient and the IRS. 

A grant of regulatory authority would be included to provide details about the implementation 

and administration of these requirements, including rules for situations in which no estate tax 

return is required to be filed or gifts are excluded from gift tax under section 2503, for situations 

in which the surviving joint tenant or other recipient may have better information than the

executor, and for the timing of the required reporting in the event of adjustments to the reported 

value subsequent to the filing of an estate or gift tax return.

The proposal would be effective for transfers after the year of enactment.
197

MODIFY TRANSFER TAX RULES FOR GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUSTS 

(GRATS) AND OTHER GRANTOR TRUSTS

Current Law

Section 2702 provides that, if an interest in a trust is transferred to a family member, any interest 

retained by the grantor is valued at zero for purposes of determining the transfer tax value of the 

gift to the family member(s). This rule does not apply if the retained interest is a “qualified 

interest.” A fixed annuity, such as the annuity interest retained by the grantor of a GRAT, is one 

form of qualified interest, so the value of the gift of the remainder interest in the GRAT is 

determined by deducting the present value of the retained annuity during the GRAT term from 

the fair market value of the property contributed to the trust.

Generally, a GRAT is an irrevocable trust funded with assets expected to appreciate in value, in 

which the grantor retains an annuity interest for a term of years that the grantor expects to 

survive. At the end of that term, the assets then remaining in the trust are transferred to (or held 

in further trust for) the beneficiaries. The value of the grantor’s retained annuity is based in part 

on the applicable Federal rate under section 7520 in effect for the month in which the GRAT is 

created. Therefore, to the extent the GRAT’s assets appreciate at a rate that exceeds that 

statutory interest rate, that appreciation will have been transferred, free of gift tax, to the 

remainder beneficiary or beneficiaries of the GRAT.

If the grantor dies during the GRAT term, the trust assets (at least the portion needed to produce 

the retained annuity) are included in the grantor’s gross estate for estate tax purposes. To this 

extent, although the beneficiaries will own the remaining trust assets, the estate tax benefit of 

creating the GRAT (specifically, the tax-free transfer of the appreciation during the GRAT term 

in excess of the annuity payments) is not realized.

Another popular method of removing an asset’s future appreciation from one’s gross estate for 

estate tax purposes, while avoiding transfer and income taxes, is the sale of the asset to a grantor 

trust of which the seller is the deemed owner for income tax purposes. A grantor trust is a trust, 

whether revocable or irrevocable, of which an individual is treated as the owner for income tax 

purposes. Thus, for income tax purposes, a grantor trust is taxed as if the deemed owner had 

owned the trust assets directly, and the deemed owner and the trust are treated as the same 

person. This results in transactions between the trust and the deemed owner being ignored for 

income tax purposes; specifically, no capital gain is recognized when an appreciated asset is sold 

by the deemed owner to the trust. For transfer tax purposes, however, the trust and the deemed 

owner are separate persons and, under certain circumstances, the trust is not included in the 

deemed owner’s gross estate for estate tax purposes at the death of the deemed owner. In this 

way, the post-sale appreciation has been removed from the deemed owner’s estate for estate tax 

purposes.

Reasons for Change

GRATs and sales to grantor trusts are used for transferring wealth while minimizing the gift and 

income tax cost of transfers. In both cases, the greater the post-transaction appreciation, the 
198

greater the transfer tax benefit achieved. The gift tax cost of a GRAT often is essentially 

eliminated by minimizing the term of the GRAT (thus reducing the risk of the grantor’s death 

during the term), and by retaining an annuity interest significant enough to reduce the gift tax 

value of the remainder interest to close to zero. In addition, with both GRATs and sales to 

grantor trusts, future capital gains taxes can be avoided by the grantor’s purchase at fair market 

value of the appreciated asset from the trust and the subsequent inclusion of that asset in the 

grantor’s gross estate at death. Under current law, the basis in that asset is then adjusted (in this 

case, “stepped up”) to its fair market value at the time of the grantor’s death, often at an estate 

tax cost that has been significantly reduced or entirely eliminated by the grantor’s lifetime 

exclusion from estate tax.

Proposal

The proposal would require that a GRAT have a minimum term of ten years and a maximum 

term of the life expectancy of the annuitant plus ten years to impose some downside risk in the 

use of a GRAT. The proposal also would include a requirement that the remainder interest in the 

GRAT at the time the interest is created must have a minimum value equal to the greater of 25 

percent of the value of the assets contributed to the GRAT or $500,000 (but not more than the 

value of the assets contributed). In addition, the proposal would prohibit any decrease in the 

annuity during the GRAT term, and would prohibit the grantor from engaging in a tax-free 

exchange of any asset held in the trust. 

If a person who is a deemed owner under the grantor trust rules of all or a portion of any other 

type of trust engages in a transaction with that trust that constitutes a sale, exchange, or 

comparable transaction that is disregarded for income tax purposes by reason of the person’s 

treatment as a deemed owner of the trust, then the portion of the trust attributable to the property 

received by the trust in that transaction (including all retained income therefrom, appreciation 

thereon, and reinvestments thereof, net of the amount of the consideration received by the person 

in that transaction) would be subject to estate tax as part of the gross estate of the deemed owner, 

would be subject to gift tax at any time during the deemed owner’s life when his or her treatment 

as a deemed owner of the trust is terminated, and would be treated as a gift by the deemed owner 

to the extent any distribution is made to another person (except in discharge of the deemed 

owner’s obligation to the distribute) during the life of the deemed owner. The proposal would 

reduce the amount subject to transfer tax by any portion of that amount that was treated as a prior 

taxable gift by the deemed owner. The transfer tax imposed by this proposal would be payable 

from the trust.

The proposal would not change the treatment of any trust that is already includable in the 

grantor’s gross estate under existing provisions of the Code, including without limitation the 

following: grantor retained income trusts; grantor retained annuity trusts; personal residence 

trusts; and qualified personal residence trusts. Similarly, it would not apply to any trust having 

the exclusive purpose of paying deferred compensation under a nonqualified deferred 

compensation plan if the assets of such trust are available to satisfy claims of general creditors of 

the grantor. It also would not apply to any irrevocable trust whose only assets typically consist 

of one or more life insurance policies on the life of the grantor and/or the grantor’s spouse.
199

The proposal as applicable to GRATs would apply to GRATs created after the date of enactment. 

The proposal as applicable to other grantor trusts would be effective with regard to trusts that 

engage in a described transaction on or after the date of enactment. Regulatory authority would 

be granted, including the ability to create exceptions to this provision.
200

LIMIT DURATION OF GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFER (GST) TAX 

EXEMPTION

Current Law

GST tax is imposed on gifts and bequests to transferees who are two or more generations 

younger than the transferor. The GST tax was enacted to prevent the avoidance of estate and gift 

taxes through the use of a trust that gives successive life interests to multiple generations of 

beneficiaries. In such a trust, no estate tax would be incurred as beneficiaries died, because their 

respective life interests would die with them and thus would cause no inclusion of the trust assets 

in the deceased beneficiary’s gross estate. The GST tax is a flat tax on the value of a transfer at 

the highest estate tax bracket applicable in that year. Each person has a lifetime GST tax 

exemption ($5.43 million in 2015) that can be allocated to transfers made, whether directly or in 

trust, by that person to a grandchild or other “skip person.” The allocation of GST exemption to 

a transfer or to a trust excludes from the GST tax not only the amount of the transfer or trust 

assets equal to the amount of GST exemption allocated, but also all appreciation and income on 

that amount during the existence of the trust.

Reasons for Change

At the time of the enactment of the GST provisions, the law of most (all but about three) States 

included the common law Rule Against Perpetuities (RAP) or some statutory version of it. The 

RAP generally requires that every trust terminate no later than 21 years after the death of a 

person who was alive (a life in being) at the time of the creation of the trust. 

Many States now either have repealed or limited the application of their RAP statutes, with the 

effect that trusts created subject to the law of those jurisdictions may continue in perpetuity. (A 

trust may be sitused anywhere; a grantor is not limited to the jurisdiction of the grantor’s 

domicile for this purpose.) As a result, the transfer tax shield provided by the GST exemption 

effectively has been expanded from trusts funded with $1 million (the exemption at the time of 

enactment of the GST tax) and a maximum duration limited by the RAP, to trusts funded with 

$5.43 million and continuing (and growing) in perpetuity. 

Proposal

The proposal would provide that, on the 90th anniversary of the creation of a trust, the GST 

exclusion allocated to the trust would terminate. Specifically, this would be achieved by 

increasing the inclusion ratio of the trust (as defined in section 2642) to one, thereby rendering 

no part of the trust exempt from GST tax. Because contributions to a trust from different 

grantors are deemed to be held in separate trusts under section 2654(b), each such separate trust 

would be subject to the same 90-year rule, measured from the date of the first contribution by the 

grantor of that separate trust. The special rule for pour-over trusts under section 2653(b)(2) 

would continue to apply to pour-over trusts and to trusts created under a decanting authority, and 

for purposes of this rule, such trusts would be deemed to have the same date of creation as the 

initial trust, with one exception, as follows. If, prior to the 90th anniversary of the trust, trust 

property is distributed to a trust for a beneficiary of the initial trust, and the distributee trust is as 
201

described in section 2642(c)(2), the inclusion ratio of the distributee trust would not be changed 

to one (with regard to the distribution from the initial trust) by reason of this rule. This exception 

is intended to permit an incapacitated beneficiary’s share to continue to be held in trust without 

incurring GST tax on distributions to that beneficiary as long as that trust is to be used for the 

sole benefit of that beneficiary and any trust balance remaining on that beneficiary’s death would 

be included in that beneficiary’s gross estate for Federal estate tax purposes. The other rules of 

section 2653 also would continue to apply, and would be relevant in determining when a taxable 

distribution or taxable termination occurs after the 90th anniversary of the trust. An express grant 

of regulatory authority would be included to facilitate the implementation and administration of 

this provision. 

The proposal would apply to trusts created after enactment, and to the portion of a pre-existing 

trust attributable to additions to such a trust made after that date (subject to rules substantially 

similar to the grandfather rules currently in effect for additions to trusts created prior to the 

effective date of the GST tax).
202

EXTEND THE LIEN ON ESTATE TAX DEFERRALS WHERE ESTATE CONSISTS 

LARGELY OF INTEREST IN CLOSELY HELD BUSINESS

Current Law

Section 6166 allows the deferral of estate tax on certain closely held business interests for up to 

fourteen years from the (unextended) due date of the estate tax payment (up to fourteen years and 

nine months from date of death). This provision was enacted to reduce the possibility that the 

payment of the estate tax liability could force the sale or failure of the business. Section 

6324(a)(1) imposes a lien on estate assets generally for the ten-year period immediately 

following the decedent’s death to secure the full payment of the estate tax. Thus, the estate tax 

lien under section 6324(a)(1) expires almost five years before the due date of the final payment 

of the deferred estate tax under section 6166. 

Reasons for Change

In many cases, the IRS has had difficulty collecting the deferred estate tax, often because of 

business failures during that tax deferral period. The IRS sometimes requires either an additional 

lien or some form of security, but these security interests generally are prohibitively expensive 

and damaging to the day-to-day conduct and financing of the business. In addition, unless these 

other security measures are put in place toward the beginning of the deferral period, there is a 

risk that other creditors could have a higher priority interest than the Government. 

Proposal

This proposal would extend the estate tax lien under section 6324(a)(1) throughout the section 

6166 deferral period.

The proposal would be effective for the estates of all decedents dying on or after the date of 

enactment, as well as for all estates of decedents dying before the date of enactment as to which 

the section 6324(a)(1) lien has not then expired.
203

MODIFY GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFER (GST) TAX TREATMENT OF 

HEALTH AND EDUCATION EXCLUSION TRUSTS (HEETS)

Current Law

Payments made by a donor directly to the provider of medical care for another person or directly 

to a school for another person’s tuition are exempt from gift tax under section 2503(e). For 

purposes of the GST tax, section 2611(b)(1) excludes “any transfer which, if made during the 

donor’s life, would not be treated as a taxable gift by reason of section 2503(e).” Thus, direct 

payments made during life by an older generation donor for the payment of these qualifying 

expenses for a younger generation beneficiary are exempt from both gift and GST taxes. 

Reasons for Change

Some taxpayers have interpreted the language of section 2611(b)(1) as permitting the avoidance 

of GST tax through the use of a trust known as a HEET. A HEET provides for the medical 

expenses and tuition of multiple generations of descendants. Taxpayers using this technique take 

the position that section 2611(b)(1) exempts these trust distributions from GST tax (generally, in 

perpetuity) because the distributions are used for the payment of medical care expenses and 

tuition. The substantial amounts contributed to HEETs will appreciate in these trusts, and 

taxpayers claim that no estate, gift, or GST tax ever will be incurred after the initial funding of 

these trusts.

The intent of section 2611(b)(1) is to exempt from GST tax only those payments that are not 

subject to gift tax, that is, payments made by a living donor directly to the provider of medical 

care for another person or directly to a school for another person’s tuition. 

Proposal

The proposal would provide that the exclusion from the definition of a GST under section 

2611(b)(1) applies only to a payment by a donor directly to the provider of medical care or to the 

school in payment of tuition and not to trust distributions, even if for those same purposes. 

This proposal would apply to trusts created after the introduction of the bill proposing this 

change, and to transfers after that date made to pre-existing trusts.
204

SIMPLIFY GIFT TAX EXCLUSION FOR ANNUAL GIFTS 

Current Law

The first $14,000 of gifts made to each donee in 2015 is excluded from the donor’s taxable gifts 

(and therefore does not use up any of the donor’s applicable exclusion amount for gift and estate 

tax purposes). This annual gift tax exclusion is indexed for inflation and there is no limit on the 

number of donees to whom such excluded gifts may be made by a donor in any one year. To 

qualify for this exclusion, each gift must be of a present interest rather than a future interest in 

the donated property. For these purposes, a present interest is an unrestricted right to the 

immediate use, possession, or enjoyment of property or the income from property (including life 

estates and term interests). Generally, a contribution to a trust for the donee is a future interest. 

Reasons for Change

To take advantage of this annual gift tax exclusion without having to transfer the property 

outright to the donee, a donor often contributes property to a trust and gives each trust 

beneficiary (donee) a Crummey power. Crummey powers are used particularly in irrevocable 

trusts to hold property for the benefit of minor children. 

In order for a Crummey power to convert a donor’s transfer into the gift of a present interest, the 

trustee of the recipient trust must timely notify each beneficiary of the existence and scope of his 

or her right to withdraw funds from the trust. If the appropriate records cannot be produced at 

the time of any gift or estate tax audit of the grantor, the gift tax exclusion may be denied to the 

grantor, thereby causing retroactive changes in the grantor’s tax liabilities and remaining 

applicable exclusion amount. Because of the common use of these withdrawal powers, the 

number of beneficiaries typically involved, and the differing terms of each such withdrawal 

power, the cost to taxpayers of complying with the Crummey rules is significant, as is the cost to 

IRS of enforcing the rules.

In addition, the IRS is concerned about the lack of a limit on the number of beneficiaries to 

whom Crummey powers are given. The IRS’s concern has been that Crummey powers could be 

given to multiple discretionary beneficiaries, most of whom would never receive a distribution 

from the trust, and thereby inappropriately exclude from gift tax a large total amount of 

contributions to the trust. (For example, a power could be given to each beneficiary of a 

discretionary trust for the grantor’s descendants and friendly accommodation parties in the hope 

that the accommodation parties will not exercise their Crummey powers.) The IRS has sought 

(unsuccessfully) to limit the number of available Crummey powers by requiring each 

powerholder to have some meaningful vested economic interest in the trust over which the power 

extends. See Estate of Cristofani v. Comm’r, 97 T.C. 74 (1991); Kohlsaat v. Comm’r, 73 TCM 

2732 (1997).

Proposal

The proposal would eliminate the present interest requirement for gifts that qualify for the gift 

tax annual exclusion. Instead, the proposal would define a new category of transfers (without 
205

regard to the existence of any withdrawal or put rights), and would impose an annual limit of 

$50,000 (indexed for inflation after 2016) per donor on the donor’s transfers of property within 

this new category that will qualify for the gift tax annual exclusion. This new $50,000 per-donor 

limit would not provide an exclusion in addition to the annual per-donee exclusion; rather, it 

would be a further limit on those amounts that otherwise would qualify for the annual per-donee 

exclusion. Thus, a donor’s transfers in the new category in a single year in excess of a total 

amount of $50,000 would be taxable, even if the total gifts to each individual donee did not 

exceed $14,000. The new category would include transfers in trust (other than to a trust 

described in section 2642(c)(2)), transfers of interests in passthrough entities, transfers of 

interests subject to a prohibition on sale, and other transfers of property that, without regard to 

withdrawal, put, or other such rights in the donee, cannot immediately be liquidated by the 

donee. 

The proposal would be effective for gifts made after the year of enactment. 
206

EXPAND APPLICABILITY OF DEFINITION OF EXECUTOR 

Current Law

The Code defines “executor” for purposes of the estate tax to be the person who is appointed, 

qualified, and acting within the United States as executor or administrator of the decedent’s 

estate or, if none, then “any person in actual or constructive possession of any property of the 

decedent.” This could include, for example, the trustee of the decedent’s revocable trust, an IRA 

or life insurance beneficiary, or a surviving joint tenant of jointly owned property. 

Reasons for Change

Because the tax code’s definition of executor currently applies only for purposes of the estate 

tax, no one (including the decedent’s surviving spouse who filed a joint income tax return) has 

the authority to act on behalf of the decedent with regard to a tax liability that arose prior to the 

decedent’s death. Thus, there is no one with authority to extend the statute of limitations, claim a 

refund, agree to a compromise or assessment, or pursue judicial relief in connection with the

decedent’s share of a tax liability. This problem has started to arise with more frequency as 

reporting obligations, particularly with regard to an interest in a foreign asset or account, have 

increased, and survivors have attempted to resolve a decedent’s failure to comply.

In addition, in the absence of an appointed executor, multiple persons may meet the definition of 

“executor” and, on occasion, more than one of them has each filed a separate estate tax return for 

the decedent’s estate or made conflicting tax elections. 

Proposal

To empower an authorized party to act on behalf of the decedent in all matters relating to the 

decedent’s tax liabilities (whether arising before, upon, or after death), the proposal would 

expressly make the tax code’s definition of executor applicable for all tax purposes, and 

authorize such executor to do anything on behalf of the decedent in connection with the 

decedent’s pre-death tax liabilities or obligations that the decedent could have done if still living. 

In addition, the proposal would grant regulatory authority to adopt rules to resolve conflicts 

among multiple executors authorized by this provision.

The proposal would apply upon enactment, regardless of a decedent’s date of death. 
207

OTHER REVENUE RAISERS

INCREASE AND MODIFY OIL SPILL LIABILITY TRUST FUND FINANCING

Current Law

An excise tax is imposed on: (1) crude oil received at a U.S. refinery; (2) imported petroleum 

products (including crude oil) entered into the United States for consumption, use, or 

warehousing; and (3) any domestically produced crude oil that is used (other than on the 

premises where produced for extracting oil or natural gas) in or exported from the United States 

if, before such use or exportation, no taxes were imposed on the crude oil. The tax is eight cents 

per barrel for periods before January 1, 2017, and nine cents per barrel for periods after 

December 31, 2016. Crudes such as those that are produced from bituminous deposits as well as 

kerogen-rich rock are not treated as crude oil or petroleum products for purposes of the tax. The 

tax is deposited in the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund to pay costs associated with oil removal and 

damages resulting from oil spills, as well as to provide annual funding to certain agencies for a 

wide range of oil pollution prevention and response programs, including research and 

development. In the case of an oil spill, the fund makes it possible for the Federal government to 

pay for removal costs up front, and then seek full reimbursement from the responsible parties. 

The Customs drawback statute (19 U.S.C. 1313) has been administratively interpreted to allow 

drawback of the tax when products subject to this tax are exported. 

Reasons for Change

The Deepwater Horizon oil spill was the largest accidental oil spill in American history, 

releasing nearly five million barrels of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, and led to the nation’s largest 

oil spill response. The magnitude of the Federal response reinforced the importance of the Oil 

Spill Liability Trust Fund and the need to maintain a sufficient balance, particularly in order to 

accommodate spills of national significance. In addition to increasing the rate of tax, it is 

appropriate to extend the tax to other sources of crudes that present environmental risks 

comparable to those associated with crude oil and petroleum products.

The drawback of the tax is granted when the product is exported even though there is no 

concomitant reduction in the risk of an oil spill. A prohibition on the drawbacks of the tax will 

strengthen the finances of the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund and remove an incentive to export 

crude and like products.

Proposal

The proposal would increase the rate of the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund tax to nine cents per 

barrel for periods after December 31, 2015, and to 10 cents per barrel for periods after December 

31, 2016. In addition, the proposal would extend the tax to crudes such as those produced from 

bituminous deposits as well as kerogen-rich rock. The Superfund tax, which would be reinstated 

under a proposal discussed elsewhere in this volume, would also be imposed on these substances. 
208

The tax would be imposed at the applicable rate on such crudes received at a U.S. refinery, 

entered into the United States, or used or exported as described above after December 31, 2015.

The proposal would also place a prohibition on the drawback of the tax. This prohibition would 

be effective for periods after December 31, 2015. 
209

REINSTATE SUPERFUND TAXES

Current Law

The following Superfund excise taxes were imposed before January 1, 1996:

1. An excise tax on domestic crude oil and on imported petroleum products at a rate of 9.7 

cents per barrel;

2. An excise tax on listed hazardous chemicals at a rate that varied from 22 cents to $4.87 

per ton; and

3. An excise tax on imported substances that use as materials in their manufacture or 

production one or more of the hazardous chemicals subject to the excise tax described in 

(2) above.

In addition for taxable years beginning before January 1, 1996, a corporate environmental 

income tax was imposed at a rate of 0.12 percent on the amount by which the modified 

alternative minimum taxable income of a corporation exceeded $2 million. Modified alternative 

minimum taxable income was defined as a corporation's alternative minimum taxable income, 

determined without regard to the alternative tax net operating loss deduction and the deduction 

for the corporate environmental income tax.

The revenues from these taxes were dedicated to the Hazardous Substance Superfund Trust Fund 

(the Superfund Trust Fund). Amounts in the Superfund Trust Fund are available for 

expenditures incurred in connection with releases or threats of releases of hazardous substances 

into the environment under specified provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, 

Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (as amended). 

Reasons for Change

The Superfund excise taxes and corporate environmental income tax should be reinstated 

because of the continuing need for funds to remedy damages caused by releases of hazardous 

substances. In addition, it is appropriate to extend the tax to other crudes such as those produced 

from bituminous deposits as well as kerogen-rich rock.

Proposal

Reinstate and extend Superfund excise taxes

The proposal would reinstate the three Superfund excise taxes for periods beginning after 

December 31, 2015 and before January 1, 2026. In addition, the proposal would extend the 

excise tax on domestic crude oil and imported petroleum products to other crudes such as those 

produced from bituminous deposits as well as kerogen-rich rock. 
210

Reinstate Superfund environmental income tax

The proposal would reinstate the corporate environmental income tax for taxable years beginning 

after December 31, 2015 and before January 1, 2026. 
211

INCREASE TOBACCO TAXES AND INDEX FOR INFLATION

Current Law

Tobacco products are taxed at rates set in 2009 as part of the Children’s Health Insurance 

Program Reauthorization Act. Currently, there are numerous tax bases for these products, with 

some items taxed per-unit, some as a percent of the sales price, and others on a per-pound basis, 

with different implied tax rates across categories. Cigarettes and small cigars are taxed at $50.33 

per 1,000 (or just over $1.00 per pack of cigarettes), while large cigars are taxed at 52.75 percent

of the sales price (with a maximum of $402.60 per 1,000). Chewing tobacco is taxed at $0.5033 

per pound, snuff at $1.51 per pound, pipe tobacco at $2.8311 per pound, and roll-your-own 

tobacco at $24.78 per pound. These tax rates are not indexed for inflation.

Reasons for Change

Despite strong evidence of the negative health effects of tobacco use, more than 14 billion packs 

of cigarettes were sold in the U.S. in 2013. The Centers for Disease Control estimates that there 

are roughly 480,000 tobacco related deaths annually and 16 million individuals suffer from 

tobacco-related illnesses each year. Excise taxes, levied on manufacturers and importers of 

tobacco products, are one of the main ways that policymakers can affect tobacco production and 

consumption. Studies have shown that these taxes can decrease harmful consumption and 

improve health substantially. The existing rate structure imposes wide disparity across similar 

types of products that may erode the tax base and detract from the beneficial effects of the 

cigarette tax on consumption and health. In addition, the existing tax rates are not indexed for 

inflation and therefore erode in real terms over the budget window. Finally, this proposal will 

reduce the burden of administering tobacco taxes.

Proposal

The proposal would establish a more uniform tax base by taxing most types of tobacco on a 

similar implied per-pound basis. Cigarettes and small cigars would be taxed at $97.50 per 1,000 

units. Large cigars would be taxed at an approximately equivalent rate (using five per-unit rates 

that vary according to the cigar's weight). Pipe tobacco and roll-your-own tobacco would be 

taxed at $44.23 per pound, which is approximately equal to the implied per-pound tax rate 

applied to both cigarettes and small cigars. Snuff and chewing tobacco would both be taxed at 

$10.00 per pound. The proposal includes a one-time floor stocks tax that generally would apply

to tobacco products that are held for sale on January 1, 2016. Floor stocks tax would be payable

on or before April 1, 2016. The Administration also proposes to clarify that roll-your-own 

tobacco would include any processed tobacco that is removed or transferred for delivery to 

anyone without a proper permit, but does not include export shipments of processed tobacco. 

The new tax rates would be indexed for inflation beginning in 2017.

The proposal would be effective for articles removed after December 31, 2015.
212

MAKE UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE SURTAX PERMANENT

Current Law

The Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) currently imposes a Federal payroll tax on 

employers of 6.0 percent of the first $7,000 paid annually to each employee. The tax funds a 

portion of the Federal/State unemployment benefits system. States also impose an 

unemployment tax on employers. Employers in States that meet certain Federal requirements are 

allowed a credit for State unemployment taxes of up to 5.4 percent, making the minimum net 

Federal tax rate 0.6 percent. Generally, Federal and State unemployment taxes are collected

quarterly and deposited in Federal trust fund accounts.

Before July 1, 2011, the Federal payroll tax had included a temporary surtax of 0.2 percent, 

which was added to the permanent FUTA tax rate. The surtax had been extended several times 

since its enactment in 1976, but it expired on July 1, 2011.

Reasons for Change

Reinstating the surtax will support the continued solvency of the Federal unemployment trust 

funds.

Proposal

The proposal would reinstate the 0.2-percent surtax and make it permanent.

The proposal would be effective for wages paid on or after January 1, 2016.
213

EXPAND FEDERAL UNEMPLOYMENT TAX ACT (FUTA) BASE

Current Law

The FUTA currently imposes a Federal payroll tax on employers of 6.0 percent of the first 

$7,000 paid annually to each employee. Generally, these funds support the administrative costs 

of the unemployment insurance (UI) benefits system. Employers in States that meet certain 

Federal requirements are allowed a credit against FUTA taxes of up to 5.4 percent, making the 

minimum net Federal rate 0.6 percent. States that become non-compliant are subject to a 

reduction in FUTA credit, causing employers to face a higher Federal UI tax.

Each State also imposes an unemployment insurance tax on employers to fund its State UI trust 

fund. State UI trust funds are used to pay unemployment benefits. When State trust funds are 

exhausted, States borrow from the Federal UI trust fund to pay for unemployment 

benefits. States that borrow from the Federal UI trust fund are required to pay back the borrowed 

amount including interest. This debt is partly repaid by increases in the Federal UI tax 

(reductions in the credit) on employers in these States.

Reasons for Change

The last increase in the FUTA wage base occurred in 1983 when it was raised from $6,000 to 

$7,000. In aggregate, States entered the last recession with extremely low levels of reserves in 

their trust funds. Partly because of this, States have accrued large amounts of debt to the Federal 

UI trust fund. Employers in indebted States face immediate tax increases to repay these debts. 

These tax increases may discourage job creation at a time when growth is needed. At the same 

time, many States do not have a long-term plan to restore solvency to their trust funds.

Proposal

The proposal would raise the FUTA wage base in 2017 to $40,000 per worker paid annually, 

index the wage base to wage growth for subsequent years, and reduce the net Federal UI tax 

from 0.8 percent (after the proposed permanent reenactment and extension of the FUTA surtax) 

to 0.165 percent. States with wage bases below $40,000 would need to conform to the new 

FUTA base. The proposal would also impose a minimum tax rate requirement on States for their 

State employer tax rates equivalent to roughly $70 per employee beginning in 2017. 

The proposal would be effective upon the date of enactment.
214

REDUCE THE TAX GAP AND MAKE REFORMS

Expand Information Reporting

IMPROVE INFORMATION REPORTING FOR CERTAIN BUSINESSES AND 

CONTRACTORS

Current Law

Generally, payments of dividends, interest, and gross proceeds with respect to an investment in 

securities are required to be reporting to the IRS and the holder of the investment on a Form 

1099-DIV, Form 1099-INT, or a Form 1099-B. Recipients of dividends, interest, and gross 

proceeds are generally required to provide payors with a certified TIN using a Form W-9, 

Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification.

In the course of a trade or business, service recipients (“businesses”) making payments 

aggregating to $600 or more in a calendar year to any non-employee service provider 

(“contractor”) that is not a corporation are required to send an information return to the IRS 

setting forth the amount, as well as name, address, and TIN of the contractor. The information 

returns, required annually after the end of the year, are made on Form 1099-MISC based on 

identifying information furnished by the contractor but not verified by the IRS. Copies are 

provided both to the contractor and to the IRS. Withholding is not required or permitted for 

payments to contractors. Since contractors are not subject to withholding, they may be required 

to make quarterly payments of estimated income taxes and self-employment (SECA) taxes near 

the end of each calendar quarter. The contractor is required to pay any balance due when the 

annual income tax return is subsequently filed. 

Earnings from direct investment in securities generally result in taxable income to the holder. In 

contrast, investments in comparable assets through a separate account of a life insurance 

company generally give rise to tax-free or tax-deferred income and payments with respect to 

these investments are not generally subject to information reporting. This favorable tax 

treatment for investing through a life insurance company is not available if the policyholder has 

so much control over the investments in the separate account that the policyholder, rather than 

the insurance company, is treated as the owner of those investments.

Reasons for Change

Information reporting increases compliance by providing taxpayers with the information that 

they need to accurately complete their tax returns and by providing the IRS with information that 

can be used to verify taxpayer compliance. Recipients of dividends, interest, and gross proceeds 

are required to provide certified TINs to ensure that the taxpayer identifying information filed by 

payors and received by the IRS is accurate. Without accurate taxpayer identifying information, 

information reporting requirements impose avoidable burdens on businesses and the IRS, and 

cannot reach their potential to improve compliance.
215

Estimated tax filing is relatively burdensome, especially for less sophisticated and lower-income 

taxpayers. Moreover, by the time estimated tax payments (or final tax payments) are due, some 

contractors will not have put aside the necessary funds. Given that the SECA tax rate is 15.3 

percent (up to certain income limits), the required estimated tax payments can be more than 25 

percent of a contractor’s gross receipts, even for a contractor with modest income. 

An optional withholding method for contractors would reduce the burdens of having to make 

quarterly payments, would help contractors automatically set aside funds for tax payments, and 

would help increase compliance.

In some cases, private separate accounts of life insurance companies are being used to avoid tax 

that would be due if the assets were held directly. Information reporting with respect to 

investments in private separate accounts will help the IRS to ensure that income is properly 

reported. Moreover, information reporting will enable the IRS to identify more easily which 

variable insurance contracts qualify as insurance contracts under current law and which contracts 

should be disregarded under the investor control doctrine.

Proposal

Require a certified TIN from contractors and allow certain withholding

The proposal would require a contractor receiving payments of $600 or more in a calendar year 

from a particular business to furnish to the business (on Form W-9) the contractor’s certified 

TIN. A business would be required to verify the contractor’s TIN with the IRS, which would be 

authorized to disclose, solely for this purpose, whether the certified TIN-name combination 

matches IRS records. If a contractor failed to furnish an accurate certified TIN, the business 

would be required to withhold a specified flat-rate percentage of gross payments. Contractors 

receiving payments of $600 or more in a calendar year from a particular business could elect to 

require the business to withhold a flat-rate percentage of their gross payments, with the flat-rate 

percentage of 15, 25, 30, or 35 percent being selected by the contractor. 

Require information reporting for private separate accounts of life insurance companies

In addition, the proposal would require life insurance companies to report to the IRS, for each

contract whose cash value is partially or wholly invested in a private separate account for any 

portion of the taxable year and represents at least 10 percent of the value of the account, the 

policyholder’s TIN, the policy number, the amount of accumulated untaxed income, the total 

contract account value, and the portion of that value that was invested in one or more private 

separate accounts. For this purpose, a private separate account would be defined as any account 

with respect to which a related group of persons owns policies whose cash values, in the 

aggregate, represent at least 10 percent of the value of the separate account. Whether a related 

group of persons owns policies whose cash values represent at least 10 percent of the value of 

the account would be determined quarterly, based on information reasonably within the issuer's 

possession.
216

The proposal would be effective for payments made to contractors after December 31, 2015 or 

private separate accounts maintained on or after December 31, 2015.
217

PROVIDE AN EXCEPTION TO THE LIMITATION ON DISCLOSING TAX RETURN 

INFORMATION TO EXPAND TIN MATCHING BEYOND FORMS WHERE 

PAYMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO BACKUP WITHHOLDING

Current Law

Section 6103 provides that tax returns and tax return information are confidential and cannot be 

disclosed, unless a statutory exception applies. Section 6103(k) includes exceptions for 

disclosure of certain tax returns and tax return information for tax administration purposes. 

Safeguards apply to certain tax return information and there are civil and criminal penalties for 

unauthorized inspection or disclosure of tax return information.

Information reporting allows the IRS to verify the accuracy of information reported on the return 

the payee files and identify and stop tax refund fraud, including fraud resulting from identity 

theft. Filers are required to obtain and report the TIN of payees and others and include this 

information on the information returns filed with the IRS and statements furnished to the 

recipient. In some cases, the TIN must be certified (i.e., the payee must provide the payor with a 

properly completed Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification and Certification, signed 

under penalties of perjury). Unless reasonable cause applies, filers are subject to penalties for 

filing information returns with incorrect or missing TINs. 

Under section 3406, reportable payments are subject to backup withholding if the payee fails to 

furnish a correct TIN to the payor in the manner required or if the payor receives notification 

from the IRS that backup withholding is required. Section 3406(f) provides that information 

received under section 3406, including notifications from the IRS, is confidential and may not be 

used by any person except as set forth in section 3406 and section 6103. The purposes of section 

3406 are to ensure that payors receive correct TINs from all payees and that payors include those 

TINs on information returns filed with the IRS.

Under the broad regulatory authority in section 3406(i) to prescribe regulations necessary or 

appropriate to carry out the purposes of section 3406, the IRS implemented a voluntary TIN 

matching program for payors of payments subject to backup withholding. Under the TIN 

matching program, before filing information returns reporting payments subject to backup 

withholding, payors confirm with the IRS that the name and TIN combination for payees 

matches a name and TIN combination in IRS records. Providing the payor with confirmation of 

a name/TIN combination match with respect to reportable payments subject to backup 

withholding is a permitted disclosure of taxpayer information under the authority of section 

3406. 

Reasons for Change

Payors of reportable payments benefit from participating in the TIN matching program because 

they often are able to resolve mismatches with payees before filing information returns, thereby 

reducing penalties for filing information returns with incorrect TINs and eliminating the need to 

correspond with the IRS to establish reasonable cause. The IRS benefits from the TIN matching 

program because the IRS receives more accurate information resulting in more efficient use of 
218

information returns to verify returns and combat fraud, which in turn conserves scarce resources 

by reducing correspondence with payors seeking penalty relief. 

Because the authority to disclose taxpayer information under the TIN matching program is 

limited to reportable payments subject to backup withholding under section 3406, taxpayers 

required to report information other than reportable payments subject to backup withholding are 

not eligible to participate in the TIN matching program. However, filers and the IRS would 

benefit if TIN matching were made more widely available.

Proposal

The proposal would amend section 6103(k) to permit the IRS to disclose to any person required 

to provide the TIN of another person to the Secretary whether the information matches the 

records maintained by the Secretary. 

The proposal would be effective on the date of enactment.
219

PROVIDE FOR RECIPROCAL REPORTING OF INFORMATION IN CONNECTION 

WITH THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE FOREIGN ACCOUNT TAX COMPLIANCE 

ACT

Current Law

Under current law, U.S. source interest paid to a nonresident alien individual on deposits 

maintained at U.S. offices of certain financial institutions must be reported to the IRS if the 

aggregate amount of interest paid during the calendar year is 10 dollars or more. Withholding 

agents, including financial institutions, also are required to report other payments such as U.S. 

source dividends, royalties, and annuities paid to any foreign recipient. 

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) provisions of the Hiring Incentives to 

Restore Employment Act of 2010 generally require foreign financial institutions, in order to 

avoid the imposition of a new U.S. withholding tax, to report to the IRS comprehensive 

information about U.S. accounts, which generally includes financial accounts held by U.S. 

persons or by certain passive entities with substantial U.S. owners. For example, FATCA 

requires foreign financial institutions to report account balances, as well as amounts such as 

dividends, interest, and gross proceeds paid or credited to a U.S. account without regard to the 

source of such payments. With respect to accounts held by certain passive foreign entities, 

FATCA requires the reporting of information about any substantial U.S. owners of the entity. 

Under FATCA and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder, foreign financial institutions 

generally include foreign depository institutions, custodial institutions, investment entities, and 

insurance companies that issue cash value insurance. Financial accounts are generally defined as 

accounts maintained by a financial institution, including, in the case of investment entities, 

certain debt or equity interests in the investment entity that are not publicly traded. 

Foreign financial institutions that report to the IRS information on U.S. accounts are not required 

to provide a copy of this information to the account holders.

Reasons for Change

The United States has established a broad network of information exchange relationships with 

other jurisdictions based on established international standards. The information obtained 

through those information exchange relationships has been central to recent successful IRS 

enforcement efforts against offshore tax evasion. The strength of those information exchange 

relationships depends, however, on cooperation and reciprocity. A jurisdiction’s willingness to 

share information with the United States often depends on the United States’ willingness and 

ability to reciprocate by exchanging comparable information.

The ability to exchange information reciprocally is particularly important in connection with the 

implementation of FATCA. In many cases, foreign law would prevent foreign financial 

institutions from complying with the FATCA reporting provisions. Such legal impediments can 

be addressed through intergovernmental agreements under which the foreign government 

(instead of the financial institutions) agrees to provide the information required by FATCA to the 

IRS. Requiring financial institutions in the United States to report to the IRS the comprehensive 
220

information required under FATCA with respect to accounts held by certain foreign persons, or 

by certain passive entities with substantial foreign owners, would facilitate the intergovernmental 

cooperation contemplated by the intergovernmental agreements by enabling the IRS to provide 

equivalent levels of information to cooperative foreign governments in appropriate 

circumstances to support their efforts to address tax evasion by their residents. 

In addition, requiring financial institutions that must report information to the IRS under FATCA 

to also provide a copy of such information to the account holder would promote transparency 

and increase voluntary tax compliance. 

Proposal

The proposal would require certain financial institutions to report the account balance (including, 

in the case of a cash value insurance contract or annuity contract, the cash value or surrender 

value) for all financial accounts maintained at a U.S. office and held by foreign persons. The 

proposal also would expand the current reporting required with respect to U.S. source income 

paid to accounts held by foreign persons to include similar non-U.S. source payments. Finally, 

the Secretary would be granted authority to issue regulations to require financial institutions to 

report the gross proceeds from the sale or redemption of property held in, or with respect to, a 

financial account, information with respect to financial accounts held by certain passive entities 

with substantial foreign owners, and such other information that the Secretary or his delegate 

determines is necessary to carry out the purposes of the proposal. 

The proposal also would require financial institutions that are required under FATCA or this 

proposal to report to the IRS information with respect to financial accounts to furnish a copy of 

the information to the account holders. Electronic copies would be permissible for this purpose. 

This proposal would not extend to financial institutions in jurisdictions that have an

intergovernmental agreement with the United States where the jurisdiction reports FATCA 

information directly to the IRS. 

The proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2016.
221

IMPROVE MORTGAGE INTEREST DEDUCTION REPORTING

Current Law

Generally, individuals are not allowed a deduction for personal interest paid or accrued. 

However, a deduction is allowed for qualified residence interest paid or accrued with respect to a 

primary residence and one secondary residence. Mortgage interest must meet a number of 

requirements to be treated as qualified residence interest. For instance, the amount of acquisition 

indebtedness for which interest may be deductible is limited to $1 million ($500,000 in the case 

of a married individual filing a separate return). In the case of home equity indebtedness (other 

than acquisition indebtedness), these limitations are $100,000 and $50,000, respectively. In 

addition, special rules apply depending on the date of the mortgage and whether the mortgage is 

the result of a refinancing. A deduction is also allowed for property taxes paid.

Any person, such as a lender or loan servicer, who in the course of their trade or business, 

receives from any individual interest aggregating $600 or more for any calendar year on any 

mortgage is required to report to the IRS on a Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, with 

respect to each individual from whom interest is received. The Form 1098 must include, among 

other things, the name, address, and TIN of the person from whom the interest was received, the 

amount of interest, the amount of points on the mortgage received during the calendar year and 

whether the points were paid directly by the borrower, and certain reimbursements. The IRS 

uses the information it receives on the Form 1098 to verify the deduction of qualified residence 

interest claimed by the individual on their tax return. 

Reasons for Change

The information contained in Form 1098 does not provide the IRS with all of the information 

that is needed to verify all of the requirements for claiming the deduction for qualified residence 

interest, or any information about property taxes paid. Requiring filers to report this information 

on the Form 1098 will improve the IRS’s ability to determine whether a taxpayer’s claim for a 

deduction of qualified residence interest or property tax is correct. Reporting this information 

also has the potential to improve voluntary taxpayer compliance.

Proposal

Under the proposal, in addition to the information already reported on the Form 1098, filers 

would also be required to include information regarding the outstanding principal balance of the 

mortgage as of the beginning of the calendar year; the address of the property securing the 

mortgage; information on whether the mortgage is a refinancing of an existing mortgage during 

the calendar year; property taxes, if any, paid from escrow; and the loan origination date. 

The proposal would be effective for information returns due for calendar years beginning after 

December 31, 2015.
222

REQUIRE FORM W-2 REPORTING FOR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS TO 

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

Current Law

The Code places an annual limit on the amount of employer and employee contributions that can 

be made for a participant in a tax qualified defined contribution plan. This amount is adjusted 

annually for cost-of-living increases. The limit is currently $53,000 for 2015. 

Employers are required to provide to each employee an annual statement showing the 

remuneration paid by the employer to the employee during the calendar year. This statement 

must be provided on or before January 31 of the following year (or if the employee terminates 

employment during the year, within 30 days after the receipt of a written request from the 

employee submitted before January 2). Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement, is the form used to 

provide this information. A copy of the Form W-2 must also be filed with the Social Security 

Administration, which shares information on the form with the IRS.

Employers are required to report on Form W-2 an employee’s elective deferrals under a cash or 

deferred arrangement, such as contributions to a 401(k) plan. 

Reasons for Change

Providing information on employer contributions to defined contribution retirement plans, in 

addition to the current information on employee contributions, would provide workers with a 

better understanding of their overall retirement savings and compensation. This information 

would also facilitate compliance with the annual limits on additions to defined contribution 

plans.

Proposal

This proposal would require employers to report the amounts contributed to an employee’s 

accounts under a defined contribution plan on the employee’s Form W-2. 

The proposal would be effective for information returns due for calendar years beginning after 

December 31, 2015.
223

Improve Compliance by Businesses

INCREASE CERTAINTY WITH RESPECT TO WORKER CLASSIFICATION

Current Law

For both tax and nontax purposes, workers must be classified into one of two mutually exclusive 

categories: employees or self-employed (sometimes referred to as independent contractors). 

Worker classification generally is based on a common-law test for determining whether an 

employment relationship exists. The main determinant is whether the service recipient 

(employer) has the right to control not only the result of the worker’s services but also the means 

by which the worker accomplishes that result. For classification purposes, it does not matter 

whether the service recipient exercises that control, only that he or she has the right to exercise it. 

Even though it is generally recognized that more highly skilled workers may not require much 

guidance or direction from the service recipient, the underlying concept of the right to control is 

the same for them. In determining worker status, the IRS looks to three categories of evidence 

that may be relevant in determining whether the requisite control exists under the common-law 

test: behavioral control, financial control, and the relationship of the parties. 

For employees, employers generally are required to withhold income and Federal Insurance 

Contribution Act (FICA) taxes and to pay the employer’s share of FICA taxes. Employers 

generally are also required to pay Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes and State 

unemployment compensation taxes. Liability for Federal employment taxes and the obligation 

to report the wages generally lie with the employer.

For workers who are classified as independent contractors, service recipients engaged in a trade 

or business and making payments totaling $600 or more in a calendar year to an independent 

contractor that is not a corporation are required to send an information return to the IRS and to 

the independent contractor stating the total payments made during the year. The service 

recipient generally does not need to withhold taxes from the payments reported unless the 

independent contractor has not provided its TIN to the service recipient. Independent contractors 

pay Self-Employment Contributions Act (SECA) tax on their net earnings from self-employment 

(which generally is equivalent to both the employer and employee shares of FICA tax). 

Independent contractors generally are required to pay their income tax, including SECA 

liabilities, by making quarterly estimated tax payments.

For workers, whether employee or independent contractor status is more beneficial depends on 

many factors including the extent to which an independent contractor is able to negotiate for 

gross payments that include the value of nonwage costs that the service provider would have to 

incur in the case of an employee. In some circumstances, independent contractor status is more 

beneficial; in other circumstances, employee status is more advantageous.

Under a special provision (section 530 of the Revenue Act of 1978 which was not made part of 

the Code), a service recipient may treat a worker as an independent contractor for Federal 

employment tax purposes even though the worker actually may be an employee under the 
224

common law rules (or a relevant statutory provision) if the service recipient has a reasonable 

basis for treating the worker as an independent contractor and certain other requirements are met. 

The special provision applies only if (1) the service recipient has not treated the worker (or any 

worker in a substantially similar position) as an employee for any period beginning after 1977, 

and (2) the service recipient has filed all Federal tax returns, including all required information 

returns, on a basis consistent with treating the worker as an independent contractor. 

If a service recipient meets the requirements for the special provision with respect to a class of 

workers, the IRS is prohibited from reclassifying the workers as employees, even prospectively 

and even as to newly hired workers in the same class. Since 1996, the IRS has considered the 

availability of the special provision as the first part of any examination concerning worker 

classification. If the IRS determines that the special provision applies to a class of workers, it 

does not determine whether the workers are in fact employees or independent contractors. Thus, 

the worker classification may continue indefinitely even if it is incorrect. 

The special provision also prohibits the IRS from issuing generally applicable guidance 

addressing the proper classification of workers. Current law and procedures also provide for 

reduced employment tax liabilities for misclassified workers where the special provision is not 

available but where, among other things, the misclassification was not due to intentional 

disregard. 

Reasons for Change

Since 1978, the IRS has not been permitted to issue general guidance addressing worker 

classification, and in many instances has been precluded from reclassifying workers – even 

prospectively – who may have been misclassified. Since 1978, there have been many changes in 

working relationships between service providers and service recipients. As a result, there has 

been continued and growing uncertainty about the correct classification of some workers. 

Many benefits and worker protections are available only for workers who are classified as 

employees. Incorrect classification as an independent contractor for tax purposes may spill over 

to other areas and, for example, lead to a worker not receiving benefits for unemployment 

(unemployment insurance) or on-the-job injuries (workers’ compensation), or not being 

protected by various on-the-job health and safety requirements.

The incorrect classification of workers also creates opportunities for competitive advantages over 

service recipients who properly classify their workers. Such misclassification may lower the 

service recipient’s total cost of labor by avoiding payment of employment taxes, and could also 

provide increased opportunities for noncompliance by service providers. 

Workers, service recipients, and tax administrators would benefit from reducing uncertainty 

about worker classification, eliminating potential competitive advantages and incentives to 

misclassify workers associated with worker misclassification by competitors, and reducing 

opportunities for noncompliance by workers classified as self-employed, while maintaining the 

benefits and worker protections associated with an administrative and social policy system that is 

based on employee status.
225

Proposal

The proposal would permit the IRS to require prospective reclassification of workers who are 

currently misclassified and whose reclassification has been prohibited under current law. The 

reduced employment tax liabilities for misclassification provided under current law would be 

retained, except that lower penalties would apply only if the service recipient voluntarily 

reclassifies its workers before being contacted by the IRS or another enforcement agency and if 

the service recipient had timely filed all required information returns (Forms 1099) reporting the 

payments to the misclassified workers. For service recipients with only a small number of 

employees and a small number of misclassified workers, even reduced penalties would be 

waived if the service recipient (1) had consistently filed timely Forms 1099 reporting all 

payments to all misclassified workers and (2) agreed to prospective reclassification of 

misclassified workers. It is anticipated that, after enactment, new enforcement activity would 

focus mainly on obtaining the proper worker classification prospectively, since in many cases the 

proper classification of workers may not have been clear. (Statutory employee or nonemployee 

treatment as specified under current law would be retained.)

The Department of the Treasury and the IRS also would be permitted to issue generally 

applicable guidance on the proper classification of workers under common law standards. This 

would enable service recipients to properly classify workers with much less concern about future 

IRS examinations. Treasury and the IRS would be directed to issue guidance interpreting 

common law in a neutral manner recognizing that many workers are, in fact, not employees. 

Further, Treasury and the IRS would develop guidance that would provide safe harbors and/or 

rebuttable presumptions, both narrowly defined. To make that guidance clearer and more useful 

for service recipients, it would generally be industry- or job-specific. Priority for the 

development of guidance would be given to industries and jobs in which application of the 

common law test has been particularly problematic, where there has been a history of worker 

misclassification, or where there have been failures to report compensation paid. 

Service recipients would be required to give notice to independent contractors, when they first 

begin performing services for the service recipient, that explains how they will be classified and 

the consequences thereof, e.g., tax implications, workers’ compensation implications, wage and 

hour implications.

The IRS would be permitted to disclose to the Department of Labor information about service 

recipients whose workers are reclassified.

To ease compliance burdens for independent contractors, independent contractors receiving 

payments totaling $600 or more in a calendar year from a service recipient would be permitted to 

require the service recipient to withhold for Federal tax purposes a flat rate percentage of their 

gross payments, with the flat rate percentage being selected by the contractor.

The proposal would be effective upon enactment, but prospective reclassification of those 

covered by the current special provision would not be effective until the first calendar year 

beginning at least one year after date of enactment. The transition period could be up to two 

years for workers with existing written contracts establishing their status.
226

INCREASE INFORMATION SHARING TO ADMINISTER EXCISE TAXES

Current Law

The Code permits the IRS and the Alcohol Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) to disclose tax 

return information to Treasury employees whose official duties involve tax administration 

(section 6103(h)(1)). Prior to 2003, customs officials who had responsibilities for enforcing 

and/or collecting excise taxes on imports were employees of the Department of the Treasury. 

Thus, prior to 2003, the Code allowed disclosure of tax return information to these customs 

officials in the performance of their duties. In 2003, these customs officials were transferred to 

the Department of Homeland Security (DHS).

Reasons for Change

The transfer of customs officials to DHS, without a corresponding amendment to the Code, 

resulted in limitations on the information that the IRS and TTB might share with customs 

officials and hinders effective administration and enforcement of tax laws. (Both IRS and TTB 

cooperate with Customs and Border Protection in matters involving collection and enforcement 

of excise taxes.) As a result, DHS, the IRS, and TTB are limited in cooperating on administering 

excise taxes and tax noncompliance may go undetected and uncorrected. 

Allowing the limited disclosure of tax return information to customs officials would facilitate tax 

administration and improve compliance. 

Proposal

The proposal would add employees of DHS (customs officials) involved in tax administration to 

the list of Federal officers and employees to whom the IRS and TTB may disclose tax returns 

and return information. The proposal would be effective on the date of enactment.
227

PROVIDE AUTHORITY TO READILY SHARE INFORMATION ABOUT 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INFORMATION OF U.S. COMPANIES WITH LAW 

ENFORCEMENT

Current Law

Anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions

Illicit actors may abuse legal entities to commit financial crimes, including laundering criminal 

proceeds and financing terrorism through the international banking system. Knowledge of the 

beneficial owners of an entity can help law enforcement officials identify and investigate 

criminals engaged in these activities. In the United States, entities are organized under state 

rather than Federal law, and the states do not collect information regarding the beneficial 

ownership of the entities they form.

For anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (AML/CFT) purposes, regulations 

under Title 31 define beneficial owner of a private banking account to mean an individual who 

has a level of control over, or entitlement to, the funds or assets in the account that, as a practical 

matter, enables the individual(s), directly or indirectly, to control, manage, or direct the account. 

Generally, an entity must have an employer identification number (EIN) to open an account with 

a U.S. financial institution.

Tax provisions

If a person is required by the Code to make a return, statement, or other document, the Secretary 

has broad regulatory authority to require use of identifying numbers on these documents. The 

Secretary has broad authority to determine what information is necessary to assign identifying 

numbers and require that applicants provide this information. 

Generally, individuals use their social security numbers (SSN) as an identifying number. 

Entities requiring an identifying number must apply to the IRS for an EIN to use for this purpose. 

An entity that is not required by the Code to make a return, statement, or other document and that 

is not opening an account with a U.S. financial institution is not required to obtain an EIN.

An entity applying for an EIN must provide the IRS with the name of a responsible party who 

will be the IRS contact for the entity. Generally, for an entity that is not publicly traded, the 

responsible party is the person who has a level of control over, or entitlement to, the funds or 

assets in the entity that, as a practical matter, enables the individual to directly or indirectly 

control, manage, or direct the entity and the disposition of its funds or assets. Entities must 

update the IRS when there is a change in the responsible party. There is no penalty for failure to 

update this information.

Tax returns and tax return information are confidential and may not be disclosed without a 

specific exception under the Code. Under section 6103(i), tax returns and tax return information 

may be disclosed to law enforcement for use in criminal investigation, provided law enforcement 

obtains a court order for such disclosure. 
228

Reasons for Change

The definition of responsible party of an entity for Federal tax purposes is similar to the 

AML/CTF definition of the beneficial owner of a private banking account at a financial 

institution. Therefore, the responsible party of an entity for Federal tax purposes will generally 

be considered a beneficial owner of a private banking account nominally owned by the entity for 

AML/CTF purposes. Knowledge of beneficial owners assists law enforcement officials in 

identifying and investigating criminals who form and misuse U.S. entities, including entities 

formed in U.S. territories, to launder criminal proceeds and finance terrorism through the 

international banking system. However, this information cannot be shared with law enforcement 

officials in non-tax matters without a court order. In addition, because not all entities formed in 

the United States and U.S. territories are required to obtain an EIN and provide responsible party 

information, criminals can hide their identity as beneficial owners of a criminal enterprise 

formed as an entity in the United States. 

Proposal

The proposal would require that all entities formed in a U.S. state or a U.S. territory (U.S. entity) 

obtain an EIN, which would provide a universal identifier for these entities and ensure that 

responsible party information is provided for every U.S. entity. The proposal should have no 

effect on most legitimate business entities because those entities are generally already required to 

obtain an EIN to file tax returns and engage in normal business activities, such as opening bank 

accounts. 

The proposal also would allow the Secretary or his delegate to share responsible party 

information with law enforcement without a court order to combat money laundering, terrorist 

financing, and other financial crimes. Such sharing would advance criminal investigations and 

successful prosecution, and assist in identifying criminal proceeds and assets. 

In addition, the proposal would impose a $10,000 penalty for failure to obtain an identifying 

number unless the entity had reasonable cause for the failure. The proposal would also impose a 

$100 penalty for failure to update information provided to the Secretary when applying for an 

identifying number. This penalty could also be waived for reasonable cause. The penalty would 

increase to $1,000 for intentional failures (such as a pattern of failing to update information). 

The penalty for failure to update information would not be imposed for the same calendar year in 

which the penalty for failure to obtain an identifying number is imposed. If the entity failed to 

pay either of these penalties within 60 days of notice and demand for payment of the penalty, any 

person who is or was a responsible party for the entity would be jointly and severally liable for 

the penalty with the entity. The Secretary would have broad authority to prescribe regulations 

necessary to carry out these provisions. In addition, a willful failure to obtain an EIN for the 

purposes of hiding the existence of the entity or the identity of its responsible party, or evading 

or defeating tax, would be a felony.

The proposal would also provide the Secretary with the authority to impose AML/CFT 

obligations on persons in the business of forming companies. In addition, the proposal would 
229

establish standards that States would be encouraged to adopt to improve their regulation and 

oversight of the incorporation process.

The proposed requirement that all U.S. entities obtain an EIN would apply to all such entities 

formed on or after 180 days after the date of enactment. However, the Secretary would have up 

to three years to implement the requirement that all U.S. entities have an identifying number. 

The penalties proposed would be effective for failures occurring after the date of enactment. The 

proposal would be effective to permit disclosures to law enforcement after the date of enactment 

of this Act.
230

Strengthen Tax Administration

IMPOSE LIABILITY ON SHAREHOLDERS TO COLLECT UNPAID INCOME TAXES 

OF APPLICABLE CORPORATIONS

Current Law

The IRS and Department of the Treasury have identified “Intermediary Transaction Tax 

Shelters” as listed transactions that require disclosure on a tax return to avoid certain penalties. 

These transactions typically involve (1) a sale of a controlling interest in the stock of a C 

corporation to another entity (an intermediary entity) (2) that is undertaken as part of a plan (3) 

to cause the C corporation to recognize income or gain from the sale of its assets shortly before 

or shortly after the sale of the C corporation’s stock. 

In a typical case, an intermediary entity borrows funds to purchase the stock of the C corporation 

from the C corporation’s shareholders, and the consideration received by the C corporation from 

the sale of its assets is effectively used to repay that loan. These transactions are structured so 

that when a C corporation’s assets are sold, the C corporation is ultimately left with insufficient 

assets from which to pay the tax owed from the asset sale. In many cases, the intermediary does 

not pay the corporate income tax liability and is judgment-proof, frustrating the IRS’ ability to 

collect taxes that are legally owed. 

The transaction may yield the selling shareholders a higher sales price for their C corporation 

stock than could be supported if the corporate income tax liability were to be paid. However, 

outside of the consolidated return context, former shareholders of a C corporation generally are 

not liable for any unpaid income taxes, interest, additions to tax, or penalties owed by the 

C corporation.

Reasons for Change

Despite such transactions being identified by the IRS as listed transactions since 2001, 

shareholders, corporate officers, directors, and their advisors have continued to engage in 

Intermediary Transaction Tax Shelters or substantially similar transactions. Because the unpaid 

Federal tax evaded through these transactions is reflected in the price paid for the corporation’s 

stock, either the buyer or the seller could be liable for such unpaid amounts. Although the 

Federal government generally has adequate tools under current law to collect amounts from the 

buyer or its lenders, these parties typically do not have assets in the United States against which 

the IRS can proceed to collect the unpaid taxes. The selling shareholders are typically the only 

parties with sufficient assets in the United States against which the IRS could proceed for 

collection; however, it has proven difficult for the IRS to effectively collect the unpaid Federal 

taxes from these selling shareholders under current law. Even though the IRS has pursued 

litigation to enforce collection from the selling shareholders of several corporations, these 

actions have yielded mixed results in factually similar cases. Thus, existing law does not 

adequately protect the Federal government’s interest in collecting the amounts due from selling 

shareholders as a result of these transactions.
231

Proposal

The proposal would add a new section to the Code that would impose on shareholders who sell 

the stock of an “applicable C corporation” secondary liability (without resort to any State law) 

for payment of the applicable C corporation’s income taxes, interest, additions to tax, and 

penalties to the extent of the sales proceeds received by the shareholders. The proposal applies 

to shareholders who, directly or indirectly, dispose of a controlling interest (at least 50 percent) 

in the stock of an applicable C corporation within a 12-month period in exchange for 

consideration other than stock issued by the acquirer of the applicable C corporation stock. The 

secondary liability would arise only after the applicable C corporation was assessed income 

taxes, interest, additions to tax, and penalties with respect to any taxable year within the 12-

month period before or after the date that its stock was disposed of and the applicable C 

corporation did not pay such amounts within 180 days after assessment.

For purposes of the proposal, an applicable C corporation is any C corporation (or successor) two 

thirds or more of whose assets consist of cash, passive investment assets, or assets that are the 

subject of a contract of sale or whose sale has been substantially negotiated on the date that a 

controlling interest in its stock is sold. The proposal would grant the Department of the Treasury 

authority to prescribe regulations necessary or appropriate to carry out the proposal.

The proposal would not apply with respect to dispositions of a controlling interest (1) in the 

stock of a C corporation or real estate investment trust with shares traded on an established 

securities market in the United States, (2) in the shares of a regulated investment company that 

offers shares to the public, or (3) to an acquirer whose stock or securities are publicly traded on 

an established market in the United States, or is consolidated for financial reporting purposes 

with such a public issuer of stock or securities.

The proposal would close the taxable year of an applicable C corporation as of the later of a 

disposition of a controlling interest in its stock or a disposition of all of its assets. The proposal 

would also amend the Code to provide that the amount that the selling shareholder was 

secondarily liable for under this proposal would constitute a deficiency that was governed by the 

general notice and demand rules of the Code but with an additional year added to the statute of 

limitations for assessment. The proposal would not limit the government’s ability to pursue any 

cause of action available under current law against any person.

The proposal would be effective for sales of controlling interests in the stock of applicable 

C corporations occurring on or after April 10, 2013.
232

INCREASE LEVY AUTHORITY FOR PAYMENTS TO MEDICARE PROVIDERS 

WITH DELINQUENT TAX DEBT

Current Law

The Department of the Treasury is authorized to continuously levy up to 30 percent of a payment 

to a Medicare provider in order to collect delinquent tax debt. Through the Federal Payment 

Levy Program, Treasury deducts (levies) a portion of a Government payment to an individual or 

business in order to collect unpaid taxes. 

Reasons for Change

Certain Medicare providers fail to comply with their Federal income tax and/or employment tax 

obligations. Expanding to 100 percent the amount of Federal payments that can be levied for 

such providers will help recover a greater amount of delinquent taxes and will promote these 

providers’ compliance with their Federal tax obligations.

Proposal 

The proposal would allow Treasury to levy up to 100 percent of a payment to a Medicare 

provider to collect unpaid taxes.

The proposal would be effective for payments made after the date of enactment.
233

IMPLEMENT A PROGRAM INTEGRITY STATUTORY CAP ADJUSTMENT FOR 

TAX ADMINISTRATION

Current Law 

Previous Administrations and Congresses have used a budget mechanism called a program 

integrity cap adjustment to increase congressional allocations for annual budget appropriations. 

Under the mechanism, funding above the spending ceiling that is specified in the annual 

congressional appropriations process is granted for specified “program integrity” purposes. 

“Program integrity” broadly refers to maintaining the effectiveness of a specific government 

program. In the past, Congress has appropriated additional funding to the IRS through allocation 

adjustments for certain enforcement and compliance activities that generate positive net revenue. 

Reasons for Change 

The IRS currently collects over $50 billion in enforcement revenue each year through various 

enforcement and compliance activities, funded partially through a cap adjustment. These 

resources have been critical to maintaining the IRS enforcement and compliance functions, 

allowing the IRS to initiate new programs that generate high returns on investment, and 

encouraging taxpayers to comply with the tax laws. Additional funding for IRS enforcement and 

compliance programs will yield increases in enforcement revenue through activities with high 

returns and will help the IRS further expand and improve its effectiveness and efficiency as a tax 

administrator. 

Proposal 

The Administration proposes an adjustment to the discretionary spending limits for IRS tax 

enforcement, compliance, and related activities, including tax administration activities at the 

Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, through an amendment to the Balanced Budget and 

Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985, as amended by the Budget Control Act of 2011. The 

proposed cap adjustment for fiscal year 2016 will fund $667 million in enforcement and 

compliance initiatives and investments above current levels of activity. These resources will 

help the IRS continue to target international tax compliance and restore previously reduced 

enforcement levels. Beyond 2016, the Administration proposes further increases in new 

enforcement and compliance initiatives each fiscal year from 2017 through 2020 and to sustain 

all of the new initiatives and inflationary costs via cap adjustments through fiscal year 2025. The 

total cost of supporting new initiatives above the funding needed to maintain current levels of 

enforcement and compliance activity would be $18.7 billion over the budget window. 
234

STREAMLINE AUDIT AND ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES FOR LARGE 

PARTNERSHIPS

Current Law

The Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA) established unified audit rules 

applicable to all but certain small partnerships. 

These rules require the tax treatment of all “partnership items” to be determined at the 

partnership, rather than the partner, level. In addition to partnership income, gain, deductions, 

and credits, the term partnership item includes other items such as tax preference items, nondeductible expenditures, and partnership liabilities. The rules also require a partner to report all 

partnership items consistently with the partnership return, unless the partner notifies the IRS of 

any inconsistency. If a partner provides the IRS with notice of inconsistency, the IRS may audit 

the partner even if the IRS does not audit the partnership. However, if the partner does not 

provide the IRS with a notice of inconsistency, the IRS may immediately assess the partner 

under the math error procedures. 

The IRS may challenge the reporting position of a partnership by conducting a single 

administrative proceeding to resolve the issue with respect to all partners. Nevertheless, the IRS 

must still assess any resulting adjustment against each of the taxpayers who were partners in the 

year in which the misstatement of tax liability arose. In addition, any partner can request an 

administrative adjustment or a refund for his or her own separate tax liability and participate in 

partnership-level administrative proceedings. The TEFRA partnership rules also require the IRS 

to give notice within certain time limits of the beginning of partnership-level administrative 

proceedings and any resulting administrative adjustment to the Tax Matters Partner (TMP), as 

well as to all partners whose names and addresses are furnished to the IRS. Meeting these time 

limits is a challenge if the partnership does not designate a TMP. For partnerships with more 

than 100 partners, however, the IRS generally is not required to give notice to any partner whose 

profits interest is less than one percent. 

Because “[the TEFRA] audit and adjustment procedures for large partnerships are inefficient and 

more complex than those for other large entities,”1 the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 established 

streamlined audit and adjustment procedures, as well as a simplified reporting system, for 

electing large partnerships (ELPs), which are generally defined as partnerships that have 100 or 

more partners during the preceding taxable year and elect to be treated as an ELP. Under the 

streamlined ELP audit and adjustment procedures, the IRS generally makes adjustments at the 

partnership level that flow through to the current year partners who hold their partnership interest 

during the year in which the adjustment takes effect. The adjustments generally will not affect 

prior-year returns of any partners (except in the case of changes to any partner’s distributive 

shares). 

 1 House Conference Report No. 105-220.
235

Reasons for Change

The present TEFRA partnership audit and adjustment procedures for large partnerships remain 

inefficient and more complex than those applicable to other large entities. Although the ELP 

regime was enacted to mitigate problems, few large partnerships have elected into the ELP 

regime. In addition, there has been substantial growth in the number and complexity of large 

partnerships, magnifying the difficulty of auditing large partnerships under the TEFRA 

partnership procedures. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the existing TEFRA and ELP procedures and instead mandate new 

simplified partnership procedures (SPP) for any partnership that has 100 or more direct partners 

in the aggregate during the taxable year to which the adjustment relates (i.e., partnerships that 

file 100 or more Schedules K-1 for the taxable year) or that has at least one partner that is 

another partnership, estate, trust, S corporation, nominee, or similar person (“pass-through 

partner”) at any time during the taxable year to which the adjustment relates. A partnership 

subject to the SPP regime because it has at least one pass-through partner can elect out of the 

SPP regime if the partnership can demonstrate that the total number of direct and indirect 

partners is less than 100 in the aggregate during the taxable year to which the adjustment relates, 

in which case each partner would be subject to separate deficiency proceedings. 

Under the SPP regime, the IRS would audit the partnership (the “source partnership”) and make 

adjustments at the partnership level that flow through to the partners who held their partnership 

interest during the year to which the adjustment relates. Any additional tax due as a result of the 

adjustments would be assessed in accordance with the direct partners’ ownership interest in the 

partnership for the year to which the adjustments relate. Direct partners that are pass-through 

partners would be responsible for paying the tax on behalf of their owners. The pass-through 

partners would have 180 days to challenge the assessment based on the tax attributes of their 

direct and indirect partners for the year to which the adjustments relate. 

Unlike under the TEFRA partnership rules, under the SPP regime only the partnership could 

request a refund and the partners would not have the right to participate in partnership-level 

administrative proceedings. In addition, the IRS would not need to give notice to partners of the 

beginning of an administrative proceeding or of a final adjustment. Instead, a notice of 

partnership adjustments would be sent to the source partnership, and only the partnership, 

through an authorized person, could participate in partnership proceedings. Only a U.S. 

individual could be designated by the partnership to act on its behalf and such individual would 

be readily identifiable on the source partnership’s return. If the partnership failed to designate an 

eligible authorized person to act on its behalf, the IRS would designate a person to act on behalf 

of the partnership. 

Under the SPP regime, partners would be required to report partnership items consistent with the 

partnership, unless the partner notified the IRS of the inconsistent treatment. Similar to the rules 

under TEFRA, if a partner failed to notify the IRS of inconsistent treatment, the IRS could

immediately assess the partner under its math error authority. The SPP regime, however, would 
236

require the IRS to audit the partnership in order to assess a partner who has filed a notice of 

inconsistent filing. This differs from the TEFRA rules which currently allow the IRS to issue a 

separate notice of deficiency to the partner who has filed a notice of inconsistent treatment.

The proposal would allow the Secretary to promulgate regulations necessary and appropriate to 

carry out the purposes of the proposal, including rules to (1) designate a person to act on behalf 

of the partnership, including when the partnership fails to do so, (2) ensure that taxpayers do not 

transfer partnership interests with a principal purpose of utilizing the SPP regime to alter the 

taxpayers’ aggregate tax liability, (3) address foreign pass-through partners including, where 

appropriate, treating a foreign pass-through partner that is a partnership as subject to the SPP 

regime, and (4) provide rules for pass-through partners to challenge an assessment.

The proposal would apply to a partnership’s taxable year ending on or after the date that is two 

years from the date of enactment.
237

REVISE OFFER-IN-COMPROMISE APPLICATION RULES 

Current Law

Current law provides that the IRS may compromise any civil or criminal case arising under the 

internal revenue laws prior to a reference to the Department of Justice for prosecution or defense. 

In 2006, a new provision was enacted to require taxpayers to make certain nonrefundable 

payments with any initial offer-in-compromise of a tax case. The new provision requires 

taxpayers making a lump-sum offer-in-compromise to include a nonrefundable payment of 20 

percent of the lump-sum with the initial offer. In the case of an offer-in-compromise involving 

periodic payments, the initial offer must be accompanied by a nonrefundable payment of the first 

installment that would be due if the offer were accepted. 

Reasons for Change

Requiring nonrefundable payments with an offer-in-compromise may substantially reduce access 

to the offer-in-compromise program. The offer-in-compromise program is designed to settle 

cases in which taxpayers have demonstrated an inability to pay the full amount of a tax liability. 

The program allows the IRS to collect the portion of a tax liability that the taxpayer has the 

ability to pay. Reducing access to the offer-in-compromise program makes it more difficult and 

costly to obtain the collectable portion of existing tax liabilities. 

Proposal

The proposal would eliminate the requirements that an initial offer-in-compromise include a 

nonrefundable payment of any portion of the taxpayer’s offer. 

The proposal would be effective for offers-in-compromise submitted after the date of enactment.
238

EXPAND IRS ACCESS TO INFORMATION IN THE NATIONAL DIRECTORY OF

NEW HIRES FOR TAX ADMINISTRATION PURPOSES 

Current Law

The Office of Child Support Enforcement of the Department of Health and Human Services 

maintains the National Directory of New Hires (NDNH), which is a database that contains data 

from Form W-4 for newly-hired employees, quarterly wage data from State workforce and 

Federal agencies for all employees, and unemployment insurance data from State workforce 

agencies for all individuals who have applied for or received unemployment benefits. The 

NDNH was created to help State child support enforcement agencies enforce obligations of 

parents across State lines. 

Under current provisions of the Social Security Act, the IRS may obtain data from the NDNH, 

but only for the purpose of administering the earned income tax credit (EITC) and verifying 

employment reported on a tax return. 

Generally, the IRS obtains employment and unemployment data less frequently than quarterly, 

and there are significant internal costs of preparing these data for use. Under various State laws, 

the IRS may negotiate for access to employment and unemployment data directly from State 

agencies that maintain these data. 

Reasons for Change

Employment data are useful to the IRS in administering a wide range of tax provisions beyond 

the EITC, including verifying taxpayer claims and identifying levy sources. Currently, the IRS 

may obtain employment and unemployment data on a state-by-state basis, which is a costly and 

time-consuming process. NDNH data are timely, uniformly compiled, and electronically 

accessible. Access to the NDNH would increase the productivity of the IRS by reducing the 

amount of IRS resources dedicated to obtaining and processing data without reducing the current 

levels of taxpayer privacy. 

Proposal

The proposal would amend the Social Security Act to expand IRS access to NDNH data for 

general tax administration purposes, including data matching, verification of taxpayer claims 

during return processing, preparation of substitute returns for non-compliant taxpayers, and 

identification of levy sources. Data obtained by the IRS from the NDNH would be protected by 

existing taxpayer privacy law, including civil and criminal sanctions. 

The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
239

MAKE REPEATED WILLFUL FAILURE TO FILE A TAX RETURN A FELONY

Current Law

Current law provides that willful failure to file a tax return is a misdemeanor punishable by a 

term of imprisonment of not more than one year, a fine of not more than $25,000 ($100,000 in 

the case of a corporation), or both. A taxpayer who fails to file returns for multiple years 

commits a separate misdemeanor offense for each year. 

Reasons for Change

Increased criminal penalties would help to deter multiple willful failures to file tax returns. 

Proposal

The proposal would provide that any person who willfully fails to file tax returns in any three 

years within any five consecutive year period, if the aggregated tax liability for such period is at 

least $50,000, would be subject to a new aggravated failure to file criminal penalty. The 

proposal would classify such failure as a felony and, upon conviction, impose a fine of not more 

than $250,000 ($500,000 in the case of a corporation) or imprisonment for not more than five 

years, or both. 

The proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.
240

FACILITATE TAX COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL JURISDICTIONS

Current Law 

Although Federal tax returns and return information (FTI) generally are confidential, the IRS and 

Department of the Treasury may share FTI with States as well as certain local government 

entities that are treated as States for this purpose. Generally, the purpose of information sharing 

is to facilitate tax administration. Where sharing of FTI is authorized, reciprocal provisions 

generally authorize disclosure of information to the IRS by State and local governments. State 

and local governments that receive FTI must safeguard it according to prescribed protocols that 

require secure storage, restricted access, reports to IRS, and shredding or other proper disposal. 

Criminal and civil sanctions apply to unauthorized disclosure or inspection of FTI. Indian Tribal 

Governments (ITGs) are treated as States by the tax law for several purposes, such as certain 

charitable contributions, excise tax credits, and local tax deductions, but not for purposes of 

information sharing. 

Reasons for Change 

IRS and Treasury compliance activity, especially with respect to alcohol, tobacco, and fuel 

excise taxes, may necessitate information sharing with ITGs. For example, the IRS may wish to 

confirm if a fuel supplier’s claim to have delivered particular amounts to adjacent jurisdictions is 

consistent with that reported to the IRS. If not, the IRS in conjunction with the ITG, which 

would have responsibility for administering taxes imposed by the ITG, can take steps to ensure 

compliance with both Federal and ITG tax laws. Where the local government is treated as a 

State for information sharing purposes, IRS, Treasury, and local officials can support each 

other’s efforts. Where the local government is not so treated, there is an impediment to 

compliance activity. 

Proposal

For purposes of information sharing, the proposal would treat as States those ITGs that impose 

alcohol, tobacco, or fuel excise or income or wage taxes, to the extent necessary for ITG tax 

administration. An ITG that receives FTI would be required to safeguard it according to 

prescribed protocols. The criminal and civil sanctions would apply. 

The proposal would be effective for disclosures made after enactment.
241

EXTEND STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR ASSESSMENT FOR OVERSTATED 

BASIS AND STATE ADJUSTMENTS

Current Law

In general, the IRS must assess additional Federal tax liabilities in the form of tax, interest, 

penalties, and additions to tax within three years after the date a return is filed. If an assessment 

is not made within the required time period, the additional Federal tax liabilities generally cannot 

be assessed or collected at any future time. In addition, taxpayers generally must claim a refund 

within three years from the time the return was filed or two years from the time the tax was paid, 

whichever is later, though exceptions may apply. 

The Code contains exceptions to the general statute of limitations. For instance, the general 

three-year assessment period is increased to six years if the taxpayer omits an amount of gross 

income that is more than 25 percent of the gross income stated on the return. An overstatement 

of the adjusted basis of property, which results in an understatement of gain reported on a return, 

is not treated as an omission of gross income for purposes of determining whether there is a more 

than 25-percent omission of gross income stated on the return. 

State and local authorities employ a variety of statutes of limitations for State and local tax 

assessments. Pursuant to agreement, the IRS and State and local revenue agencies exchange 

reports of adjustments made through examination so that corresponding adjustments can be made 

by each taxing authority. In addition, States provide the IRS with reports of potential 

discrepancies between State returns and Federal returns. 

Reasons for Change

The IRS has six years to assess tax in the case of a substantial omission of gross income but only 

three years to assess in the case of overstated basis resulting in a corresponding gain 

understatement, even though the need for more time is the same regardless of whether there is an 

omission of gross income or an understatement of gain. Therefore, the IRS should have 

additional time to assess tax due to an understatement of gain as a result of an overstated basis of 

property. 

In addition, the general statute of limitations serves as a barrier to the effective use by the IRS of 

State and local tax adjustment reports when the reports are provided by the State or local revenue 

agency to the IRS with little time remaining for assessments to be made at the Federal level. 

Under the current statute of limitations framework, taxpayers may seek to extend the State 

statute of limitations or postpone agreement to State proposed adjustments until such time as the 

Federal statute of limitations expires in order to preclude assessment at the Federal level. In 

addition, it is not always the case that a taxpayer that files an amended State or local return 

reporting additional liabilities at the State or local level that also affect Federal tax liability will 

file an amended return at the Federal level. 
242

Proposal

The proposal would create an additional exception to the general three-year statute of limitations 

for assessment of Federal tax liability resulting from adjustments to State or local tax liability. 

The statute of limitations would be extended to the greater of: (1) one year from the date the 

taxpayer first files an amended tax return with the IRS reflecting adjustments to the State or local 

tax return; or (2) two years from the date the IRS first receives information from the State or 

local revenue agency under an information sharing agreement in place between the IRS and a 

State or local revenue agency. The statute of limitations would be extended only with respect to 

the increase in Federal tax attributable to the State or local tax adjustment. The statute of 

limitations would not be further extended if the taxpayer files additional amended returns for the 

same tax periods as the initial amended return or if the IRS receives additional information from 

the State or local revenue agency under an information sharing agreement. The statute of 

limitations on claims for refund would be extended correspondingly so that any overall increase 

in tax assessed by the IRS as a result of the State or local examination report would take into 

account agreed-upon tax decreases or reductions attributable to a refund or credit. 

The proposal would also amend the rules for determining gross income for purposes of the sixyear assessment period to provide that an understatement of gain is treated as an omission from 

gross income. As a result, an overstatement of basis and other unrecovered amounts that reduce 

the amount of gain reported on a return will be treated as an omission of gross income for 

purposes of determining whether the taxpayer omitted gross income in excess of 25 percent of 

the gross income stated on the return.

The proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.
243

IMPROVE INVESTIGATIVE DISCLOSURE STATUTE

Current Law 

Generally, tax return information is confidential, unless a specific exception in the Code applies. 

In the case of tax administration, the Code permits Treasury and IRS officers and employees to 

disclose return information to the extent necessary to obtain information that is not otherwise 

reasonably available, in the course of an audit or investigation, as prescribed by regulation. 

Thus, for example, a revenue agent may identify himself or herself as affiliated with the IRS, and 

may disclose the nature and subject of an investigation, as necessary to elicit information from a 

witness in connection with that investigation. Criminal and civil sanctions apply to unauthorized 

disclosures of return information. 

Reasons for Change 

Regulations effective since 2003 state that the term “necessary” in this context does not mean 

essential or indispensable, but rather appropriate and helpful in obtaining the information sought. 

In other contexts, a “necessary” disclosure is one without which performance cannot be 

accomplished reasonably without the disclosure. Determining if an investigative disclosure is 

“necessary” is inherently factual, leading to inconsistent opinions by the courts. Eliminating this 

uncertainty from the statute would facilitate investigations by IRS officers and employees, while 

setting forth clear guidance for taxpayers, thus enhancing compliance with the tax code. 

Proposal 

The proposal would clarify the taxpayer privacy law by stating that the law does not prohibit 

Treasury and IRS officers and employees from identifying themselves, their organizational 

affiliation, and the nature and subject of an investigation, when contacting third parties in 

connection with a civil or criminal tax investigation. 

The proposal would be effective for disclosures made after enactment.
244

ALLOW THE IRS TO ABSORB CREDIT AND DEBIT CARD PROCESSING FEES

FOR CERTAIN TAX PAYMENTS

Current Law

Section 6311 permits the IRS to receive payment of taxes by any commercially acceptable means 

that the Secretary deems appropriate. Taxpayers may make credit or debit card payments by 

phone through IRS-designated third-party service providers, but these providers charge the 

taxpayer a convenience fee over and above the taxes due. Taxpayers cannot make a credit or 

debit card payment by phone directly to IRS collection representatives. Under current law, if the 

IRS were to accept credit or debit card payments directly from taxpayers, the IRS is prohibited 

from absorbing credit or debit card processing fees.

Reasons for Change

When taxpayers agree to make additional payments during telephone consultations with IRS 

agents, it is inefficient for both taxpayers and the IRS to require taxpayers to contact a third party 

service provider to make credit and debit card payments. Both the requirement for a separate 

call to a service provider and the additional processing fee for such payments may also 

discourage payment of outstanding liabilities, resulting in greater collection costs for the IRS, 

fewer IRS resources available to contact additional taxpayers, and lower tax collections. 

Allowing the IRS to accept credit and debit card payments directly and allowing the IRS to 

absorb the credit and debit card processing fees would increase efficiency and the number of 

collection cases worked. Permitting the IRS to absorb the processing fee would increase 

payment options available to taxpayers.

Proposal

The proposal would amend section 6311(d) to allow, but not require, the IRS to accept credit or 

debit card payments directly from taxpayers and to absorb the credit and debit card processing 

fees for delinquent tax payments, without charging a separate processing fee to the taxpayer.

The proposal would be effective for payments made after the date of enactment.
245

PROVIDE THE IRS WITH GREATER FLEXIBILITY TO ADDRESS CORRECTABLE 

ERRORS

Current Law

The Code imposes certain procedural requirements on the IRS when it determines that a taxpayer 

has a deficiency; that is, owes more tax (or is due a smaller refund) than is shown on a tax return. 

If the IRS conducts an audit and determines that there is a deficiency, a statutory notice of 

deficiency must be issued, and the taxpayer is provided an opportunity to challenge the proposed 

deficiency in Tax Court before the deficiency is assessed. 

Section 6213(b) contains an exception to the general deficiency procedures that provides the IRS 

authority to correct certain mathematical or clerical errors made on tax returns (such authority is 

generally referred to as “math error authority”) to reflect the taxpayer’s correct tax liability. 

“Mathematical or clerical error” (defined in section 6213(g)(2)) currently includes, among other 

things: (1) errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division shown on any return; (2) an 

entry on a return of an item that is inconsistent with another entry of the same or another item on 

the return; (3) an omission of a correct TIN required to be included on a tax return for certain tax 

credits; and (4) the inclusion of a TIN indicating that the individual’s age disqualifies them from 

certain credits.

Currently, section 6213(g)(2) must be amended each time Congress wishes to expand the scope 

of math error authority.

Reasons for Change

Using math error authority allows the IRS to adjust tax returns in cases where the IRS has 

reliable information that a taxpayer has an error on his or her return. Using math error authority 

in these circumstances is an efficient use of IRS resources. 

Under current practices, the definition of “mathematical and clerical error” is infrequently 

revised to account for new or amended Code provisions where the use of math error authority 

would be an effective use of IRS resources. For example, current law permits the IRS to use 

math error authority in cases where a taxpayer claiming the first-time home buyer credit does not 

attach a copy of the settlement statement used to complete the purchase to the taxpayer’s income 

tax return (as required by the statute). However, the IRS may not use math error authority in 

other cases where a taxpayer is statutorily required to include documentation with a return but 

fails to do so and, instead, must use general deficiency procedures.

Changing the current practice would increase efficiency by eliminating the need to enact 

legislation extending math error authority to the IRS on a case by case basis for particular Code 

amendments and would promote the efficient use of IRS and taxpayer resources. Granting 

Treasury regulatory authority to permit the IRS to correct errors in certain narrow circumstances 

provides an appropriate balance between using IRS resources efficiently and effectively and 

maintaining the procedural protections available to taxpayers.
246

Proposal

The proposal would remove the existing specific grants of math error authority, and provide that 

“math error authority” will refer only to computational errors and the incorrect use of any table 

provided by the IRS. In addition, the proposal would add a new category of “correctable 

errors.” Under this new category, Treasury would have regulatory authority to permit the IRS to 

correct errors in cases where (1) the information provided by the taxpayer does not match the 

information contained in government databases, (2) the taxpayer has exceeded the lifetime limit 

for claiming a deduction or credit, or (3) the taxpayer has failed to include with his or her return 

documentation that is required by statute.

The proposal would be effective on the date of enactment. However, the IRS’ current grant of 

math error authority would continue to apply until Treasury and the IRS issue final regulations 

addressing correctable errors.
247

ENHANCE ELECTRONIC FILING OF RETURNS

Current Law

Generally, regulations may require businesses that file at least 250 returns during the calendar 

year to file electronically. Under current regulations, taxpayers filing 250 or more of any one 

type of information return are required to file these returns electronically. Before requiring 

electronic filing, the IRS and Department of the Treasury are required to take into account the 

ability of taxpayers to comply at a reasonable cost. Taxpayers may request waivers of the 

electronic filing requirement if they cannot meet that requirement due to technological 

constraints, or if compliance with the requirement would result in undue financial burden on the 

taxpayer. Although electronic filing is required of certain corporations and other taxpayers, 

others voluntarily electronically file returns.

Corporations that have assets of $10 million or more and file at least 250 returns during a 

calendar year, including income tax, information, excise tax, and employment tax returns, are 

required to file electronically their Form 1120/1120S income tax returns. Partnerships with more 

than 100 partners are required to file electronically, regardless of how many returns they file. 

Tax-exempt organizations are required to file Forms 990, 990-PF, or 990-EZ, but not the Form

990-T, electronically if the organization files at least 250 returns. In addition, tax-exempt 

political organizations required to file Form 8872 to report certain political contributions and 

expenditures must file these returns electronically if the organization has, or expects to have, 

annual contributions or expenditures in excess of $50,000.

Employers maintaining certain employee benefit plans and administrators of defined benefit and 

welfare benefit plans, are generally required under both the Code and Title I of the Employee 

Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) to file Form 5500 to report information 

regarding the plans to the IRS and the Department of Labor (DOL). The Form 5500 is filed 

electronically with the DOL, and the DOL then shares this information with the IRS. 

Information relevant to employee benefit plans for tax purposes, but not for ERISA purposes 

(such as data on coverage needed to test compliance with nondiscrimination rules), is not 

currently collected. Collecting this information would require a separate “IRS only” form that 

would have to be filed on paper. The Form 8955-SS registration statement that plan 

administrators file with the IRS is not required to be electronically filed.

Generally, returns prepared using tax return preparation software (either prepared by a paid 

preparer or self-prepared by the taxpayer) may be filed electronically or a paper copy of the 

return can be printed and mailed to the IRS. A tax return preparer that expects to file more than 

10 individual income tax returns (Forms 1040 and 1041) is generally required to file these tax 

returns electronically. 

There are penalties for failure to file information returns electronically when required to do so. 

However, there are no penalties for failure to file other returns electronically when required to do 

so. 
248

Reasons for Change

Electronic filing supports the broader goals of improving IRS service to taxpayers, enhancing 

compliance, and modernizing tax administration. Expanding electronic filing will help provide 

tax return information in a more uniform electronic form, which will enhance the ability of the 

IRS to more productively focus its audit activities. This can reduce burdens on businesses where 

the need for an audit can be avoided. Overall, increased electronic filing of returns may improve 

satisfaction and confidence in the filing process.

In the case of tax-exempt organization returns, electronic filing also results in more usable data 

becoming publicly available more quickly than paper-filed returns, which must first be converted 

to machine readable format. Once publicly available, the Form 990 series return data may be 

used by donors to make more informed contribution decisions and by researchers, analysts, and 

entrepreneurs to understand the tax-exempt sector better and to create information tools and 

services to meet the needs of the sector. The Form 990 series and Form 8872 return data would 

also be useful to State and local regulators, charity watch-dog groups, charitable beneficiaries, 

and the press.

Furthermore, requiring electronic filing of returns is unlikely to impose a large burden on 

business taxpayers. Corporations, partnerships and many tax-exempt organizations generally 

maintain financial records in electronic form. Today, most taxpayers either hire tax 

professionals who use tax preparation software that enables electronic filing or self-prepare 

returns using tax preparation software that enables electronic filing. In many cases, electronic 

filing is more cost effective for taxpayers. 

Even for taxpayers who are permitted to file on paper, requiring the use of scanning technology 

would allow the IRS to scan paper tax returns and capture all data shown on the return in 

electronic form. This would reduce transcription errors and the amount of training, recruiting, 

and staffing that the IRS requires to process paper tax returns. 

Proposal

The proposal would require all corporations and partnerships with $10 million or more in assets 

to file their tax returns electronically. In addition, regardless of asset size, corporations with 

more than ten shareholders and partnerships with more than ten partners would be required to 

file their tax returns electronically. Preparers that expect to prepare more than 10 corporation 

income tax returns or partnership returns would be required to file these returns electronically. 

Regulatory authority would be expanded to allow reduction of the 250-return threshold in the 

case of information returns such as Forms 1042-S, 1099, 1098, 1096, 5498, 8805, 8955-SSA,

and 8966. Any new regulations would be required to balance the benefits of electronic filing 

against any burden that might be imposed on taxpayers, and implementation would take place 

incrementally to afford adequate time for transition to electronic filing. Taxpayers would be able 

to request waivers of this requirement if they cannot meet the requirement due to technological 

constraints, if compliance with the requirement would result in undue financial burden, or as 

otherwise specified in regulations. 
249

The proposal would require all tax-exempt organizations that must file Form 990 series returns, 

including the Form 990-T, or Forms 8872 to file them electronically. The proposal would also 

require the IRS to make the electronically filed Form 990 series returns and Forms 8872 publicly 

available in a machine readable format in a timely manner, as provided in regulations.

The proposal would provide the IRS the authority to require electronic filing of information that 

is relevant only to employee benefit plan tax requirements, so that it can be electronically filed 

with the Form 5500 electronically filed with the DOL.

The proposal would provide the Secretary with regulatory authority to require all taxpayers who 

prepare their tax returns electronically but print their returns and file them on paper to print their 

returns with a scannable code that would enable the IRS to convert the paper return into an 

electronic format.

The proposal would establish an assessable penalty for a failure to comply with any requirement 

to file returns (other than information returns) in electronic (or other machine-readable) format. 

The amount of the penalty would be $25,000 for a corporations and partnerships, or $5,000 for a 

tax-exempt organization or an employee benefit or welfare benefit plan. For failure to file in any 

format, the existing penalties would remain, and the proposed penalty for failing to file 

electronically would not apply. The penalty would be waived if it is shown that the failure to file 

electronically is due to reasonable cause.

The proposal would generally be effective for taxable years beginning after the date of 

enactment. Transition relief would allow up to three additional years to begin electronic filing 

for smaller organizations and organizations for which electronic filing would be an undue 

hardship without additional transition time. In addition, the proposal would give the IRS 

discretion to delay the effective date for Form 990-T filers for up to three taxable years. The 

penalty would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.
250

IMPROVE THE WHISTLEBLOWER PROGRAM

Current Law

Section 7623 of the Code allows whistleblowers to file claims for an award where the 

whistleblower submitted information that allowed the IRS to detect tax underpayments or detect 

and bring to trial and punishment persons guilty of violating the internal revenue laws. 

Other whistleblower statutes, such as the False Claims Act, explicitly provide whistleblowers 

with protection from retaliatory actions and whistleblowers who suffer retaliatory action may file 

a claim in U.S. district court for relief, including reinstatement, back pay, and other damages. 

There are currently no protections from retaliatory action for whistleblowers who file claims 

under the Code.

Section 6103 provides that tax returns and tax return information are confidential, unless an 

exception applies. Currently, the IRS Whistleblower Office may share tax return information 

with whistleblowers and their legal representatives in a whistleblower administrative proceeding 

under section 6103(h) or where the whistleblower and its representatives enter into a written 

agreement with the IRS under section 6103(n). Whistleblowers and their representatives who 

receive tax return information under a section 6103(n) agreement are subject to the section 

6103(p) safeguarding requirements, and civil and criminal penalties may apply for unauthorized 

inspections and disclosures of tax return information. These same protections do not currently 

extend to information disclosed to whistleblowers in an administrative proceeding under section 

6103(h).

Reasons for Change

The lack of protection from retaliation for whistleblowers who file claims under section 7623 of 

the Code may discourage whistleblowers from filing claims with the IRS, even though the IRS’s 

general policy is to protect whistleblowers’ identities. These safeguards do not fully protect the 

whistleblower’s identity because the IRS may need to identify the whistleblower as a trial 

witness in the underlying tax case. Moreover, some taxpayers have brought lawsuits against the 

IRS to discover whether there is a whistleblower who has submitted information about their tax 

issues and, if so, the whistleblower’s identity. Explicitly protecting whistleblowers from 

retaliatory actions should encourage potential whistleblowers to file claims, which would 

increase the tax administration benefit of the whistleblower program.

Most disclosures of tax return information are subject to the section 6103(p) safeguarding 

requirements, and civil and criminal penalties may apply for unauthorized inspections and 

disclosures of tax return information. The few exceptions are generally cases where redisclosure of the tax return information may be beneficial or necessary; for example, the 

safeguarding requirements do not apply to disclosures made under section 6103(i)(4), which 

permits the IRS to disclose tax return information to Federal officers who administer laws that do 

not relate to tax administration for use in a judicial or administrative proceeding (i.e., using tax 

returns as evidence in a non-tax case). There is not a similar policy rationale for exempting 

whistleblower administrative proceedings from the safeguarding requirements. Furthermore, 
251

whistleblowers and their representatives who receive tax return information under section 

6103(h) should be subject to the same requirements as whistleblowers and their representatives 

who receive tax return information under a section 6103(n) agreement because, in both instances, 

the tax return information is being disclosed to further tax administration and the goals of the 

whistleblower program.

Proposal

The proposal would amend section 7623 to explicitly protect whistleblowers from retaliatory 

actions, consistent with the protections currently available to whistleblowers under the False 

Claims Act. In addition, the proposal would amend section 6103 to provide that the section 

6103(p) safeguarding requirements apply to whistleblowers and their legal representatives who 

receive tax return information in whistleblower administrative proceedings and extend the 

penalties for unauthorized inspections and disclosures of tax return information to 

whistleblowers and their legal representatives. The proposal would not affect a potential 

whistleblower’s ability to file a claim for award or participate in a whistleblower administrative 

proceeding. The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
252

INDEX ALL CIVIL TAX PENALTIES FOR INFLATION

Current Law

The Code contains numerous penalty provisions that impose a fixed civil tax penalty amount 

(including floors and caps imposed with respect to penalties) was established when the penalty 

was initially added to the Code. These provisions generally contain no mechanism to adjust the 

amount of the penalty for inflation. For returns required to be filed after December 31, 2014, 

recently enacted legislation indexes annually for inflation (subject to specified rounding rules) 

certain select fixed-dollar civil tax penalties for: (1) the failure to file a tax return but only with 

respect to the $135 amount applicable in the case of a failure to file the return within 60 days of 

the date prescribed for filing (determined with regard to extensions); (2) the failure by exempt 

organizations and certain trusts to file certain returns; (3) the failure of a paid preparer to meet 

certain obligations; (4) the failure of a partnership or an S corporation to timely file a correct 

return; and (5) the failure to timely file correct information returns and payee statements.

Reasons for Change

One of the key goals of an effective tax penalty regime is to encourage compliance, which can be 

achieved, in part, by setting penalty amounts at a level that serves as a meaningful economic 

deterrent to non-compliant behavior. Under current practices, however, many penalties are not 

adjusted for inflation. Thus, the amount of a penalty often declines for many years in real, 

inflation adjusted terms, and so becomes too low to continue serving as an effective deterrent. 

While recent amendments to the Code indexing select penalty provisions to inflation resolve 

these issues for those few penalties, a more comprehensive approach is needed to achieve 

increased effectiveness and efficiency of civil tax penalties.

Proposal

The proposal would index all civil tax penalties with a fixed penalty amount (including floors 

and caps imposed with respect to penalties) to inflation and round the indexed amount to the next 

hundred dollars. 

The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
253

EXTEND IRS AUTHORITY TO REQUIRE TRUNCATED SOCIAL SECURITY 

NUMBERS (SSN) ON FORM W-2

Current Law

Employers are required to furnish written statements to their employees containing certain 

information. Employers satisfy this requirement by filing with the IRS Form W-2, Wage and 

Tax Statement, indicating the SSN, wages paid, taxes withheld, and other information, and 

providing a copy of the Form W-2 to each employee. Section 6051(a) specifically requires the 

inclusion of the employee’s SSN on the statement.

Other statements provided to taxpayers – such as Forms 1099 – are subject to the more general 

rules under section 6109, which require the filer to include the taxpayer’s “identifying number” 

on the form. Section 6109 provides that, except as otherwise specified in regulations, an 

individual’s SSN is an individual’s identifying number for purposes of the Code. As a result, for 

some statements, Treasury and the IRS have regulatory authority to require or permit filers to use 

a number other than the taxpayer’s SSN.

Reasons for Change

The incidence of identity theft is increasing, and Treasury and the IRS have taken a multipronged approach to combating identity theft. For example, in 2009, the IRS instituted a pilot 

program permitting filers of certain information returns to truncate a taxpayer’s identifying 

number, including an SSN, on copies of information returns provided to taxpayers. Under the 

pilot program, the first five digits of a taxpayer’s identifying number are replaced with X’s or 

*’s. The pilot program was implemented in response to concerns about identity theft, 

particularly the concern that a taxpayer’s identifying number could be stolen from a paper payee 

statement and used to file false or fraudulent returns. The pilot program was favorably received 

and, in January 2013, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations that would make the 

pilot program permanent. 

Because section 6051 explicitly requires the inclusion of an employee’s SSN, Form W-2 could 

not be included in the pilot program or the proposed regulations. The risk of identity theft from 

Form W-2 is high because employers are required to file a Form W-2 for each employee who 

receives wages. Moreover, both the IRS and many State taxing authorities require taxpayers to 

include a copy of their Form W-2 when filing their annual income tax returns, increasing the risk 

that a taxpayer’s SSN could be stolen. Providing the IRS authority to require or permit truncated 

SSNs on Forms W-2 would reduce the risk of identity theft and improper payments resulting 

from false or fraudulent returns. 

Proposal

The proposal would revise section 6051 to require employers to include an “identifying number” 

for each employee, rather than an employee’s SSN, on Form W-2. By revising section 6051 to 

require an identifying number, the general rules under section 6109 would apply and allow 
254

Treasury and the IRS to exercise regulatory authority to require or permit a truncated SSN on 

Form W-2. 

The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
255

COMBAT TAX-RELATED IDENTITY THEFT

Current Law

The Aggravated Identity Theft Statute permits an increased sentence when the identity of another 

individual is used to commit certain crimes that are enumerated in the statute. This enumerated 

list does not include any tax offenses under the Code in Title 26 or tax-related offenses under 

Title 18, including conspiracy to defraud the government with respect to claims (18 U.S.C. 286), 

false, fictitious, or fraudulent claims (18 U.S.C. 287), or conspiracy (18 U.S.C. 371). A 

conviction for aggravated identity theft adds two years to the sentence imposed for the 

underlying felony. Current law does not impose a civil penalty for tax-related identity theft.

Reasons for Change

Tax-related identity theft where identity thieves use stolen Social Security numbers to file false 

or fraudulent tax returns to obtain an improper refund has increased exponentially in recent 

years. The IRS issued an Identity Protection Personal Identification Number (IP PIN) to 1.2 

million individuals for the 2014 filing season, an increase from about 770,000 individual IP PINs 

that the IRS issued in the previous year. The IP PIN is a unique identifying number that is issued 

annually to victims of identity theft to use when filing their tax returns. Although Treasury and 

the IRS have implemented a multi-pronged approach to combating identity theft, additional tools 

are needed. The addition of tax offenses to the list of predicate offenses for aggravated identity 

theft and the addition of a civil tax penalty for identity theft would increase the enforcement tools 

available to combat identity thieves and serve as more effective deterrent. 

Proposal

The proposal would add the tax-related offenses in Title 18 and the criminal tax offenses in Title 

26 to the list of predicate offenses contained in the Aggravated Identity Theft Statute. If this 

proposal is enacted, criminals who are convicted for tax-related identity theft may be subject to 

longer sentences than the sentences that apply to those criminals under current law. In addition, 

the proposal would add a $5,000 civil penalty to the Code to be imposed in tax identity theft 

cases on the individual who filed the fraudulent return. Under the proposal, the IRS would be 

able to immediately assess a separate civil penalty for each incidence of identity theft. There is 

no maximum penalty amount that may be imposed. 

The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
256

ALLOW STATES TO SEND NOTICES OF INTENT TO OFFSET FEDERAL TAX 

REFUNDS TO COLLECT STATE TAX OBLIGATIONS BY REGULAR FIRST-CLASS 

MAIL INSTEAD OF CERTIFIED MAIL

Current Law

Under current law, the Department of the Treasury, Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service), 

may offset Federal tax refunds to collect delinquent State income tax obligations only after the 

State sends the delinquent debtor a notice by certified mail with return receipt. With respect to 

other types of debts that can be collected via Federal tax refund offset, including Federal nontax 

debt, unpaid child support, and State unemployment insurance compensation debt, the statute is 

silent as to the notice delivery method. However, the regulations require that, for all debts other 

than State income tax obligations, Federal and State creditor agencies send notices by regular 

first class mail. Similarly, notice requirements for other debt collection actions, including 

administrative wage garnishment, do not require delivery by certified mail.

Reasons for Change

With the recent postal increase, certified mail with return receipt costs $5.51 more per item than 

first class mail. Based on information received from 21 States before the postage increase, the 

estimated costs for States to send notices by certified mail totaled $14.3 million in 2012. 

There is no evidence that certified mail is more likely to reach the debtor than regular first class 

mail. In fact, it is more likely that the recipient will not receive the notice, because certified mail 

either provides a recipient who is at home an opportunity to refuse delivery or requires a 

recipient who is not at home to go to the Post Office to sign for a letter. 

The legislative history of the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 

does not provide a reason for the certified mail with return receipt requirement. Similarly, there 

appears to be no policy reason why offsets for State income tax debts should have different due 

process notice requirements from offsets to collect other types of debts, which generally allow 

the use of first class mail. The ability to use first class mail to send notices for delinquent State 

tax obligations would save the States considerable expense while providing uniformity of due 

process requirements for tax refund offsets.

Proposal

The proposal would remove the statutory requirement to use certified mail, thereby allowing the 

Fiscal Service to amend its regulations to permit States to send notices for delinquent State 

income tax obligations by first class mail. The proposal would be effective on the date of 

enactment.
257

RATIONALIZE TAX RETURN FILING DUE DATES SO THEY ARE STAGGERED

Current Law

Individuals are generally required to file their income tax returns by April 15 of the year 

following the close of the taxable year. An individual may request a six-month extension of time 

to file his or her income tax return. 

Calendar year corporations (i.e., corporations with a tax year ending on December 31), including 

S corporations, are required to file their income tax returns by March 15 of the year following the 

close of the taxable year. Fiscal year corporations (i.e., corporations with a tax year ending on a 

date other than December 31), including S corporations, are required to file their income tax 

returns by the 15th day of the third month following the close of the taxable year. Corporations 

may request an automatic six-month extension of time to file their income tax returns. In 

addition, corporations classified as S corporations are required to provide shareholders with a 

copy of the Schedule K-1 by the due date (including extensions) of the S corporation’s income 

tax return.

Calendar year partnerships are required to file the Form 1065 with the IRS and furnish a copy of 

the Schedule K-1 to each partner by April 15 of the year following the close of the taxable year. 

For fiscal year partnerships, the due date is the 15th day of the fourth month following the close 

of the taxable year. Partnerships may request an automatic five-month extension of time to file 

the Form 1065 and furnish copies of the Schedule K-1 to partners.

Most information returns, including Forms 1099, 1098, and 1096, are required to be filed with 

the IRS by February 28 of the year following the year for which the information is being 

reported. Form W-2 is required to be filed with the Social Security Administration (SSA) by the 

last day of February. A copy of the information filed with the IRS is generally required to be 

furnished to payees by January 31 of the year following the year for which the information is 

being reported. In the case of payments reported on the Form 1099-B, statements to payees are 

required to be furnished by February 15, rather than January 31. The due date for filing 

information returns with the IRS or SSA is generally extended until March 31 if the returns are 

filed electronically.

Reasons for Change

Third-party information is used by taxpayers to assist them in preparing their income tax returns. 

However, many taxpayers do not receive Schedules K-1 before their income tax returns are due. 

As a result, taxpayers may not have accurate information when they file their income tax returns. 

Accelerating the taxpayer’s receipt of third-party information will reduce burden on taxpayers by 

providing them with accurate information when preparing their original returns and potentially 

reduce the number of amended returns filed by taxpayers. 

The IRS also uses third-party information to determine a taxpayer’s compliance with Federal tax 

obligations. Accelerating the IRS’s receipt of third-party information will facilitate detection of 

non-compliance earlier in the filing season. 
258

Proposal

The proposal would rationalize income tax return due dates so that taxpayers receive Schedules 

K-1 before the due date for filing their income tax returns. Under the proposal, calendar year S 

corporation filing deadlines would remain the same, and partnership filing deadlines would be 

made to conform to the current deadlines imposed on S corporations. Accordingly, all calendar 

year partnership and all calendar year S corporation returns (Forms 1065 and 1120-S) and 

Schedules K-1 furnished to partners and shareholders would be due March 15. In addition, 

returns of calendar year corporations other than S corporations would be due April 15 instead of 

March 15. Fiscal year partnership returns would be due the 15th day of the third month following 

the close of the taxable year and fiscal year corporations other than S corporations would be due 

the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the taxable year.

The proposal would also accelerate the due date for filing information returns and eliminate the

extended due date for electronically filed returns. Under the proposal, information returns would 

be required to be filed with the IRS (or SSA, in the case of Form W-2) by January 31, except that 

Form 1099-B would be required to be filed with the IRS by February 15. The due dates for the 

payee statements would remain the same. 

The proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.
259

INCREASE OVERSIGHT AND DUE DILIGENCE OF PAID TAX RETURN 

PREPARERS 

Current Law

Taxpayers are increasingly turning to paid tax return preparers and software to assist them in 

meeting their tax filing obligations. Under 31 U.S.C. §330, the Secretary has the authority to 

regulate practice before the IRS. Regulations under that section, referred to as “Circular 230,” 

regulate the practice of licensed attorneys, certified public accountants, and enrolled agents and 

actuaries. In 2009, in response to concerns about the lack of regulation of unlicensed and 

unenrolled paid tax return preparers, IRS conducted a formal review of its regulation of paid tax 

return preparers. After significant consideration and input from taxpayers, tax professionals, and 

other stakeholders, Treasury and the IRS amended Circular 230 to regulate practice of all paid 

tax return preparers, including individuals who are unlicensed and unenrolled. Paid tax return 

preparers challenged these regulations in Loving v. Commissioner. The Court of Appeals for the 

District of Columbia Circuit determined that these regulations exceeded the IRS’ authority.

In addition, the Code imposes certain penalties on paid tax return preparers. For instance, the 

Code imposes a penalty on paid tax return preparers for understatements of tax due to 

unreasonable positions taken on a return or claim for refund (section 6694(a)). The penalty for 

understatements of tax due to unreasonable positions is the greater of $1,000 or 50 percent of the 

income derived (or to be derived) by the preparer with respect to the return or claim for refund. 

This penalty will not be imposed if there is reasonable cause for the understatement and the 

preparer acted in good faith. 

There is a separate penalty on paid tax return preparers for understatements of tax that occur as a 

result of a paid preparer’s willful or reckless conduct (section 6694(b)). The penalty for 

understatements due to willful or reckless conduct is the greater of $5,000 or 50 percent of the 

income derived (or to be derived) by the preparer with respect to the return or claim for refund, 

and no reasonable cause exception applies.

The Code also imposes a $500 penalty on paid tax return preparers who fail to meet certain due 

diligence requirements with respect to the earned income tax credit (EITC). To meet the due 

diligence requirements, a paid tax return preparer must complete the Paid Preparer’s Earned 

Income Credit Checklist (Form 8867) and the checklist must be filed with the taxpayer’s return 

claiming the EITC. Preparers must also meet certain record-keeping requirements. Even though 

the eligibility requirements for the child tax credit (CTC) and the eligibility requirements for the 

EITC, including the definition of a qualifying child, are similar, paid preparers are not required 

to meet similar due diligence requirements for the CTC.

Reasons for Change

Paid tax return preparers have an important role in tax administration because they assist 

taxpayers in complying with their obligations under the tax laws. Incompetent and dishonest tax 

return preparers increase collection costs, reduce revenues, disadvantage taxpayers by potentially 

subjecting them to penalties and interest as a result of incorrect returns, and undermine 
260

confidence in the tax system. Regulation of paid tax return preparers, in conjunction with 

diligent enforcement, will help promote high quality services from paid tax return preparers, will 

improve voluntary compliance, and will foster taxpayer confidence in the fairness of the tax 

system.

Often preparers are subject to the same penalty amount for understatements of tax on returns 

they prepare, regardless of whether the preparer’s conduct was willful and reckless. This is 

because in many cases, 50 percent of the income derived (or to be derived) by the preparer is 

often greater than the fixed dollar penalties that may be imposed. Having the same penalty for 

willful and non-willful conduct does not sufficiently discourage willful or reckless behavior and 

is unfair to paid tax return preparers whose conduct was not willful.

Extending the due diligence requirement to the CTC, which shares many eligibility criteria with 

the EITC, could improve compliance with respect to claims for the CTC without excessively 

increasing the level of burden on paid preparers or taxpayers. The IRS estimates that the tax gap 

attributable to individual income tax credits was $28 billion in 2006 (before enforcement 

actions). The EITC due diligence requirements are part of the IRS’s robust program to educate 

tax return preparers and to identify noncompliant EITC return preparers, who are audited and 

penalized. 

Proposal

Extend paid preparer EITC due diligence requirements to the child tax credit

The proposal would extend due diligence requirements similar to those for the EITC to the CTC. 

The existing checklist would be expanded and adapted to reflect the differences in requirements 

between the EITC and the child tax credit, while ensuring that the additional burden to preparers 

and filers is minimized. 

This proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.

Explicitly provide that the Department of the Treasury and IRS have authority to regulate all 

paid return preparers

The proposal would explicitly provide that the Secretary has the authority to regulate all paid tax 

return preparers. 

This proposal would be effective on or after the date of enactment.

Increase the penalty applicable to paid tax preparers who engage in willful or reckless conduct

The proposal would increase the penalty rate (in section 6694(b)) on paid tax return preparers for 

understatements due to willful or reckless conduct to the greater of $5,000 or 75 percent (instead 

of the current 50 percent) of the income derived (or to be derived) by the preparer with respect to 

the return or claim for refund. 
261

This proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.
262

ENHANCE ADMINISTRABILITY OF THE APPRAISER PENALTY

Current Law

Section 6694 imposes a penalty on paid tax return preparers for understatements of tax due to 

unreasonable positions taken on a return or claim for refund and for understatements of tax that 

occur as a result of a paid preparer’s willful or reckless conduct. The penalty will not be 

imposed if there is reasonable cause for the understatement and the preparer acted in good faith. 

Section 6695A imposes a penalty on any person who prepares an appraisal of the value of 

property, if the person knows or reasonably should have known that the appraisal would be used 

in connection with a return or claim for refund, and if the claimed value of the property based on 

the appraisal results in a substantial or gross valuation misstatement. There is an exception to the 

penalty if the value in the appraisal is “more likely than not” the proper value. 

Reasons for Change 

Taxpayers must determine the value of property to correctly determine the tax consequences of a 

gift, bequest, sale, exchange, or other transaction involving the property. An appraisal generally 

states the value of property as a specific dollar amount or as an amount within a certain range of 

dollar values. Unlike opinions on tax issues, whether a value is “more likely than not” the 

correct value is not typically addressed in an appraisal. Therefore, “more likely than not” is not 

an administrable standard for an exception to the appraisal penalty.

Further, there is no coordination between the section 6695A penalty on appraisers and the 

section 6694 understatement penalty on return preparers in cases where the person providing the 

appraisal is also treated as a paid tax return preparer with respect to the position on the return or 

claim for refund relying on the valuation in the appraisal. Therefore, a paid tax return preparer 

could be subject to penalties under both section 6694 and section 6695A with respect to the same 

conduct. 

Proposal

The proposal would replace the existing “more likely than not” exception to the section 6695A 

appraiser penalty with a reasonable cause exception. In addition, the proposal would coordinate 

the section 6694 and section 6695A penalties so that an appraiser would not be subject to the 

penalty under section 6695A if, by reason of that appraisal, the appraiser is also subject to a 

penalty under section 6694.

The proposal would be effective for returns required to be filed after December 31, 2015.
263

SIMPLIFY THE TAX SYSTEM

MODIFY ADOPTION CREDIT TO ALLOW TRIBAL DETERMINATION OF 

SPECIAL NEEDS

Current Law

Taxpayers that adopt children can receive a tax credit for qualified adoption expenses. The 

amount of the credit is increased in the case of adoption of a special needs child. To be eligible 

for the increased credit, a State must determine that the child meets the statutory requirements as 

a “child with special needs.” Under the statute, other governmental entities, such as Indian 

Tribal Governments (ITGs) do not have the authority to make this determination. 

Congress passed the Indian Child Welfare Act (ICWA) in 1978 in response to the high number 

of Indian children being removed from their homes by public agencies. Among other things, the 

ICWA allows tribes to manage and maintain adoption programs, in the place of the State, for the 

children of their tribal members. 

Reasons for Change

Like States, many ITGs facilitate adoptions involving special needs. The ICWA programs 

mirror the programs that are administered by State agencies, and ITGs should be accorded the 

same deference as State agencies for purposes of the tax credit for adoption expenses. 

Proposal

The proposal would amend the tax credit for adoption expenses to allow ITGs to make the status 

determination of a “child with special needs.” 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015. 
264

REPEAL NON-QUALIFIED PREFERRED STOCK (NQPS) DESIGNATION

Current Law 

In 1997, Congress added a provision to section 351 that treats NQPS as taxable “boot” for 

certain purposes. In addition to its treatment as boot in corporate organizations, NQPS is also 

treated as boot in certain shareholder exchanges pursuant to a plan of corporate reorganization. 

NQPS is stock that (i) is limited and preferred as to dividends and does not participate in 

corporate growth to any significant extent; and (ii) has a dividend rate that varies with reference 

to an index, or, in certain circumstances, a put right, a call right, or a mandatory redemption 

feature. The addition of this provision reflected the belief that the receipt of certain types of 

preferred stock more appropriately represented taxable consideration because the 

investor/transferor obtained a more secure form of investment.

Reasons for Change 

NQPS is treated like debt for certain limited purposes but is otherwise generally treated as stock. 

This hybrid nature of NQPS has transformed it into a staple of affirmative corporate tax 

planning: its issuance often occurs in loss-recognition planning, where NQPS is treated as debtlike boot, or to avoid the application of a provision that treats a related-party stock sale as a 

dividend. Thus, for the unwary, the designation and treatment of NQPS represents a proverbial 

trap that adds additional complexity to the Code, while for the well-advised, the issuance of 

NQPS often arises in transactions that are inconsistent with the original purpose of the 1997 

provision.

Proposal 

The proposal would repeal the NQPS provision and other cross-referencing provisions of the 

Code that treat NQPS as boot.

The proposal would be effective for stock issued after December 31, 2015.
265

REPEAL PREFERENTIAL DIVIDEND RULE FOR PUBLICLY TRADED AND 

PUBLICLY OFFERED REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (REITS)

Current Law

REITs are allowed a deduction for dividends paid to their shareholders. In order to qualify for 

the deduction, a dividend must not be a “preferential dividend.” For this purpose, a dividend is 

preferential unless it is distributed pro rata to shareholders, with no preference to any share of 

stock compared with other shares of the same class, and with no preference to one class as 

compared with another except to the extent the class is entitled to a preference. Previously, a 

similar rule had applied to all regulated investment companies (RICs). Section 307 of the 

Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 repealed application of that rule for 

publicly offered RICs.

Reasons for Change

The original purpose of the preferential dividend rule in 1936 was to prevent tax avoidance by 

closely held personal holding companies. The inflexibility of the rule can produce harsh results 

for inadvertent deviations in the timing or amount of distributions to some shareholders. 

Because an attempt to compensate for a preference in one distribution produces a preference in a 

second offsetting distribution, it is almost impossible to undo the impact of a prior error. As 

applied to publicly traded REITs and publicly offered REITs, the rule has ceased to serve a 

necessary function either in preventing tax avoidance or in ensuring fairness among 

shareholders. Today, for these shareholders, corporate and securities laws bar preferences and 

ensure fair treatment.

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the preferential dividend rule for publicly traded REITs and publicly 

offered REITs. That is, the preferential dividend rule would not apply to a distribution with 

respect to stock if:

1. As of the record date of the distribution, the REIT was publicly traded; or

2. As of the record date of the distribution:

a. The REIT was required to file annual and periodic reports with the Securities and 

Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1934; 

b. Not more than one-third of the voting power of the REIT was held by a single 

person (including any voting power that would be attributed to that person under 

the rules of section 318); and

c. Either the stock with respect to which the distribution was made is the subject of a 

currently effective offering registration, or such a registration has been effective 

with respect to that stock within the immediately preceding 10-year period.
266

The Secretary would also be given explicit authority to provide for cures of inadvertent 

violations of the preferential dividend rule where it continues to apply and, where appropriate, to 

require consistent treatment of shareholders.

The proposal would apply to distributions that are made (without regard to section 858) in 

taxable years beginning after the date of enactment.
267

REFORM EXCISE TAX BASED ON INVESTMENT INCOME OF PRIVATE 

FOUNDATIONS

Current Law

Private foundations that are exempt from Federal income tax generally are subject to a twopercent excise tax on their net investment income. The excise tax rate is reduced to one percent 

in any year in which the foundation’s distributions for charitable purposes exceed the average 

level of the foundation’s charitable distributions over the five preceding taxable years (with 

certain adjustments). Private foundations that are not exempt from Federal income tax, including 

certain charitable trusts, must pay an excise tax equal to the excess (if any) of the sum of the 

excise tax on net investment income and the amount of the unrelated business income tax that 

would have been imposed if the foundation were tax exempt, over the income tax imposed on the 

foundation. Under current law, private nonoperating foundations generally are required to make 

annual distributions for charitable purposes equal to five percent of the fair market value of the 

foundation’s noncharitable use assets (with certain adjustments). The amount that a foundation 

is required to distribute annually for charitable purposes is reduced by the amount of the excise 

tax paid by the foundation. 

Reasons for Change

The current “two-tier” structure of the excise tax on private foundation net investment income 

may discourage foundations from significantly increasing their charitable distributions in any 

particular year. An increase in a private foundation’s distributions in one year will increase the 

foundation’s five-year average percentage payout, making it more difficult for the foundation to 

qualify for the reduced one-percent excise tax rate in subsequent years. Because amounts paid 

by foundations in excise tax generally reduce the funds available for distribution to charitable 

beneficiaries, eliminating the “two-tier” structure of this excise tax would ensure that a private 

foundation’s grantees do not suffer adverse consequences if the foundation increases its grantmaking in a particular year to respond to charitable needs (for example, disaster relief). Such a 

change would also simplify both the calculation of the excise tax and charitable distribution 

planning for private foundations. 

Proposal

The proposal would replace the two rates of tax on private foundations that are exempt from 

Federal income tax with a single tax rate of 1.35 percent. The tax on private foundations not 

exempt from Federal income tax would be equal to the excess (if any) of the sum of the 1.35-

percent excise tax on net investment income and the amount of the unrelated business income tax 

that would have been imposed if the foundation were tax exempt, over the income tax imposed 

on the foundation. The special reduced excise tax rate available to tax-exempt private 

foundations that maintain their historic levels of charitable distributions would be repealed. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after the date of enactment.
268

REMOVE BONDING REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN TAXPAYERS SUBJECT TO 

FEDERAL EXCISE TAXES ON DISTILLED SPIRITS, WINE, AND BEER

Current Law

The Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) collects taxes on distilled spirits, wines, 

and beer under the Code. 

The Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users 

(SAFETEA-LU), was enacted on August 10, 2005. Section 11127, “Quarterly Excise Tax Filing 

for Small Alcohol Excise Taxpayers” of SAFETEA-LU amended section 5061(d)(4) of the Code 

so that importers and producers of distilled spirits, wine, and beer with a reasonably expected 

excise tax liability of $50,000 or less in a calendar year, who were liable for not more than 

$50,000 in such taxes in the preceding calendar year, could file returns and pay taxes within 14 

days after the end of the calendar quarter. 

The option for small beverage alcohol excise taxpayers (“small taxpayers”) to file and pay taxes 

quarterly, rather than semi-monthly, currently only applies to withdrawals, removals, and entries 

(and articles brought into the United States from Puerto Rico) under bond. 

Additionally, TTB has administratively allowed eligible wineries who paid excise taxes in an 

amount less than $1,000 during the previous calendar year to file taxes annually pursuant to the 

regulatory bond framework promulgated under the bond authority for wineries in section 5354 of 

the Code and the tax return period filing authority under section 5061 of the Code. 

Reasons for Change

For calendar year 2013, 88 percent (7,004 of 7,916) of beverage alcohol taxpayers 

(manufacturers, producers, and importers of distilled spirits, wine, and beer) had a tax liability of 

less than $50,000. Of these, 1,981 still filed semi-monthly, although they have the option to file 

quarterly.

Small taxpayers may choose to continue to file taxes semi-monthly because they would have to 

increase their deferral bond amounts if they were to file taxes quarterly. By eliminating the bond 

requirements for small taxpayers, quarterly filing would be less burdensome. This would also 

lessen the burden for TTB in processing the tax payments.

Distilled spirits and beer taxpayers who paid excise taxes in an amount less than $1,000 during 

the previous calendar year are not eligible to file taxes annually, as wineries are. 

Proposal

The proposal would require any distilled spirits, wines, and beer taxpayer who reasonably 

expects to be liable for not more than $50,000 per year in alcohol excise taxes (and who was 

liable for not more than $50,000 in such taxes in the preceding calendar year) to file and pay 

such taxes quarterly, rather than semi-monthly. The proposal would also create an exemption 
269

from the bond requirement in the Code for these small taxpayers. The proposal includes 

conforming changes to the other sections of the Code describing bond requirements.

Additionally, the proposal would allow any distilled spirits, wine, or beer taxpayer with a 

reasonably expected alcohol excise tax liability of not more than $1,000 per year to file and pay 

such taxes annually rather than on a quarterly basis. The proposal will create parity among 

alcohol taxpayers by allowing eligible distilled spirits and beer taxpayers to file annually as well.

The proposal would be effective 90 days after the date of enactment.
270

SIMPLIFY ARBITRAGE INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Current Law

Section 103 provides generally that interest on debt obligations issued by State and local 

governments for governmental purposes is excludable from gross income. Section 148 imposes 

two types of complex arbitrage investment restrictions on investments of tax-exempt bond 

proceeds pending use for governmental purposes. These restrictions generally limit investment 

returns that exceed the yield or effective interest rate on the tax-exempt bonds. One type of 

restriction, called “yield restriction,” limits investment returns in the first instance, and a second 

type, called “rebate,” requires issuers to repay arbitrage investment earnings to the Federal 

Government at prescribed intervals. These restrictions developed in different ways over a long 

period of time, beginning with yield restriction in 1969 and continuing with the extension of the 

rebate requirement to all tax-exempt bonds in 1986. Various exceptions apply in different ways 

to these two types of arbitrage restrictions, including exceptions for prompt expenditures of bond 

proceeds, reasonable debt service reserve funds, small issuers, and other situations.

With respect to spending exceptions, a two-year construction spending exception to arbitrage 

rebate under section 148(f)(4)(C) applies to certain categories of tax-exempt bonds (including 

bonds for governmental entities and nonprofit entities, but excluding most private activity 

bonds). This two-year construction spending exception has semiannual spending targets, 

bifurcation rules to isolate construction expenditures, and elective penalties in lieu of rebate for 

failures to meet spending targets. Separately, a longstanding regulatory three-year spending 

exception to yield restriction is available for all tax-exempt bonds used for capital projects.

A small issuer exception to arbitrage rebate under section 148(f)(4)(D) applies to certain 

governmental small issuers with general taxing powers if they issue no more than $5 million in 

tax-exempt bonds in a particular year. The small issuer exception has been in effect since 1986 

without change, except for an increase to $15 million for certain public school expenditures.

Reasons for Change

The arbitrage investment restrictions create unnecessary complexity and compliance burdens for 

State and local governments in several respects. In general, the two types of arbitrage 

restrictions (yield restriction and rebate) are duplicative and overlapping and they have the same 

tax policy objective to limit arbitrage profit incentives for excess issuance of tax-exempt bonds. 

While Treasury Regulations have integrated these restrictions partially, further statutory 

integration of the arbitrage restrictions could provide a simpler and more unified framework.

Moreover, the two-year construction spending exception to arbitrage rebate is extremely 

complex. This exception has restricted eligibility rules, unduly-short spending targets, and 

complex penalty elections that are rarely used. A streamlined spending exception could provide 

meaningful simplification and reduce compliance burdens. Limited arbitrage potential exists if 

issuers spend proceeds fairly promptly. By comparison, a recent uniform provision for qualified 

tax credit bonds under section 54A has a simplified three-year spending exception to arbitrage 

restrictions, along with a requirement to redeem bonds upon a failure to meet the spending rules.
271

An increase in the small issuer exception to arbitrage rebate would reduce compliance burdens 

for a large number of State and local governmental issuers while affecting a disproportionately 

smaller amount of tax-exempt bond dollar volume. For example, in 2013, issuers under a similar 

$10 million small issuer exception for bank-qualified tax-exempt bonds under section 265 issued 

about 46 percent of the total number of tax-exempt bond issues (5,229 out of 11,435 total bond 

issues), but only 6.0 percent of total dollar volume ($20.2 billion out of $334.6 billion).

Proposal

The proposal would unify yield restriction and rebate further by relying on arbitrage rebate as the 

principal type of arbitrage restriction on tax-exempt bonds. The proposal generally would repeal 

yield restriction, subject to limited exceptions under which yield restriction would continue to 

apply to investments of refunding escrows in advance refunding issues under section 149(d) and 

to other situations identified in regulations.

The proposal would also provide a broader streamlined three-year spending exception to 

arbitrage rebate for tax-exempt bonds that meet the following requirements:

1. Eligible tax-exempt bonds would include all governmental bonds and private activity 

bonds, excluding only bonds used for advance refundings under section 149(d) or 

restricted working capital expenditures (as defined in regulations).

2. The tax-exempt bonds would be required to have a fixed yield and a minimum weighted 

average maturity of at least five years.

3. The issuer would be required to spend 95 percent of the bond within three years after the 

issue date. (This five-percent de minimis provision broadens the availability exception to 

cover many circumstances in which minor amounts of bond proceeds remain unspent for 

bona fide reasons.) 

4. The issuer would be required to satisfy a due diligence standard in spending the bond 

proceeds.

Upon a failure to meet the spending requirements for this exception, the tax-exempt bond issue 

would revert to become subject to the arbitrage rebate requirement.

The proposal also would increase the small issuer exception to the arbitrage rebate requirement 

for tax-exempt bonds from $5 million to $10 million and index the size limit for inflation. The 

proposal also would remove the general taxing power constraint on small issuer eligibility.

The proposal would be effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment.
272

SIMPLIFY SINGLE-FAMILY HOUSING MORTGAGE BOND TARGETING 

REQUIREMENTS 

Current Law

Section 143 allows use of tax-exempt qualified mortgage bonds to finance mortgage loans for 

owner-occupied single-family housing residences, subject to a number of targeting requirements, 

including, among others: a mortgagor income limitation (generally not more than 115 percent of 

applicable median family income, increased to 140 percent of such income for certain targeted 

areas, and also increased for certain high-cost areas); a purchase price limitation (generally not 

more than 90 percent of average area purchase prices, increased to 110 percent in targeted areas); 

refinancing limitation (generally only new mortgages for first-time homebuyers are eligible); and 

a targeted area availability requirement. In addition, the general restrictions on tax-exempt 

private activity bonds apply to these qualified mortgage bonds, including, among other 

restrictions, the State private activity bond volume cap under section 146.

Reasons for Change

The targeting requirements for qualified mortgage bonds are complex and excessive. The 

mortgagor income limit generally serves as an appropriate limit to target this lower cost 

borrowing subsidy to a needy class of low- and moderate-income beneficiaries. The mortgagor 

income limit typically is a more constraining factor than the purchase price limit. The restriction 

against refinancing limits the availability of this lower cost borrowing subsidy as a tool to 

address needs for affordable mortgage loan refinancing within a needy class of existing low- and 

moderate-income homeowners. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the purchase price limitation under section 143(e) and the refinancing 

limitation under section 143(d) on tax-exempt qualified mortgage bonds. 

The proposal would be effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment.
273

STREAMLINE PRIVATE BUSINESS LIMITS ON GOVERNMENTAL BONDS

Current Law

Section 141 treats tax-exempt bonds issued by State and local governments as governmental 

bonds if the issuer limits private business use and other private involvement sufficiently to avoid 

treatment as “private activity bonds.” Bonds generally are classified as private activity bonds 

under a two-part test if more than 10 percent of the bond proceeds are both (1) used for private 

business use, and (2) payable or secured from property or payments derived from private 

business use.

Subsidiary restrictions further reduce the permitted thresholds of private involvement for 

governmental bonds in several ways. Section 141(b)(3) imposes a five-percent unrelated or 

disproportionate private business use limit. Section 141(b)(4) imposes a $15 million cap on 

private business involvement for governmental output facilities (such as electric, gas, or other 

output generation, transmission, and distribution facilities, but excluding water facilities). 

Section 141(c) imposes a private loan limit equal to the lesser of five percent or $5 million of 

bond proceeds. Section 141(b)(5) requires a volume cap allocation for private business 

involvement that exceeds $15 million in larger transactions which otherwise comply with the 

general 10-percent private business limits.

Reasons for Change

The 10-percent private business limit generally represents a sufficient and workable threshold for 

governmental bond status. The volume cap requirement for private business involvement in 

excess of $15 million serves a control on private business involvement in larger transactions.

The particular subsidiary restriction which imposes a five-percent limit on unrelated or 

disproportionate private business use introduces undue complexity, a narrow disqualification 

trigger, and attendant compliance burdens for State and local governments. The five-percent 

unrelated or disproportionate private business use test requires difficult factual determinations 

regarding the relationship of private business use to governmental use in financed projects. This 

test is difficult to apply, particularly in governmental bond issues that finance multiple projects.

Proposal

The proposal would repeal the five-percent unrelated or disproportionate private business use test 

under section 141(b)(3) to simplify the private business limits on tax-exempt governmental 

bonds.

The proposal would be effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment.
274

REPEAL TECHNICAL TERMINATIONS OF PARTNERSHIPS

Current Law

Under section 707(b)(1)(B) of the Code, if within a 12-month period, there is a sale or exchange 

of 50 percent or more of the total interest in partnership capital and profits, the partnership is 

treated as having terminated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. 

Reasons for Change

A termination of this kind is commonly referred to as a “technical termination” because the 

termination occurs solely for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, even though the entity continues 

to exist for local law purposes and the business of the partnership continues. Even though the 

business of the partnership continues in the same legal form, several unanticipated consequences 

occur as a result of a technical termination, including, among other things, the restart of section 

168 depreciation lives, the close of the partnership’s taxable year, and the loss of all partnership 

level elections. Accordingly, this rule currently serves as a trap for the unwary taxpayer or as an 

affirmative planning tool for the savvy taxpayer. 

Proposal

The proposal would repeal section 708(b)(1)(B) effective for transfers after December 31, 2015.
275

REPEAL ANTI-CHURNING RULES OF SECTION 197

Current Law

In 1993, Congress enacted section 197 of the Code to allow the amortization of certain 

intangibles (such as goodwill and going concern value). Prior to the enactment of section 197, 

such intangibles were not amortizable. To “prevent taxpayers from converting existing goodwill, 

going concern value, or any other section 197 intangible for which a depreciation or amortization 

deduction would not have been allowable under [prior] law into amortizable property,” Congress 

enacted section 197(f)(9), which excludes an intangible from the definition of amortizable 

section 197 intangible if (1) the intangible was held or used at any time on or after July 25, 1991, 

and on or before August 10, 1993 (the “transition period”), by the taxpayer or related person; (2) 

the taxpayer acquired the intangible from a person who held it at any time during the transition 

period, and, as part of the transaction, the user of the intangible does not change; or (3) the 

taxpayer grants the right to use the intangible to a person (or a person related to that person) who 

held or used the intangible at any time during the transition period. 

Reasons for Change

The rules under section 197(f)(9) are complex. Because it has been more than 20 years since the 

enactment of section 197, most of the intangibles that exist today did not exist during the 

transition period and, thus, would not be subject to section 197(f)(9). Even though the number of 

intangibles subject to section 197(f)(9) may be minor, taxpayers must nevertheless engage in due 

diligence to determine whether such intangibles exist and then navigate the complex rules of 

section 197(f)(9). Accordingly, the complexity and administrative burden associated with 

section 197(f)(9) outweighs the current need for the provision.

Proposal

The proposal would repeal section 197(f)(9) effective for acquisitions after December 31, 2015.
276

REPEAL SPECIAL ESTIMATED TAX PAYMENT PROVISION FOR CERTAIN 

INSURANCE COMPANIES

Current Law

An insurance company uses reserve accounting to compute losses incurred. That is, losses 

incurred for the taxable year includes losses paid during the taxable year (net of salvage and 

reinsurance recovered), plus or minus the increase or decrease in discounted unpaid losses during 

the year. An adjustment is also made for the change in discounted estimated salvage and 

reinsurance recoverable.

Unpaid losses are determined on a discounted basis to account for the time that may elapse 

between an insured loss event and the payment or other resolution of the claim. Taxpayers may, 

however, elect under section 847 to take an additional deduction equal to the difference between 

the amount of their reserves computed on a discounted basis and the amount computed on an 

undiscounted basis. In order to do so, a taxpayer must make a special estimated tax payment 

(SETP) equal to the tax benefit attributable to the additional deduction. In addition, the 

additional deductions are added to a special loss discount account. In future years, as losses are 

paid, amounts are subtracted from the special discount account and included in gross income; the 

SETPs are used to offset tax generated by these income inclusions. To the extent an amount 

added to the special loss discount account is not subtracted within 15 years, it is automatically 

subtracted (and included in gross income) for the 15th year. This regime of additional deductions 

and SETPs is, by design, revenue neutral.

Reasons for Change

Although this provision is revenue neutral, it imposes a substantial recordkeeping burden on both 

taxpayers and the IRS. Records must be maintained for up to 15 years for both amounts added to 

the special loss discount account and amounts paid as SETPs. Additional complexities 

frequently arise, such as when a taxpayer has a net operating loss carryback, or when a taxpayer 

is subject to regular tax in one year and alternative minimum tax in another. Also, further 

complexity arises under section 847 because an insurance company must account for tax benefits 

that would arise from the filing of a consolidated return with other insurance companies without 

taking into account statutory limitations on the absorption of losses of non-life insurers against 

income of life insurance companies. Section 847 was originally enacted in order to enable insurers to 

establish deferred tax assets associated with loss reserve discounting. However, liberalized accounting 

requirements were subsequently promulgated, which made section 847 unnecessary for that purpose.

Proposal

The proposal would repeal section 847, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 

2015.

The entire balance of any existing special loss discount account would be included in gross 

income for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 2015, and the entire amount of 

existing SETPs would be applied against additional tax that is due as a result of that inclusion. 
277

Any SETPs in excess of the additional tax that is due would be treated as an estimated tax 

payment under section 6655.

In lieu of immediate inclusion in gross income for the first taxable year beginning after 

December 31, 2015, taxpayers would be permitted to elect to include the balance of any existing 

special loss discount account in gross income ratably over a four taxable year period, beginning 

with the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 2015. During this period, taxpayers 

would be permitted to use existing SETPs to offset any additional tax that is due as a result of 

that inclusion. At the end of the fourth year, any remaining SETPs would be treated as an 

estimated tax payment under section 6655.
278

REPEAL THE TELEPHONE EXCISE TAX

Current Law 

The Code imposes a three-percent excise tax on amounts paid for taxable communications 

services, which include local telephone service and toll telephone service. Local telephone 

service is defined as access to a local telephone system and the privilege of telephonic 

communication with substantially all persons having telephones in the local system. Toll 

telephone service is defined to include both (1) telephonic quality communication for which 

there is a toll charge that varies in amount with the distance and elapsed transmission time of 

each individual call, and (2) telephone service that (a) provides the right to an unlimited number 

of telephone calls to points in a specified area that is outside the local telephone system and (b) is 

subject to a periodic charge determined either as a flat amount or upon the basis of total elapsed 

transmission time.

Until the mid-1990s, most long-distance charges were based on the time and distance of each 

call. Since then, the industry has shifted to charges based solely on time, which are not subject 

to the tax. The IRS has announced that taxpayers are also not required to pay tax on similar 

services, such as plans that provide bundled local and long distance service for either a flat 

monthly fee or a charge that varies with the elapsed transmission time for which the service is 

used. As a result, the only communications services that remain subject to the tax are purely 

local telephone services. 

Reasons for Change 

It is likely that for most taxpayers, purely local telephone service will continue to be replaced 

over time by nontaxable services. Those who continue to purchase purely local services subject 

to the telephone excise tax will increasingly be poor and elderly. Thus the tax increasingly will 

be inequitable. 

Proposal 

All taxes on communications services, including the tax on local telephone service, would be 

repealed. 

The proposal would be effective for amounts paid pursuant to bills first rendered more than 90 

days after enactment of legislation repealing the tax.
279

INCREASE THE STANDARD MILEAGE RATE FOR AUTOMOBILE USE BY 

VOLUNTEERS 

Current Law

Under current law, taxpayers may deduct unreimbursed expenses directly related to the use of an 

automobile in giving services to a charitable organization. As an alternative to tracking actual 

expenses, taxpayers may use a standard mileage rate of 14 cents per mile. This rate is set by 

statute and is not indexed for inflation or otherwise adjusted over time.

Similarly, a taxpayer may claim a deduction for expenses incurred when using an automobile for 

medical reasons or in the course of a move. The standard mileage rate applicable to medical and 

moving expenses is set annually by the IRS to cover the variable costs of operating an 

automobile. For tax year 2015, the rate for medical and moving expenses is 23 cents per mile.

Reasons for Change

Standard mileage rates simplify record-keeping and reduce compliance costs by eliminating the 

need to track actual expenses and offering the alternative of tracking only miles driven. 

However, since the mileage rate for charitable use of a vehicle was last increased in 1997, price 

increases have substantially eroded the value of a deduction computed using the standard rate 

relative to the actual expenses incurred. As a result, a taxpayer incurring typical expenses in 

operating his or her vehicle would need to give up a substantial fraction of the deduction to 

which he or she would otherwise be entitled to make use of the standard mileage rate. This 

reduction in value makes the standard mileage rate less effective in achieving the goals of 

facilitating compliance and reducing compliance costs.

Proposal

The proposal would set the standard mileage rate for the charitable contribution deduction equal 

to the rate set by the IRS for purposes of the medical and moving expense deduction. It would 

likewise be adjusted annually to reflect the estimated variable costs of operating a vehicle.

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
280

CONSOLIDATE CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS FOR CHARITABLE DEDUCTIONS 

AND EXTEND THE CARRYFORWARD PERIOD FOR EXCESS CHARITABLE 

CONTRIBUTION DEDUCTION AMOUNTS

Current Law

Current law limits the amount of charitable contribution deductions a donor may claim to a share 

of the donor’s contribution base (the taxpayer’s AGI computed without regard to any net 

operating loss carryback for the taxable year). A taxpayer may generally deduct up to 50 percent 

of his or her contribution base for contributions of cash to public charities, and up to 30 percent 

for cash contributions to most private foundations. A taxpayer may generally deduct up to 30 

percent of his or her contribution base for contributions of appreciated capital gain property to 

public charities, and up to 20 percent to most private foundations. Finally, a taxpayer may 

deduct up to 20 percent of his or her contribution base for contributions of capital gain property 

for the use of a charitable organization. Charitable contributions to an organization exceeding 

these limits may be carried forward to be deducted in the subsequent five years. Contributions 

for the use of an organization exceeding these limits may not be carried forward. These 

limitations are applied prior to the overall limitation on itemized deductions (the so-called Pease 

limitation).

Reasons for Change

The contribution base limitations generate significant complexity in the tax system. 

Consolidation of these limitations would ease the burden on both taxpayers and tax 

administrators and has the potential to improve compliance. 

Proposal

The proposal would simplify this complicated set of rules limiting deductions for charitable 

contributions. Under the proposal, the contribution base limit would remain at 50 percent for 

contributions of cash to public charities. For all other contributions, a single deduction limit of 

30 percent of the taxpayer's contribution base would apply, irrespective of the type of property 

donated, the type of organization receiving the donation, and whether the contribution is to or for 

the use of the organization. In addition, the proposal would extend the carry-forward period for 

contributions in excess of these limitations from five to 15 years. 

The proposal would be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2015.
281

EXCLUDE FROM GROSS INCOME SUBSIDIES FROM PUBLIC UTILITIES FOR 

PURCHASE OF WATER RUNOFF MANAGEMENT

Current Law

In response to concerns about water use and the impact of storm water runoff on water quality, 

many State and local governments, often through local public water utilities, offer subsidies to 

individuals for the purchase or installation of water conservation and storm water runoff 

management measures associated with their dwellings. Under current law these subsidies should 

be included in gross income for Federal tax purposes. 

Reasons for Change

Water conservation and storm water management measures taken by individuals can reduce 

water consumption and improve water quality in lakes and streams. Many State and local 

governments provide subsidies to individuals to meet these policy goals. Excluding water 

conservation and storm water management subsidies from gross income would encourage more 

individuals to take the water consumption and water-quality improvement actions that are 

supported by these subsidies. 

Proposal

The proposal would exclude from gross income of individuals the value of any subsidy provided 

by a public utility for the purchase or installation of any water conservation measure or storm 

water management measure. Water conservation measures are any installation, modification, or 

water-use evaluation primarily designed to reduce consumption of water or to improve the 

management of water demand with respect to a dwelling unit. Storm water management 

measures are any installation or modification of property to offset or manage the amounts of 

storm water runoff associated with a dwelling unit. Public utilities are any entity engaged in the 

sale of water to customers or in sewage treatment and may include the Federal government or a 

State or local government. 

The proposal would be effective for subsidies provided for water conservation and storm water 

management after December 31, 2015.
282

PROVIDE RELIEF FOR CERTAIN ACCIDENTAL DUAL CITIZENS

Current Law

An individual may become a U.S. citizen at birth either by being born in the United States (or in 

certain U.S. territories or possessions) or by having a parent who is a U.S. citizen. All U.S. 

citizens generally are subject to U.S income taxation on their worldwide income, even if they 

reside abroad. In contrast, nonresident aliens are taxed on certain income derived from U.S. 

sources and on income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. 

U.S. citizens that reside abroad also may be subject to tax in their country of residence. Potential 

double taxation is generally relieved in two ways. First, U.S. persons can credit foreign taxes 

paid against their U.S. taxes due, with certain limitations. Second, U.S. individuals may exclude 

from their U.S. taxable income a certain amount of income earned from working outside the 

United States ($100,800 for 2015).

Section 877A imposes special rules on certain individuals who relinquish their U.S. citizenship 

or cease to be lawful permanent residents of the United States (“expatriates”). Expatriates who 

are “covered expatriates” generally are required to pay a mark-to-market exit tax on a deemed 

disposition of their worldwide assets as of the day before their expatriation date. 

An expatriate is a covered expatriate if he or she meets at least one of the following three tests: 

(1) has an average annual net income tax liability for the five taxable years preceding the year of 

expatriation that exceeds a specified amount that is adjusted for inflation (the “tax liability test”), 

(2) has a net worth of $2 million or more as of the expatriation date (the “net worth test”), or (3) 

fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, compliance with all U.S. Federal tax obligations for the 

five taxable years preceding the taxable year that includes the expatriation date (the “certification 

test”). 

The definition of covered expatriate includes a special rule for an expatriate who became at birth

a citizen of both the United States and another country at birth and, as of the expatriation date, 

continues to be a citizen of, and taxed as a resident of, such other country. Such an expatriate 

will be treated as not meeting the tax liability or net worth tests if he or she has been a resident of 

the United States for not more than 10 taxable years during the 15-taxable year period ending 

with the taxable year during which the expatriation occurs. However, such an expatriate remains 

subject to the certification test. Because U.S. citizens are subject to U.S. Federal income tax on 

their worldwide income, dual citizens who choose to expatriate may be required to pay a 

significant amount of U.S. tax before they are able to certify that they have satisfied their U.S. 

tax obligations for the five taxable years preceding the year in which they expatriate.

Reasons for Change 

Individuals who became citizens of both the United States and another country at birth may have 

had minimal contact with the United States and may not learn until later in life that they are U.S. 

citizens. In addition, these individuals may be citizens of countries where dual citizenship is 

illegal. Many of these individuals would like to relinquish their U.S. citizenship in accordance 
283

with established State Department procedures, but doing so would require them to pay 

significant U.S. tax.

Proposal

Under the proposal, an individual will not be subject to tax as a U.S. citizen and will not be a 

covered expatriate subject to the mark-to-market exit tax under section 877A if the individual:

1. became at birth a citizen of the United States and a citizen of another country,

2. at all times, up to and including the individual’s expatriation date, has been a citizen 

of a country other than the United States,

3. has not been a resident of the United States (as defined in section 7701(b)) since 

attaining age 181⁄2,

4. has never held a U.S. passport or has held a U.S. passport for the sole purpose of 

departing from the United States in compliance with 22 CFR §53.1,

5. relinquishes his or her U.S. citizenship within two years after the later of January 1, 

2016, or the date on which the individual learns that he or she is a U.S. citizen, and

6. certifies under penalty of perjury his or her compliance with all U.S. Federal tax 

obligations that would have applied during the five years preceding the year of 

expatriation if the individual had been a nonresident alien during that period.

The proposal would be effective January 1, 2016.
284

USER FEE

REFORM INLAND WATERWAYS FUNDING

Current Law

The Inland Waterways Trust Fund is authorized to pay 50 percent of the capital costs of the locks 

and dams and other features that make commercial transportation possible on the inland and 

intracoastal waterways. This trust fund is supported by an excise tax on liquids used as fuel in a 

vessel in commercial waterway transportation, which Congress recently increased to 29 cents per 

gallon. The excise tax applies to commercial waterway transportation on waterways listed in 

section 206 of the Inland Waterways Revenue Act of 1978, as amended. Commercial waterway 

transportation is defined as any use of a vessel on a listed waterway: (1) in the business of 

transporting property for compensation or hire; or (2) in transporting property in the business of 

the owner, lessee, or operator of the vessel (other than fish or other aquatic animal life caught on 

the voyage). Exceptions are provided for deep-draft ocean-going vessels, passenger vessels, 

State and local governments, and certain ocean-going barges.

Reasons for Change

The fuel excise tax does not raise enough revenue to pay the full amount of the authorized 

expenditures from this trust fund. Moreover, the tax is not the most efficient method for 

financing expenditures on those waterways. Additional funding to supplement the amount 

collected from the excise tax can be provided through a more efficient user fee system. 

Proposal

The proposal would reform the laws governing the Inland Waterways Trust Fund, including 

establishing a new user fee. The proposal would increase the amount paid by commercial 

navigation users sufficiently to meet their share of the costs of activities financed from this trust 

fund. The Secretary of the Army would set the amount of the user fee each year to collect a total 

of $1.1 billion from the user fee over the first 10 years. Thereafter, the Secretary of the Army 

would adjust the user fee over time, so that the combined amount collected from the excise tax 

and the user fee covers the user-financed share of spending for inland waterways construction, 

replacement, expansion, and rehabilitation work. The proposal would also expand the list of 

waterways subject to the inland waterways excise tax. 

The proposal would be effective for vessels used in commercial waterway transportation 

beginning after September 30, 2015. 
285

OTHER INITIATIVES

ALLOW OFFSET OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX REFUNDS TO COLLECT 

DELINQUENT STATE INCOME TAXES FOR OUT-OF-STATE RESIDENTS 

Current Law

Generally, the Treasury will provide a refund of any overpayment of Federal tax made by a 

taxpayer (by withholding or otherwise). The overpayment amount is reduced by (i.e., offset by) 

debts of the taxpayer for past-due child support, debts to Federal agencies, fraudulently obtained 

unemployment compensation, and past-due, legally enforceable State income tax obligations. In 

the latter case, a refund offset is permitted only if the delinquent taxpayer resides in the State 

seeking the offset. 

Reasons for Change

Under current law, a delinquent taxpayer can escape offset of a Federal refund for a State tax 

liability as long as the taxpayer is not a resident of the State. Foreclosing this possibility would 

better leverage the capacity of the Federal tax refund offset program for the country as a whole. 

Proposal

The proposal would permit offset of Federal refunds to collect State income tax, regardless of 

where the delinquent taxpayer resides.

The proposal would be effective on the date of enactment.
286

AUTHORIZE THE LIMITED SHARING OF BUSINESS TAX RETURN 

INFORMATION TO IMPROVE THE ACCURACY OF IMPORTANT MEASURES OF

THE ECONOMY

Current Law

Current law authorizes the IRS to disclose certain Federal tax information (FTI) for 

governmental statistical use. Business FTI may be disclosed to officers and employees of the 

Census Bureau for all businesses. Similarly, business FTI may be disclosed to officers and 

employees of the Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), but only for corporate businesses. 

Specific items permitted to be disclosed are detailed in the associated Treasury Regulations. The 

Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) is currently not authorized to receive FTI. 

Reasons for Change

BEA’s limited access to business FTI and BLS’s lack of access to business FTI prevents BEA, 

BLS, and Census from synchronizing their business lists. Synchronization of business lists 

would significantly improve the consistency and quality of sensitive economic statistics 

including productivity, payroll, employment, and average hourly earnings. 

In addition, given the growth of non-corporate businesses, especially in the service sector, the 

current limitation on BEA’s access to corporate FTI impedes the measurement of income and 

international transactions in the National Accounts. The accuracy and consistency of income 

data are important to the formulation of fiscal policies. 

Further, the Census’s Business Register is constructed using both FTI and non-tax business data 

derived from the Economic Census and current economic surveys. Because this non-tax 

business data is inextricably commingled with FTI, it is not possible for Census to share data 

with BEA and BLS in any meaningful way.

Proposal

The proposal would give officers and employees of BEA access to FTI of those sole 

proprietorships with receipts greater than $250,000 and of all partnerships. BEA contractors 

would not have access to FTI.

The proposal would also give officers and employees of BLS access to certain business (and taxexempt entities) FTI including: TIN; name(s) of the business; business address (mailing address 

and physical location); principal industry activity (including business description); number of 

employees and total business-level wages (including wages, tips, and other compensation, 

quarterly from Form 941 and annually from Forms 943 and 944); and sales revenue for employer 

businesses only. BLS would not have access to individual employee FTI. In other words, the 

proposal would allow officers and employees of each of BLS, BEA, and Census to access the 

same FTI for businesses, and would permit BLS, BEA, and Census to share such FTI amongst 

themselves (subject to the restrictions described below).
287

For the purpose of synchronizing BLS and Census business lists, the proposal would permit 

employees of State agencies to receive from BLS the following FTI identity items: TIN, business 

name(s), business address(es), and principal industry activity (including business description). 

No BLS contractor or State agency contractor would have access to FTI. 

The proposal would require any FTI to which BEA and BLS would have access, either directly 

from IRS, from Census, or from each other, to be used for statistical purposes consistently with 

the Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act (CIPSEA). The three 

statistical agencies and State agencies would be subject to taxpayer privacy law, safeguards, and 

penalties. They would also be subject to CIPSEA confidentiality safeguard procedures, 

requirements, and penalties. Conforming amendments to applicable statutes would be made as 

necessary to apply the taxpayer privacy law, including safeguards and penalties to BLS as well 

as Census and BEA. BLS would be required to monitor compliance by State agencies with the 

prescribed safeguard protocols. 

The proposal would be effective upon enactment.
288

ELIMINATE CERTAIN REVIEWS CONDUCTED BY THE U.S. TREASURY 

INSPECTOR GENERAL FOR TAX ADMINISTRATION (TIGTA)

Current Law

Section 7803(d) requires TIGTA to conduct reviews of certain administrative and civil actions 

and reviews of IRS compliance with respect to certain requirements in order to comply with 

TIGTA’s reporting requirements.

Reasons for Change

The statutory reviews that are proposed to be eliminated are of relatively low value and yield 

little in the way of performance measures. In order to make more efficient use of TIGTA’s 

resources, TIGTA would prefer to redirect the resources applied to conduct these reviews to 

conducting high-risk audits.

Proposal

As requested by TIGTA, the proposal would eliminate TIGTA’s obligation to report information 

regarding any administrative or civil actions related to Fair Tax Collection Practices violations in 

one of TIGTA’s Semiannual Reports, review and certify annually that the IRS is complying with 

the requirements of section 6103(e)(8) regarding information on joint filers, and annually report 

on the IRS’s compliance with sections 7521(b)(2) and (c) requiring IRS employees to stop a 

taxpayer interview whenever a taxpayer requests to consult with a representative and to obtain 

their immediate supervisor’s approval to contact the taxpayer instead of the representative if the 

representative has unreasonably delayed the completion of an examination or investigation. 

The proposal would revise the annual reporting requirement for all remaining provisions in the 

IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 to a biennial reporting requirement.

The proposal would be effective after December 31, 2015.
289

MODIFY INDEXING TO PREVENT DEFLATIONARY ADJUSTMENTS

Current Law

Many parameters of the tax system—including the size of personal exemptions and standard 

deductions, the width of income tax rate brackets, the amount of certain other deductions and 

credits, and the maximum amount of various saving and retirement deductions—may be adjusted 

annually for the effects of inflation. Most of the adjustments are based on annual changes in the 

level of the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U). Depending on the 

particular tax parameter, the adjustment may be based on CPI-U for a particular month, its 

average for a calendar quarter, or its average for a 12-month period (with various ending dates). 

The adjusted values are rounded differently, as specified in the Code.

When inflation adjustment of tax parameters was enacted, it was generally expected that 

indexing would always result in upward adjustments to reflect inflation. Thus, if price levels 

decline for the year, mechanical application the inflation adjustment provisions for most adjusted 

tax parameters permit the tax parameters to become smaller, so long as they do not decline to 

less than their base period values specified in the Code. However, the statutory provisions for 

the indexing of those tax parameters adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) (generally relating to 

benefits and contributions under qualified plans) are held at their previous year’s level if the 

relevant price index declines. In subsequent years, they increase only to the extent that the 

relevant price index exceeds its highest preceding relevant level.

Reasons for Change 

Between 2008 and 2009, for the first time since inflation adjustments were enacted, the annual 

index values used for two of the indexing methods declined for the relevant annual period. The 

index level relevant for section 415(d) adjustments fell, but by statute those parameters remain at 

their 2009 levels for 2010. (They did not increase for 2011.) Also, the maximum size of a cash 

method debt instrument, as adjusted under section 1274A(d)(2) decreased for 2010. Other tax 

parameters did not decrease, since the price index relevant for their adjustments did not decline 

between 2008 and 2009.

The 2008 to 2009 price index changes demonstrate that a year-to-year decrease is possible. 

Preventing tax parameters from falling if the underlying price levels fall would make the tax 

system a more effective automatic economic stabilizer than it is under current law. Holding tax 

parameters constant would also prevent reductions in certain tax benefits for saving and 

retirement which should not be affected by short-term price level reductions.

Proposal 

The proposal would modify inflation adjustment provisions to prevent tax parameters from 

declining from the previous year’s levels if the underlying price index falls. Future inflationrelated increases would be based on the highest previous level of the price index relevant for 

adjusting the particular tax parameter. 
290

The proposal would be effective beginning on the date of enactment.
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Adjustments to the BBEDCA Baseline:

Permanently extend increased refundability of the child tax credit 1/ ............ 0 0 0 -546 -10,919 -10,985 -11,099 -11,123 -11,085 -11,267 -11,296 -22,450 -78,320

Permanently extend Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) for larger families

 and married couples:Permanently extend EITC marriage penalty relief 1/ ..............................

... 0 0 0 -93 -1,439 -1,419 -1,469 -1,501 -1,505 -1,524 -1,561 -2,951 -10,511

Permanently extend EITC for larger families 1/ ....................................

... 0 0 0 -105 -1,997 -2,015 -2,077 -2,130 -2,164 -2,207 -2,261 -4,117 -14,956

 Subtotal, permanently extend EITC for larger families and married

couples ..................................................................................

... 0 0 0 -198 -3,436 -3,434 -3,546 -3,631 -3,669 -3,731 -3,822 -7,068 -25,467

Permanently extend the American Opportunity Tax Credit (AOTC) 1/ .........

... 0 0 0 -533 -7,418 -9,776 -9,446 -9,277 -8,995 -8,599 -8,433 -17,727 -62,477

Total, Adjustments to the BBEDCA Baseline .......................................... 0 0 0 -1,277 -21,773 -24,195 -24,091 -24,031 -23,749 -23,597 -23,551 -47,245 -166,264

Total receipt effect ........................................................................

... 0 0 0 -565 -5,444 -5,271 -4,896 -4,704 -4,419 -4,015 -3,815 -11,280 -33,129

Total outlay effect ........................................................................... 0 0 0 712 16,329 18,924 19,195 19,327 19,330 19,582 19,736 35,965 133,135

Department of the TreasuryNotes:1/ This proposal affects both receipts and outlays. Both effects are shown above. The outlay effects included in these estimates are listed below.

Permanently extend increased refundability of the child tax credit ............

... 0 0 0 547 10,921 10,987 11,100 11,124 11,086 11,268 11,298 22,455 78,331

Permanently extend EITC marriage penalty relief .................................

... 0 0 0 67 1,334 1,311 1,355 1,380 1,379 1,394 1,427 2,712 9,647

Permanently extend EITC for larger families .......................................

... 0 0 0 98 1,970 1,984 2,044 2,093 2,124 2,165 2,217 4,052 14,695

Permanently extend the AOTC .........................................................

... 0 0 0 0 2,104 4,642 4,696 4,730 4,741 4,755 4,794 6,746 30,462

 Total outlay effect ....................................................................... 0 0 0 712 16,329 18,924 19,195 19,327 19,330 19,582 19,736 35,965 133,135

Table 1: ADJUSTMENTS TO THE BALANCED BUDGET AND EMERGENCY DEFICIT CONTROL ACT (BBEDCA) BASELINE

(fiscal years, in millions of dollars)

TABLES OF REVENUE ESTIMATES

291
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Reform the U.S. international tax system:

Restrict deductions for excessive interest of members of financial reporting

groups ....................................................................................... 0 2,566 4,533 4,987 5,485 6,034 6,637 7,301 8,031 8,834 9,718 23,605 64,126

Provide tax incentives for locating jobs and business activity in the United

States and remove tax deductions for shipping jobs overseas ............

... 0 -13 -22 -23 -24 -25 -25 -27 -28 -29 -31 -107 -247

Repeal delay in the implementation of worldwide interest allocation ............

... 0 -1,352 -2,308 -2,400 -2,496 -2,596 -1,055 0 0 0 0 -11,152 -12,207

Extend the exception under subpart F for active financing income ............... 0 -4,081 -7,006 -7,356 -7,724 -8,110 -8,516 -8,942 -9,389 -9,858 -10,351 -34,277 -81,333

Extend the look-through treatment of payments between related controlled

foreign corporations (CFC) ............................................................

... 0 -488 -838 -880 -924 -971 -1,019 -1,070 -1,124 -1,180 -1,239 -4,101 -9,733

Impose a 19-percent minimum tax on foreign income ..............................

... 0 11,881 19,710 19,873 20,246 20,633 21,200 21,799 22,675 23,478 24,481 92,343 205,976

Impose a 14-percent one-time tax on previously untaxed foreign income 2/ .. Revenue reported in Table 3Limit shifting of income through intangible property transfers .....................

... 0 88 167 201 237 275 315 361 413 473 542 968 3,072

Disallow the deduction for excess non-taxed reinsurance premiums paid to

affiliates ....................................................................................

... 0 346 616 667 708 744 784 829 863 897 934 3,081 7,388

Modify tax rules for dual capacity taxpayers ..........................................

... 0 533 914 956 999 1,043 1,089 1,119 1,168 1,220 1,274 4,445 10,315

Tax gain from the sale of a partnership interest on look-through basis .........

... 0 183 253 266 279 293 308 323 339 356 374 1,274 2,974

Modify sections 338(h)(16) and 902 to limit credits when non-double taxation

exists:

Extend section 338(h)(16) to certain asset acquisitions ........................

... 0 42 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 322 672

Remove foreign taxes from a section 902 corporation's foreign tax pool

when earnings are eliminated ....................................................

... 0 13 25 32 35 35 35 35 35 36 36 140 317

Subtotal, modify sections 338(h)(16) and 902 to limit credits when non-

 double taxation exists ............................................................... 0 55 95 102 105 105 105 105 105 106 106 462 989

Close loopholes under subpart F:

Create a new category of subpart F income for transactions involving

digital goods or services ............................................................

... 0 437 750 787 827 868 912 957 1,005 1,055 1,108 3,669 8,706

Expand foreign base company sales income to include manufacturing 

service arrangements ...............................................................

... 0 922 1,583 1,663 1,744 1,832 1,924 2,020 2,121 2,227 2,339 7,744 18,375

Amend CFC attribution rules ............................................................

... 0 30 83 141 205 275 351 435 525 624 731 734 3,400

Eliminate the 30-day grace period before subpart F inclusions ...............

... 0 60 103 108 114 119 125 131 138 145 152 504 1,195

Subtotal, close loopholes under subpart F .......................................

... 0 1,449 2,519 2,699 2,890 3,094 3,312 3,543 3,789 4,051 4,330 12,651 31,676

Restrict the use of hybrid arrangements that create stateless income:

Restrict the use of hybrid arrangements that create stateless income ......

... 0 45 80 88 97 107 117 129 142 156 172 417 1,133

Limit the application of exceptions under subpart F for certain transactions

that use reverse hybrids to create stateless income ........................

... 0 71 121 127 133 139 147 154 162 170 178 591 1,402

Subtotal, restrict the use of hybrid arrangements that create stateless

 income .................................................................................

... 0 116 201 215 230 246 264 283 304 326 350 1,008 2,535

Limit the ability of domestic entities to expatriate ....................................

... 0 113 311 530 769 1,031 1,317 1,630 1,970 2,340 2,743 2,754 12,754

Subtotal, reform the U.S. international tax system .....................

... 0 11,396 19,145 19,837 20,780 21,796 24,716 27,254 29,116 31,014 33,231 92,954 238,285

Simplification and tax relief for small business:

Expand and permanently extend increased expensing for small business ...

... -7,200 -10,941 -8,935 -7,300 -6,254 -5,502 -5,108 -4,968 -4,896 -4,929 -5,012 -38,932 -63,845

Expand simplified accounting for small business and establish a uniform

definition of small business for accounting methods ...........................

... 0 -5,812 -3,809 -1,443 -762 -507 -492 -493 -488 -479 -472 -12,333 -14,757

Eliminate capital gains taxation on investments in small business stock ......

... 0 0 0 0 0 -206 -710 -1,277 -1,811 -2,342 -2,869 -206 -9,215

Increase the limitations for deductible new business expenditures and

consolidate provisions for start-up and organizational expenditures ......

... 0 -359 -446 -440 -434 -431 -428 -426 -423 -419 -415 -2,110 -4,221

Expand and simplify the tax credit provided to qualified small employers for

non-elective contributions to employee health insurance 3/ ..................

... -24 -305 -328 -218 -174 -148 -102 -113 -76 -60 -26 -1,173 -1,550

Subtotal, simplification and tax relief for small business ............

... -7,224 -17,417 -13,518 -9,401 -7,624 -6,794 -6,840 -7,277 -7,694 -8,229 -8,794 -54,754 -93,588

Incentives for manufacturing, research, and clean energy:

Enhance and make permanent research incentives .................................

... -3,552 -7,529 -9,290 -10,356 -11,389 -12,396 -13,387 -14,370 -15,352 -16,336 -17,327 -50,960 -127,732

Table 2: RESERVE FOR BUSINESS TAX REFORM THAT IS REVENUE NEUTRAL IN THE LONG RUN 1/

(fiscal years, in millions of dollars)

292
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Extend and modify certain employment tax credits, including incentives for

hiring veterans ...........................................................................

... -403 -796 -885 -950 -997 -1,033 -1,074 -1,121 -1,167 -1,210 -1,255 -4,661 -10,488

Modify and permanently extend renewable electricity production tax credit

and investment tax credit 3/ .........................................................

... 0 596 -869 -2,323 -2,775 -3,283 -3,695 -4,075 -4,524 -4,991 -5,513 -8,654 -31,452

Modify and permanently extend the deduction for energy-efficient

commercial building property .........................................................

... 0 -170 -256 -294 -302 -298 -290 -280 -270 -260 -252 -1,320 -2,672

Provide a carbon dioxide investment and sequestration tax credit 3/ ............ 0 0 0 -174 -1,094 -1,149 -600 -466 -495 -521 -541 -2,417 -5,040Provide additional tax credits for investment in qualified property used in a

qualifying advanced energy manufacturing project ...........................

... 0 0 -73 -192 -1,111 -772 -94 14 48 40 37 -2,148 -2,103

Provide new Manufacturing Communities Tax Credit ..............................

... 0 -87 -256 -457 -600 -683 -745 -784 -689 -447 -145 -2,083 -4,893

Extend the tax credit for second generation biofuel production ..................

... -35 -80 -119 -149 -163 -175 -183 -158 -113 -65 -18 -686 -1,223

Subtotal, incentives for manufacturing, research, and clean energy .................................................................................

... -3,990 -8,066 -11,748 -14,895 -18,431 -19,789 -20,068 -21,240 -22,562 -23,790 -25,014 -72,929 -185,603

Incentives to promote regional growth:

Modify and permanently extend the New Markets Tax Credit .....................

... -18 -119 -289 -491 -720 -968 -1,226 -1,470 -1,605 -1,620 -1,586 -2,587 -10,094

Reform and expand the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC):

Allow conversion of private activity bond volume cap into LIHTCs ............

... 0 -7 -37 -117 -210 -314 -403 -497 -590 -694 -797 -685 -3,666

Encourage mixed income occupancy by allowing LIHTC-supported

projects to elect a criterion employing a restriction on average income 

... Negligible revenue effect

Change formulas for 70 percent present value and 30 percent present

value LIHTCs ........................................................................... 0 -1 -3 -8 -14 -18 -22 -25 -30 -33 -37 -44 -191

Add preservation of federally assisted affordable housing to allocation

criteria ....................................................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Remove the qualified Census tract population cap ..............................

... 0 -1 -2 -5 -9 -13 -16 -19 -21 -24 -26 -30 -136

Implement requirement that LIHTC-supported housing protect victims of

domestic abuse ........................................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Subtotal, reform and expand LIHTC ................................................

... 0 -9 -42 -130 -233 -345 -441 -541 -641 -751 -860 -759 -3,993

Subtotal, incentives to promote regional growth ........................

... -18 -128 -331 -621 -953 -1,313 -1,667 -2,011 -2,246 -2,371 -2,446 -3,346 -14,087

Incentives for investment in infrastructure:

Provide America Fast Forward Bonds (AFFB) and expand eligible uses:

Provide AFFB and expand eligible uses 3/ ..........................................

... 0 0 -1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1

Allow eligible use of AFFB to include financing all qualified private activity

bond program categories 3/ ......................................................

... 0 -1 -4 -11 -15 -22 -28 -35 -41 -48 -54 -53 -259

Subtotal, provide AFFB and expand eligible uses ..............................

... 0 -1 -5 -11 -14 -22 -28 -35 -41 -48 -53 -53 -258

Allow current refundings of State and local governmental bonds ...............

... 0 -1 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -5 -21 -46

Repeal the $150 million non-hospital bond limitation on qualified section

501(c)(3) bonds ..........................................................................

... 0 0 -1 -3 -5 -7 -9 -11 -13 -16 -17 -16 -82

Increase national limitation amount for qualified highway or surface freight

transfer facility bonds ..................................................................

... -6 -28 -60 -93 -125 -153 -167 -163 -136 -96 -55 -459 -1,076

Provide a new category of qualified private activity bonds for infrastructure

projects referred to as "Qualified Public Infrastructure Bonds" ............... 0 -25 -117 -251 -386 -524 -638 -695 -714 -733 -751 -1,303 -4,834

Modify qualified private activity bonds for public education facilities ............

... Negligible revenue effect

Modify treatment of banks investing in tax-exempt bonds ........................

... 0 -5 -38 -131 -225 -317 -405 -493 -574 -630 -616 -716 -3,434

Repeal tax-exempt bond financing of professional sports facilities ............... 0 3 11 23 35 47 60 72 85 97 109 119 542

Allow more flexible research arrangements for purposes of private business

use limits .................................................................................... 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -3 -3 -3 -4 -2 -16

Modify tax-exempt bonds for Indian tribal governments ...........................

... 0 -4 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -12 -52 -112

Exempt foreign pension funds from the application of the Foreign Investment

in Real Property Tax Act ...............................................................

... 0 -120 -206 -216 -227 -238 -250 -263 -276 -290 -304 -1,007 -2,390

Subtotal, incentives for investment in infrastructure ..................

... -6 -181 -433 -699 -965 -1,232 -1,455 -1,608 -1,689 -1,736 -1,708 -3,510 -11,706

Eliminate fossil fuel tax preferences:

Eliminate fossil fuel tax preferences: Eliminate oil and natural gas preferences:

Repeal enhanced oil recovery credit 4/ .............................................

... 00000000000 0 0

Repeal credit for oil and natural gas produced from marginal wells 4/ ......

... 00000000000 0 0

293
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Repeal expensing of intangible drilling costs .......................................

... 0 2,267 3,182 2,351 1,867 1,566 1,243 848 695 723 753 11,233 15,495

Repeal deduction for tertiary injectants .............................................

... 0 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 47 97

Repeal exception to passive loss limitation for working interests in oil and

 natural gas properties ...............................................................

... 0 9 17 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 85 185

Repeal percentage depletion for oil and natural gas wells .....................

... 0 1,118 1,790 1,669 1,585 1,498 1,375 1,246 1,122 994 856 7,660 13,253

Repeal domestic manufacturing deduction for oil and natural gas

 production ..............................................................................

... 0 647 1,115 1,139 1,173 1,208 1,242 1,280 1,321 1,366 1,413 5,282 11,904

Increase geological and geophysical amortization period for independent

 producers to seven years ............................................................ 0 91 341 537 532 440 337 226 147 125 100 1,941 2,876

Subtotal, eliminate oil and natural gas preferences ...........................

... 0 4,139 6,455 5,725 5,187 4,742 4,227 3,630 3,315 3,238 3,152 26,248 43,810

 Eliminate coal preferences:

Repeal expensing of exploration and development costs ........................ 0 40 68 70 74 77 77 75 73 71 69 329 694

Repeal percentage depletion for hard mineral fossil fuels .....................

... 0 183 299 288 278 266 254 241 228 214 199 1,314 2,450

Repeal capital gains treatment for royalties .......................................... 0 27 54 53 54 55 58 61 61 62 62 243 547

Repeal domestic manufacturing deduction for the production of coal and

 other hard mineral fossil fuels ......................................................

... 0 45 48 50 53 54 57 59 62 65 68 250 561

Subtotal, eliminate coal preferences ................................................

... 0 295 469 461 459 452 446 436 424 412 398 2,136 4,252

Treat publicly-traded partnerships for fossil fuels as C corporations .........

... 0 0 0 0 0 0 303 322 341 358 375 0 1,699

Subtotal, eliminate fossil fuel tax preferences ...........................

... 0 4,434 6,924 6,186 5,646 5,194 4,976 4,388 4,080 4,008 3,925 28,384 49,761

Reform the treatment of financial and insurance industry products:

Require that derivative contracts be marked to market with resulting gain or

loss treated as ordinary ...............................................................

... 0 2,926 4,769 4,138 2,731 1,733 1,186 731 531 535 516 16,297 19,796

Modify rules that apply to sales of life insurance contracts ........................

... 0 23 43 46 48 50 54 56 58 61 63 210 502

Modify proration rules for life insurance company general and separate

accounts ...................................................................................

... 0 385 676 722 762 792 816 836 843 849 862 3,337 7,543

Expand pro rata interest expense disallowance for corporate-owned life

insurance .................................................................................

... 0 65 159 252 364 492 641 809 980 1,160 1,357 1,332 6,279

Conform net operating loss rules of life insurance companies to those of

other corporations ........................................................................ 0 15 27 29 30 32 34 36 37 39 40 133 319

Subtotal, reform the treatment of financial and insurance industry products ............................................................................

... 0 3,414 5,674 5,187 3,935 3,099 2,731 2,468 2,449 2,644 2,838 21,309 34,439

Other revenue changes and loophole closers:

Repeal last-in, first-out method of accounting for inventories ...................... 0 5,505 7,866 7,812 8,012 7,908 8,070 7,752 7,644 7,931 7,592 37,103 76,092

Repeal lower-of-cost-or-market inventory accounting method ..................

... 0 743 1,491 1,501 1,511 889 266 278 291 304 317 6,135 7,591

Modify like-kind exchange rules for real property and collectibles ...............

... 0 659 2,005 2,026 2,048 2,070 2,094 2,119 2,145 2,174 2,202 8,808 19,542

Modify depreciation rules for purchases of general aviation passenger

aircraft .....................................................................................

... 0 108 338 499 531 596 593 395 198 139 141 2,072 3,538

Expand the definition of substantial built-in loss for purposes of partnership

loss transfers ..............................................................................

... 0 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 10 10 10 34 80

Extend partnership basis limitation rules to nondeductible expenditures ......

... 0 69 97 102 105 108 110 112 114 116 118 481 1,051

Limit the importation of losses under related party loss limitation rules ......... 0 63 87 92 95 97 99 100 102 104 106 434 945Deny deduction for punitive damages .................................................... 0 30 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 51 52 208 455

Conform corporate ownership standards ................................................ 0 1 17 32 33 34 35 36 38 40 42 117 308

Tax corporate distributions as dividends:

Prevent elimination of earnings and profits through distributions of certain

stock with basis attributable to dividend equivalent redemptions ......... Negligible revenue effect

Prevent use of leveraged distributions from related foreign corporations to

avoid dividend treatment ............................................................

... 0 13 23 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 108 250

Treat purchases of hook stock by a subsidiary as giving rise to deemed

distributions ...........................................................................

... 0 3 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 25 58

Repeal gain limitation for dividends received in reorganization exchanges 

... 0 32 54 58 60 63 66 70 73 76 80 267 632

Subtotal, tax corporate distributions as dividends ..............................

... 0 48 82 86 90 94 98 103 108 113 118 400 940

Table 2: RESERVE FOR BUSINESS TAX REFORM THAT IS REVENUE NEUTRAL IN THE LONG RUN 1/ -- continued

(fiscal years, in millions of dollars)

294
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Repeal Federal Insurance Contributions Act tip credit ..............................

... 0 480 993 1,062 1,137 1,216 1,301 1,389 1,483 1,581 1,687 4,888 12,329

Repeal the excise tax credit for distilled spirits with flavor and wine additives 

... 0 85 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 533 1,093

Subtotal, other revenue changes and loophole closers ...............

... 0 7,797 13,138 13,375 13,726 13,177 12,833 12,452 12,294 12,675 12,497 61,213 123,964

Total, Reserve for Business Tax Reform that is Revenue Neutral in the Long Run ........................................................................................

...-11,238 1,249 18,851 18,969 16,114 14,138 15,226 14,426 13,748 14,215 14,529 69,321 141,465

Total receipt effect ...........................................................................

...-11,232 1,631 20,336 22,054 21,618 21,396 23,729 24,648 25,888 28,294 30,555 87,035 220,149

Total outlay effect .............................................................................. 6 382 1,485 3,085 5,504 7,258 8,503 10,222 12,140 14,079 16,026 17,714 78,684

Department of the TreasuryNotes:1/ Presentation in this table does not reflect the order in which these proposals were estimated.2/ The Administration believes that this proposal should be enacted in the context of comprehensive business tax reform that is revenue neutral in the long run. However, the proposal generates one-time 

transition revenue in the short run, which the Budget proposes to dedicate to surface transportation reauthorization. Therefore, the effect of the proposal on receipts, shown below, is also included in the Budget proposals presented in Table 3 and is counted in the Budget's receipts and deficit totals.Impose a 14-percent one-time tax on previously untaxed foreign income ... 0 34,559 56,407 54,420 52,434 50,448 19,861 0 0 0 0 248,268 268,129

3/ This proposal affects both receipts and outlays. Both effects are shown above. The outlay effects included in these estimates are listed below.

Expand and simplify the tax credit provided to qualified small employers

for non-elective contributions to employee health insurance ...............

... 6 76 68 32 23 21 11 10 8 8 4 220 261

Modify and permanently extend renewable electricity production tax credit

and investment tax credit ............................................................... 0 0 20 47 63 71 78 83 90 95 101 201 648

Provide a carbon dioxide investment and sequestration tax credit ............

... 0 0 0 0 729 728 170 28 48 65 76 1,457 1,844

Provide AFFB and expand eligible uses .............................................

... 0 253 1,154 2,483 3,874 5,319 6,811 8,345 9,909 11,492 13,090 13,083 62,730

Allow eligible uses of AFFB to include financing all qualified private activity

bond program categories ............................................................... 0 53 243 523 815 1,119 1,433 1,756 2,085 2,419 2,755 2,753 13,201

Total outlay effect ...................................................................... 6 382 1,485 3,085 5,504 7,258 8,503 10,222 12,140 14,079 16,026 17,714 78,684

4/ This provision is estimated to have zero receipt effect under the Administration's current economic projections.

295
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Tax reform for families and individuals:

Reform child care tax incentives 3/ ......................................................

... 0 -4,024 -4,191 -4,429 -4,639 -4,841 -5,052 -5,292 -5,532 -5,615 -6,257 -22,124 -49,872

Simplify and better target tax benefits for education:

Expand and modify the AOTC and repeal Lifetime Learning Credits 3/ ...... 0 25 -869 -2,651 -2,661 -3,114 -3,454 -4,103 -4,387 -4,995 -5,084 -9,270 -31,293

Make Pell Grants excludable from income 3/ .......................................

... 0 -30 -1,041 -2,182 -2,105 -2,050 -2,052 -2,031 -2,035 -2,032 -1,997 -7,408 -17,555

Modify reporting of tuition expenses and scholarships on Form 1098-T 3/ 

... 0 5 51 63 65 67 70 72 73 75 77 251 618

Repeal the student loan interest deduction and provide exclusion for

certain debt relief and scholarships 3/ ..........................................

... 0 -5 -13 -14 -14 -15 73 169 259 345 463 -61 1,248

Repeal Coverdells and reduce the Federal tax benefits of qualified tuition

programs ................................................................................. 0 0 11 31 55 85 121 163 212 270 336 182 1,284

Subtotal, simplify and better target tax benefits for education ...............

... 0 -5 -1,861 -4,753 -4,660 -5,027 -5,242 -5,730 -5,878 -6,337 -6,205 -16,306 -45,698

Provide for automatic enrollment in IRAs, including a small employer tax

credit, increase the tax credit for small employer plan start-up costs, andprovide an additional tax credit for small employer plans newly offeringauto-enrollment 3/ ......................................................................

... 0 0 -993 -1,589 -1,700 -1,754 -1,831 -2,005 -2,176 -2,410 -2,661 -6,036 -17,119

Expand penalty-free withdrawals for long-term unemployed .....................

... 0 -162 -235 -240 -245 -250 -255 -260 -265 -270 -276 -1,132 -2,458

Require retirement plans to allow long-term part-time workers to participate 

... 0 -39 -55 -54 -53 -52 -50 -47 -44 -40 -34 -253 -468

Facilitate annuity portability ...............................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Simplify minimum required distribution rules ..........................................

... 0 -5 -5 -3 4 14 30 51 74 105 142 5 407

Allow all inherited plan and IRA balances to be rolled over within 60 days ...

... Negligible revenue effect

Expand the EITC for workers without qualifying children 3/ ........................ 0 -460 -6,256 -6,297 -6,350 -6,481 -6,612 -6,716 -6,804 -6,921 -7,047 -25,844 -59,944Simplify the rules for claiming the EITC for workers without qualifying

children 3/ .................................................................................

... 0 -44 -593 -599 -588 -605 -620 -631 -642 -653 -678 -2,429 -5,653

Provide a second-earner tax credit 3/ ...................................................

... 0 -2,067 -9,007 -9,104 -9,383 -9,502 -9,727 -9,872 -9,936 -10,127 -10,306 -39,063 -89,031

Extend exclusion from income for cancellation of certain home mortgage

debt ..........................................................................................

... -2,542 -3,265 -2,978 -724 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -6,967 -6,967

Subtotal, tax reform for families and individuals ........................

... -2,542 -10,071 -26,174 -27,792 -27,614 -28,498 -29,359 -30,502 -31,203 -32,268 -33,322 -120,149 -276,803

Reforms to capital gains taxation, upper-income tax benefits, and the

 taxation of financial institutions:

Reduce the value of certain tax expenditures .......................................... 0 28,028 46,032 50,592 54,995 59,478 63,843 68,379 72,914 77,231 81,734 239,125 603,226

Reform the taxation of capital income ...................................................

... 3,634 9,048 20,705 18,041 21,448 21,892 21,538 22,276 23,178 24,292 25,466 91,134 207,884

Implement the Buffett Rule by imposing a new "Fair Share Tax" ...............

... 0 6,671 -93 1,178 2,810 3,695 3,872 4,008 4,177 4,351 4,507 14,261 35,176

Impose a financial fee ........................................................................ 0 5,644 11,084 10,978 11,208 11,470 11,734 12,003 12,280 12,562 12,851 50,384 111,814

Subtotal, reforms to capital gains taxation, upper-income tax

 benefits, and the taxation of financial institutions ..................... 3,634 49,391 77,728 80,789 90,461 96,535 100,987 106,666 112,549 118,436 124,558 394,904 958,100

Loophole closers:

Require current inclusion in income of accrued market discount and limit the

accrual amount for distressed debt ................................................

... 0 4 12 20 27 34 41 49 58 68 78 97 391

Require that the cost basis of stock that is a covered security must be

determined using an average cost basis method ..............................

... 0 0 69 209 353 507 597 620 645 673 702 1,138 4,375

Tax carried (profits) interests as ordinary income ....................................

... 0 1,294 2,417 2,421 2,316 2,204 2,094 1,692 1,271 1,036 953 10,652 17,698

Require non-spouse beneficiaries of deceased IRA owners and retirement 

plan participants to take inherited distributions over no more than fiveyears .........................................................................................

... 0 87 237 400 567 737 786 748 694 640 583 2,028 5,479

Limit the total accrual of tax-favored retirement benefits ...........................

... 0 1,418 1,987 2,213 2,287 2,438 2,634 2,785 3,183 3,396 3,702 10,343 26,043

Conform Self-Employment Contribution Act taxes for professional service

businesses ...............................................................................

... 0 4,465 6,268 6,622 6,977 7,372 7,837 8,371 8,837 9,248 8,554 31,704 74,551

Limit Roth conversions to pre-tax dollars ................................................ 0 0 14 23 24 38 49 50 51 67 79 99 395Eliminate deduction for dividends on stock of publicly-traded corporations 

held in employee stock ownership plans ..........................................

... 0 589 830 851 865 879 892 907 922 936 951 4,014 8,622

Repeal exclusion of net unrealized appreciation in employer securities ......

... 0 145 245 249 254 260 265 270 275 281 287 1,153 2,531

Table 3: BUDGET PROPOSALS 1/ 2/

(fiscal years, in millions of dollars)

296
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Disallow the deduction for charitable contributions that are a prerequisite for 

purchasing tickets to college sporting events ....................................

... 0 126 201 218 233 249 266 283 302 323 345 1,027 2,546

Subtotal, loophole closers ......................................................

... 0 8,128 12,280 13,226 13,903 14,718 15,461 15,775 16,238 16,668 16,234 62,255 142,631

Incentives for job creation, clean energy, and manufacturing:

Designate Promise Zones 3/ ...............................................................

... 0 -604 -1,130 -1,010 -938 -890 -852 -813 -791 -792 -807 -4,572 -8,627

Provide a tax credit for the production of advanced technology vehicles ......

... 0 -581 -475 -512 -567 -507 -418 -299 6 197 209 -2,642 -2,947

Provide a tax credit for medium- and heavy-duty alternative-fuel commercial

vehicles ....................................................................................

... 0 -46 -76 -77 -80 -61 -26 -5 0 0 0 -340 -371

Modify and extend the tax credit for the construction of energy-efficient new

homes ....................................................................................... -60 -132 -164 -195 -227 -252 -270 -286 -302 -329 -341 -970 -2,498

Reduce excise taxes on liquefied natural gas to bring into parity with diesel 

... 0 -4 -5 -6 -6 -6 -7 -7 -9 -9 -10 -27 -69

Enhance and modify the conservation easement deduction:

Permanently enhance incentives and reform the deduction for donations

of conservation easements .........................................................

... -59 -153 -102 -20 3 3 2 3 3 3 4 -269 -254

Pilot an allocable credit for conservation contributions and report to 

Congress ................................................................................. -5 -19 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -25 -119 -244

Eliminate the deduction for contributions of conservation easements on

golf courses ...........................................................................

... 5 21 38 50 56 60 62 66 69 73 76 225 571

Restrict deductions and harmonize the rules for contributions of

conservation easements for historic preservation ...........................

... 2 7 13 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 78 199

Subtotal, enhance and modify the conservation easement deduction ...

... -57 -144 -76 22 54 59 61 67 71 76 82 -85 272

Subtotal, incentives for job creation, clean energy, and manufacturing ....................................................................

... -117 -1,511 -1,926 -1,778 -1,764 -1,657 -1,512 -1,343 -1,025 -857 -867 -8,636 -14,240

Modify estate and gift tax provisions:

Restore the estate, gift, and generation-skipping transfer (GST) tax 

parameters in effect in 2009 .........................................................

... 0 0 14,611 15,938 17,310 18,723 20,444 22,230 24,261 26,612 29,182 66,582 189,311

Require consistency in value for transfer and income tax purposes ............

... 0 0 267 279 303 337 356 383 407 438 467 1,186 3,237

Modify transfer tax rules for grantor retained annuity trusts and other grantor

trusts .......................................................................................

... 0 0 1,054 1,198 1,359 1,574 1,892 2,294 2,637 3,073 3,273 5,185 18,354

Limit duration of GST tax exemption ...................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Extend the lien on estate tax deferrals where estate consists largely of 

interest in closely held business ...................................................... 0 0 23 23 24 25 27 29 31 32 34 95 248

Modify GST tax treatment of Health and Education Exclusion Trusts .........

... 0 0 -32 -31 -29 -28 -25 -24 -22 -21 -19 -120 -231

Simplify gift tax exclusion for annual gifts .............................................

... 0 0 78 155 217 320 389 428 517 618 724 770 3,446

Expand applicability of definition of executor ..........................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Subtotal, modify estate and gift tax provisions ...........................

... 0 0 16,001 17,562 19,184 20,951 23,083 25,340 27,831 30,752 33,661 73,698 214,365

Other revenue raisers:

Increase and modify Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund financing ........................ 0 105 150 155 160 165 168 176 177 181 191 735 1,628

Reinstate Superfund taxes: 

Reinstate and extend Superfund excise taxes ....................................

... 0 589 791 798 805 811 819 826 833 839 855 3,794 7,966

Reinstate Superfund environmental income tax .................................... 0 996 1,257 1,282 1,305 1,315 1,341 1,379 1,426 1,468 1,508 6,155 13,277

Subtotal, reinstate Superfund taxes ................................................

... 0 1,585 2,048 2,080 2,110 2,126 2,160 2,205 2,259 2,307 2,363 9,949 21,243

Increase tobacco taxes and index for inflation .......................................

... 0 8,434 10,826 10,663 10,633 10,301 9,860 9,403 8,850 8,342 7,830 50,857 95,142

Make unemployment insurance surtax permanent .................................

... 0 1,108 1,527 1,552 1,575 1,596 1,620 1,643 1,669 1,695 1,701 7,358 15,686

Expand Federal Unemployment Tax Act base .......................................

... 0 0 3,634 3,618 3,457 3,600 3,901 6,485 6,313 6,647 7,100 14,309 44,755

Subtotal, other revenue raisers ................................................

... 0 11,232 18,185 18,068 17,935 17,788 17,709 19,912 19,268 19,172 19,185 83,208 178,454

Reduce the tax gap and make reforms:

 Expand information reporting:

Improve information reporting for certain businesses and contractors:

Require a certified TIN from contractors and allow certain withholding ......

... 0 16 39 64 88 92 96 100 105 109 114 299 823

Require information reporting for private separate accounts of life

insurance companies ...............................................................

... 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 8

Subtotal, improve information reporting for certain businesses and contractors ..............................................................................

... 0 16 39 65 89 93 97 101 106 110 115 302 831

297
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Provide an exception to the limitation on disclosing tax return information to

expand TIN matching beyond forms where payments are subject tobackup withholding ....................................................................... Negligible revenue effect

Provide for reciprocal reporting of information in connection with the

implementation of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ...............

... No revenue effect

Improve mortgage interest deduction reporting .......................................

... 0 104 160 171 182 192 203 213 222 231 240 809 1,918

Require Form W-2 reporting for employer contributions to defined

contribution plans ........................................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

 Subtotal, expand information reporting ..........................................

... 0 120 199 236 271 285 300 314 328 341 355 1,111 2,749

 Improve compliance by businesses:

Increase certainty with respect to worker classification .............................. 0 85 420 818 978 1,063 1,155 1,250 1,356 1,465 1,580 3,364 10,170Increase information sharing to administer excise taxes ...........................

... 0 4 9 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 19 56 147

Provide authority to readily share information about beneficial ownership

information of U.S. companies with law enforcement ........................

... 0 0 1 2 9 6 4 3 3 3 3 18 34

 Subtotal, improve compliance by businesses .................................

... 0 89 430 833 1,001 1,085 1,176 1,271 1,377 1,487 1,602 3,438 10,351

 Strengthen tax administration:

Impose liability on shareholders to collect unpaid income taxes of applicable

corporations ..............................................................................

... 0 442 463 484 505 528 550 574 600 626 652 2,422 5,424

Increase levy authority for payments to Medicare providers with delinquent

tax debt ....................................................................................

... 0 34 50 50 51 52 54 54 56 56 57 237 514

Implement a program integrity statutory cap adjustment for tax administration 0 432 1,451 2,926 4,476 6,095 7,481 8,475 9,077 9,503 9,819 15,380 59,735Streamline audit and adjustment procedures for large partnerships ............

... 0 190 252 249 242 236 238 243 248 253 256 1,169 2,407

Revise offer-in-compromise application rules .......................................... 0 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 18Expand IRS access to information in the National Directory of New Hires for

tax administration purposes .........................................................

... No revenue effect

Make repeated willful failure to file a tax return a felony ...........................

... 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 10

Facilitate tax compliance with local jurisdictions ....................................... 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7 17Extend statute of limitations for assessment of overstated basis and State

adjustments ................................................................................ 0 0 0 0 77 90 103 118 135 155 178 167 856

Improve investigative disclosure statute ................................................

... 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 10

Allow the IRS to absorb credit and debit card processing fees for certain tax

payments .................................................................................

... 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 20

Provide the IRS with greater flexibility to address correctible errors 3/ .........

... 0 30 62 64 65 65 67 68 71 72 75 286 639

Enhance electronic filing of returns ......................................................

... 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 10

Improve the whistleblower program ......................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Index all civil tax penalties for inflation ...................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Extend IRS authority to require truncated Social Security Numbers on

Form W-2 ................................................................................... Negligible revenue effect

Combat tax-related identity theft .........................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Allow States to send notices of intent to offset Federal tax refunds to collect 

State tax obligations by regular first-class mail instead of certified mail ... No revenue effect

Rationalize tax return filing due dates so they are staggered 3/ ..................

... 0 -180 173 181 190 196 199 207 215 221 228 560 1,630

Increase oversight and due diligence of paid tax return preparers:

Extend paid preparer EITC due diligence requirements to the child tax

credit ....................................................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Explicitly provide that the Department of the Treasury and IRS have the 

authority to regulate all paid tax return preparers 3/ ........................

... 0 14 32 34 38 41 45 49 53 58 63 159 427

Increase the penalty applicable to paid tax return preparers who engage in 

willful or reckless conduct .........................................................

... 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 8

Subtotal, increase oversight and due diligence of paid tax return preparers ................................................................................. 0 14 32 35 39 42 46 50 54 59 64 162 435

Enhance administrability of the appraiser penalty ....................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Table 3: BUDGET PROPOSALS 1/ 2/ -- continued

(fiscal years, in millions of dollars)

298
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

 Subtotal, strengthen tax administration ..........................................

... 0 966 2,487 3,994 5,654 7,313 8,747 9,798 10,468 10,957 11,341 20,414 71,725

Subtotal, reduce the tax gap and make reforms ........................

... 0 1,175 3,116 5,063 6,926 8,683 10,223 11,383 12,173 12,785 13,298 24,963 84,825

Simplify the tax system:

Modify adoption credit to allow tribal determination of special needs ............ 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 -5

Repeal non-qualified preferred stock designation ....................................

... 0 26 44 43 41 38 35 30 26 23 20 192 326

Repeal preferential dividend rule for publicly traded and publically offered

real estate investment trusts .........................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Reform excise tax based on investment income of private foundations ......

... 0 0 -6 -5 -5 -6 -6 -6 -6 -6 -7 -22 -53

Remove bonding requirements for certain taxpayers subject to Federal 

excise taxes on distilled spirits, wine, and beer .................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Simplify arbitrage investment restrictions .............................................

... 0 0 -2 -10 -18 -28 -38 -46 -58 -68 -76 -58 -344

Simplify single-family housing mortgage bond targeting requirements .........

... 0 0 -1 -3 -5 -7 -10 -12 -17 -20 -22 -16 -97

Streamline private business limits on governmental bonds ........................ 0 0 -1 -3 -5 -7 -9 -11 -13 -15 -17 -16 -81

Repeal technical terminations of partnerships .......................................

... 0 10 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 29 31 86 224

Repeal anti-churning rules of section 197 .............................................

... 0 -24 -99 -198 -281 -338 -370 -378 -378 -378 -378 -940 -2,822

Repeal special estimated tax payment provision for certain insurance

companies .................................................................................. Negligible revenue effect

Repeal the telephone excise tax .........................................................

... 0 -296 -349 -308 -266 -225 -208 -161 -128 -80 -31 -1,444 -2,052

Increase the standard mileage rate for automobile use by volunteers .........

... 0 -15 -47 -48 -49 -50 -51 -52 -53 -55 -56 -209 -476

Consolidate contribution limitations for charitable deductions and extend the 

carryforward period for excess charitable contribution deduction amounts 0 -88 -49 -5 -6 -6 -6 -482 -1,168 -1,801 -2,379 -154 -5,990

Exclude from gross income subsidies from public utilities for purchase of 

water runoff management ............................................................

... Negligible revenue effect

Provide relief for certain accidental dual citizens ....................................

... 0 -60 -103 -55 -23 -24 -25 -26 -28 -29 -30 -265 -403

Subtotal, simplify the tax system .............................................

... 0 -447 -597 -574 -597 -631 -665 -1,119 -1,796 -2,401 -2,946 -2,846 -11,773

User fee:

Reform inland waterways funding ......................................................... 0 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 565 1,130

Subtotal, user fee ..................................................................

... 0 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 565 1,130

Other initiatives:

Allow offset of Federal income tax refunds to collect delinquent State income 

taxes for out-of-state residents ......................................................

... No revenue effect

Authorize the limited sharing of business tax return information to improve 

the accuracy of important measures of the economy ........................... No revenue effect

Eliminate certain reviews conducted by the U.S. Treasury Inspector General 

for Tax Administration ..................................................................

... No revenue effect

Modify indexing to prevent deflationary adjustments ................................. No revenue effect

Subtotal, other initiatives .........................................................

... 00000000000 0 0

Impose a 14-percent one-time tax on previously untaxed foreign

 income 4/ .......................................................................................

... 0 34,559 56,407 54,420 52,434 50,448 19,861 0 0 0 0 248,268 268,129

Total, Budget Proposals .....................................................................

... 975 92,569 155,133 159,097 170,981 178,450 155,901 146,225 154,148 162,400 169,914 756,230 1,544,818

Total receipt effect ...........................................................................

... 975 93,765 164,803 171,875 183,824 191,512 169,495 160,271 168,647 177,281 185,031 805,779 1,666,504

Total outlay effect .............................................................................. 0 1,196 9,670 12,778 12,843 13,062 13,594 14,046 14,499 14,881 15,117 49,549 121,686

Department of the TreasuryNotes:1/ Presentation in this table does not reflect the order in which these proposals were estimated.2/ Table 12-4 in the Analytical Perspectives of the FY 2016 Budget includes the effects of a number of proposals that are not reflected here. These proposals would: reform the unemployment insurance (UI) 

extended benefits program, modernize the UI program, levy a fee on the production of hardrock minerals to restore abandoned mines, return fees on production of coal to pre-2006 levels to restore abandoned mines, enhance UI program integrity, reauthorize special domestic nuclear utilities, extend Generalized System of Preferences, extend African Growth Opportunity Act, extend the Children's 

Health Insurance Program through 2019, create State option to provide 12-month continuous Medicaid eligibility for adults, extend reserve depletion date for Social Security's Disability Insurance program, 

and enact comprehensive immigration reform.

3/ This proposal affects both receipts and outlays. Both effects are shown above. The outlay effects included in these estimates are listed below.

Reform child care tax incentives ......................................................

... 0 932 969 1,014 1,066 1,107 1,139 1,190 1,231 1,227 1,265 5,088 11,140

299
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2016-20 2016-25

Expand and modify the AOTC and repeal Lifetime Learning Credits ......... 0 0 1,125 2,934 2,948 3,047 3,376 3,686 3,998 4,291 4,392 10,054 29,797

Make Pell Grants excludable from income ..........................................

... 0 0 743 1,905 1,844 1,801 1,825 1,817 1,826 1,833 1,802 6,293 15,396

Modify reporting of tuition expenses and scholarships on Form 1098-T ...

... 0 0 -6 -17 -18 -19 -21 -22 -22 -23 -24 -60 -172

Repeal the student loan interest deduction and provide exclusion for certain

debt relief and scholarships .........................................................

... 0 0 0 0 0 0 -3 -10 -17 -26 -35 0 -91

Provide for automatic enrollment in IRAs, including a small employer tax 

credit, increase the tax credit for small employer plan start-up costs, and 

provide an additional tax credit for small employer plans newly offeringauto-enrollment ........................................................................... 0 0 127 195 200 209 212 215 220 225 229 731 1,832

Expand the EITC for workers without qualifying children ........................

... 0 276 5,519 5,553 5,600 5,709 5,825 5,914 5,997 6,090 6,198 22,657 52,681

Simplify the rules for claiming the EITC for workers without qualifying 

children ....................................................................................

... 0 26 522 527 517 532 545 555 565 574 596 2,124 4,959

Provide a second-earner tax credit ...................................................

... 0 0 732 729 750 740 761 768 770 762 767 2,951 6,779

Designate Promise Zones ...............................................................

... 0 12 28 29 31 32 34 35 37 38 41 132 317

Provide the IRS with greater flexibility to address correctible errors .........

... 0 -26 -53 -54 -55 -55 -56 -57 -59 -60 -62 -243 -537

Rationalize tax return filing due dates so they are staggered ..................

... 0 -22 -22 -22 -23 -23 -23 -24 -24 -25 -25 -112 -233

Explicitly provide that the Department of the Treasury and IRS have the 

authority to regulate all paid tax return preparers ..............................

... 0 -2 -14 -15 -17 -18 -20 -21 -23 -25 -27 -66 -182

Total outlay effect ...................................................................... 0 1,196 9,670 12,778 12,843 13,062 13,594 14,046 14,499 14,881 15,117 49,549 121,686

4/ The Administration believes that this proposal should be enacted in the context of comprehensive business tax reform that is revenue neutral in the long run. However, the proposal generates one-time 

transition revenue in the short run, which the Budget proposes to dedicate to surface transportation reauthorization. Therefore, the effect of the proposal on receipts, shown here, is included in theBudget's receipts and deficit totals.

Table 3: BUDGET PROPOSALS 1/ 2/ -- continued

(fiscal years, in millions of dollars)

300